You are on page 1of 226

Push Buttons

Table of Contents

30.5 mm Push Buttons

0

• Bulletin 800T/800H .................................................................................................................... Page 10-2

22.5 mm Push Buttons

1

• Bulletin 800F .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-66
• Bulletin 800FC Configured Pendant Stations .......................................................................... Page 10-127
• Bulletin 800FD Monolithic .......................................................................................................... Page 10-140
• Bulletin 800M .............................................................................................................................. Web‡

16 mm Push Buttons
• Bulletin 800B .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-146

2
3

Specialty Push Buttons

4

Hazardous Location Push Buttons
• Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 ............................................................................................................ Page 10-152
• Bulletin 800R .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-189
• Bulletin 800G .............................................................................................................................. Page 10-194

5

Touch/Palm Push Buttons
• Bulletin 800P Palm Operated .................................................................................................... Page 10-210
• Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force™........................................................................................................ Page 10-214

6

Miscellaneous Push Buttons
• Bulletin 800L Indicators ............................................................................................................ Page 10-221

7

• Bulletin 800H Security Stations ................................................................................................ Web‡
• Bulletin 800S Stations ................................................................................................................ Page 10-223
‡ Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website: www.ab.com/catalogs.

8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-1

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
Product Overview
Bulletin 800T/800H 30.5 mm Push Buttons

Table of Contents

0 

30.5 mm mounting hole 
Type 4/13 watertight/oiltight (Bul. 800T) 
Type 4/4X/13 corrosion-resistant/watertight/oiltight (Bul. 800H) 
Heavy industrial stations and operators

See below.

1

Description

Standards Compliance

The Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T and 800H 30.5 mm push button
product lines are in a class by themselves. They are designed and
constructed to perform in the most demanding industrial
environments. In terms of sealing and switching performance, you will
not find a more dependable push button offering. Allen-Bradley
delivers more styles and options of operator types and contact blocks,
offering flexibility to meet the most demanding specifications in the
world’s toughest industrial environments.

UL 508

2

Design innovation is key to the performance advantage provided in the
Bulletin 800T and 800H offerings. New in this catalog are the Trigger
Action E-Stop operators, the new standard bearer in a tamperresistant design. Also new is the Universal LED Illumination option
that accepts a wide 12…130V AC/DC voltage input. This is compatible
with all illuminated operator types, allows retrofitting in existing
installations, and incorporates super bright LED technology.

3
4

CCC

Certifications
UL Listed
(File No. E14840, E10314
Guide No. NKCR, NOIV)
CSA Certified
(File No. LR1234, LR11924)
CSA C22.2, No. 14
EN/IEC: 60947-5-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5
6
7
8
9
10

Description
Page
Specifications ......................................................................................... 10-3
Assembled Stations .............................................................................. 10-5
DeviceNet Stations ................................................................................ 10-6
Trigger Action E-Stops ........................................................................ 10-7
Push Buttons, Momentary
Non-Illuminated....................................................................................... 10-9
Illuminated................................................................................................. 10-10
Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Cap ...... 10-11
Selector Switches, Non-Illuminated
2-Position .................................................................................................. 10-12
3-Position .................................................................................................. 10-14
4-Position .................................................................................................. 10-16
Selector Switches, Illuminated
2-Position .................................................................................................. 10-18
3-Position .................................................................................................. 10-19
Pilot Light Devices ................................................................................ 10-20
Emergency Stop Operators
Push-Pull, Non-Illuminated
2-Position................................................................................................ 10-21
3-Position................................................................................................ 10-22
Push-Pull, Illuminated
2-Position................................................................................................ 10-23
3-Position................................................................................................ 10-24

11

Description
Page
Specialty Operators
Potentiometer .......................................................................................... 10-25
Mechanically Interlocked Push Button .......................................... 10-25
Cluster Pilot Light................................................................................... 10-26
18 mm Small Pilot Light ...................................................................... 10-27
1-, 2-, 3-, 4-Way Toggle Switch ....................................................... 10-28
Selector Push Button............................................................................ 10-29
Cylinder Lock Push Button ................................................................ 10-30
Padlocking Mushroom Head ............................................................. 10-30
Wobble Stick ............................................................................................ 10-30
Flip Lever Operator................................................................................ 10-31
Break-Glass Push Button Station.................................................... 10-32
Custom-Built Stations.......................................................................... 10-33
Enclosures ................................................................................................. 10-33
Accessories
Contact Blocks........................................................................................ 10-35
Power Modules and Universal LED Module ................................ 10-36
Replacement Color Caps.................................................................... 10-37
Selector Switch Knobs......................................................................... 10-38
Protective Boots ..................................................................................... 10-39
Push Buttons & Miscellaneous ......................................................... 10-40
Locking Attachments............................................................................ 10-42
Guards ........................................................................................................ 10-44
Replacement Lamps ............................................................................. 10-45
Replacement Keys................................................................................. 10-46
Legend Plates.......................................................................................... 10-47
Approximate Dimensions & Shipping Weights........................ 10-53
Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagram ................................................ 10-65

12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-2

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
Specifications
Specifications1
Electrical Ratings
Refer to the contact ratings tables on page 10-4.
2200V for one minute, 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed)
1 000 000 at max. rated load, 200 000 at max. rated load (Logic Reed)

Contact ratings
Dielectric strength
Electrical design life cycles

Mechanical Ratings
10…2000 Hz, 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./
10 G max. (except Logic Reed)
1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G
Type 1/4/12/13 (800T); Type 1/4/4X/12/13 (800H); EN/IEC 60529 IP66/65

Vibration
Shock
Degree of protection
Mechanical design life cycles
Push buttons

Selector switches

0

(Momentary, non-illuminated)
(Momentary, illuminated)
(Push-pull/twist-to-release)
(Non-illuminated)
(Illuminated, key-operated)

1

10 000 000 min.
250 000 min.
250 000 min.
1 000 000 min.
200 000 min.
25 000 min.
200 000 min.
Shallow, mini, and low-voltage contact blocks: Slow, double make and break
Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: Single break magnetic
#18…14 AWG (#18…10 Max Duty) / 6…8 lb•in

Potentiometers
All other devices
Contact operation
Wire gauge/Terminal screw torque
Typical operating forces

2
3

Flush, extended button, standard mushroom, jumbo plastic mushroom: 2 lbs max.
Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head: 3.95 lbs max.
Maintained selector switch: 3.6 in•lb max.
3.6 in•lb to stop, 0.2 in•lb to return
5 lb max.
8.0 lb max. push or pull
8 lb max. push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb max. pull to out position)
9 lbs max. push or pull 30 in•oz max. twist, 6 in•oz minimum return
Rotational torque 3…12 in•oz; stopping torque 12 in•lb (minimum)
1 lb
1 lb max.
3 lb max. at 0.205 in. plunger travel
1 lb max.
1.4 lb max.
1.4 lb max.
1.6 lb
Environment
-40…+131 °F (-40…+55 °C)
-40…+185 °F (-40…+85 °C)

Operators without contact blocks
Spring return selector switches
Illuminated push buttons and push-to-test pilot lights
2-position push-pull
3-position push-pull
Twist-to-release or push-pull
Potentiometer
Standard
Logic Reed
Sealed switch
Contact blocks
Stackable sealed switch
MaxDuty
PenTUFF
Self Monitoring
Operating
Storage
Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on
the absence of moisture and liquids. Consult your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
distributor for use in lower temperature applications.
Temperature range

50…95% RH from 77…140 °F (25…60 °C) per Procedure IV of MIL-STD-810C,
Method 507.1 cycling test

Humidity

4
5
6
7
8
9

1 Performance Data — See Important- 3.

10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-3

Bulletin 800T/H

30.5 mm Push Buttons
Specifications
PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings

Standard Contact Ratings

0
1

Minimum: 24V, 24 mA
th

Maximum thermal continuous current I 10 A AC/2.5 A DC. Bulletin
800T units with 800T-XA contacts have ratings as follows:
Max. Opertnl.
Volts Ue

Utilization Category

AC 600
DC 600

2

Max. Opertnl.
Volts Ue

Rated Operational Currents

IEC

NEMA

Volts Ue

Make

Break

AC-15

A600

120…600
72…120
24…72

7200VA
60 A
60 A

720VA
720VA
10 A

DC-13

Q600

Minimum DC: 5V, 1 mA
Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2.5 A AC/1.0 A DC. Bulletin
800T units with 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows:
Utilization Category
IEC

Volts Ue

Make

Break

1800VA
15 A

180VA
1.5 A

AC 300

AC-15

C300

120…300
0…120

DC 150

DC-13

R150

24…150
0…24

1 For applications below 24V/24 mA, PenTUFF or Logic Reed contacts are

Snap Action Contact Ratings
Contact Rating
Designation

Volts Ue

Make

Break

Minimum: 5V, 1 mA

AC 300

A300

120…300
24…72

7200VA
60 A

720VA
10 A

Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A. Bulletin 800T units have
control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows:

DC 250

230…250
115…125

Max. Opertnl.
Volts Ue

Utilization Category
IEC

Rated Operational Currents
Volts Ue

Make

Break

MaxDuty Contact Rating

3600VA
30 A

360VA
3A

Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 24 A.
Pilot Duty — 120V AC, 12 A; 24V DC, 10 A
Motor Ratings — 120V AC, 1.5 Hp; 240V AC, 3 Hp; 24V DC,
10 A FLA/60 A LRA

AC 600

AC-15

B600

120…600
0…120

DC 300

DC-13

P300

24…300
0…24

138VA
5.0 A

Time Delay Contacts

Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings
Minimum: 5V, 10 mA (digital); 24V, 1 mA (analog)
Maximum continuous current Ith 2.5 A. Bulletin 800T units have
control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows:
Max. Opertnl.
Volts Ue

7
8
9
10

Utilization Category

Max. Opertnl.
Volts Ue
AC 120

Contact Rating
Designation
B150

IEC

NEMA

Volts Ue

Make

Break

AC 300

AC-15

C300

120…300
0…120

1800VA
15 A

180VA
1.5 A

DC 150

DC-13

Q150

24…150
0…24

69VA
2.5 A

Logic Reed Contact Ratings
Minimum — DC: 5V, 1 mA
Maximum — DC: 30V, 0.06 A, AC: 150V, 0.15 A
Should only be used with resistive loads.

Materials Used in 800H Type 4X Operators
Thermoplastic Polyester (Fiberglass Reinforced) 
Bushings 
Mounting Rings 
Sockets

Thermoplastic Polyester
Transparent Amorphous Nylon 
Pilot light lens cap 
Illuminated button caps 

Thrust washer

Mineral Filled Nylon 
Trim washer

13

Nitrile (Synthetic Rubber) 
Gaskets and internal seals
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-4

120

Adjustment range: 0.5…15 s ± 25% Ith = 5 A

Glass Filled Crystalline Nylon

12

Rated Operational Currents
Volts Ue

Note: This device is not rated for DC applications.

Rated Operational Currents 

Non-illuminated button caps

11

0.2 A
0.4 A

NEMA

5
6

Rated Operational Currents

Max. Opertnl.
Volts Ue

Sealed Switch Contact Ratings

4

28VA
1.0 A

69VA
2.5 A

28…600
24…281

recommended.

3

Rated Operational Currents

NEMA

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Make
3600VA

Break
360VA

1 Momentary Extended Red STOP 800T-1TA 800H-1HA4T 800H-1HA4R Momentary Flush Green START 800T-1TB 800H-1HB4T 800H-1HB4R Momentary Flush Black No Legend 800T-1TX 800H-1HX4T 800H-1HX4R Momentary Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800T-2TA 800H-2HA4T 800H-2HA4R Momentary Flush Flush Black Black No Legend 800T-2TX 800H-2HX4T 800H-2HX4R Momentary 120V AC Flush Extended Red Green Red No Legend START STOP 800T-2TAR 800H-2HAR4T 800H-2HAR4R Momentary 120V AC Flush Flush Red Black Black No Legend 800T-2TXR 800H-2HXR4T 800H-2HXR4R Maintained Knob Lever Black with white insert HAND-OFFAUTO 800T-R3TA — — Maintained Knob Lever Black with white insert No Legend 800T-R3TX — — Maintained Push-Pull/Twist Red EMERG STOP 800T-1TYM — — Maintained Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800T-2TAM 800H-2HAM4T 800H-2HAM4R Maintained Flush Flush Black Black No Legend 800T-2TXM 800H-2HXM4T 800H-2HXM4R 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene. 1 N. No. 1 N. Two Push Buttons 1 N.O. No. 800H-1HA4T Booted Operator – Glass Polyester Cat.C. Cat. One Push Button 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-5 . are bold.L.C.O.O.  Supplied with yellow legend plate to comply with IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA79 E-Stop standards that require yellow background. No. No.1 Cat.C.B. Two Push Buttons 1 N. Add suffix L to the cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Type 4/4X/13 Booted Operator – Stainless Steel Die Cast Aluminum Booted Operator – Glass Polyester Contact Action Button Type Button Color Legend Marking Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Example: Cat. Two Push Buttons 1 N. 1 N. Each Button One Pilot Light. 800H-1HA4R Type 4/13 Operator One Push Button Contact Symbol 1 N.O. Each Button 3-Position Selector Switch 1 N.O.C. No. nos. 800H-1HB4TL. for station with bootless operators.C. 800T-2TAR Booted Operator – Stainless Steel Cat. no. No. 800H-1HB4T becomes Cat. 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. 1 N. No.ab.5 mm Push Buttons Assembled Stations Product Selection Assembled Stations 0 1 2 Die Cast Aluminum Cat. 1 N.C.

These connectors are rated to 3 A. are bold. please contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor. This device contains up to two physical external I/O connectors.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Q. T and U receive only one contact block for the external E-Stop string.  Available for certain applications. 2-in/1-out is assigned to each hole position in the enclosure. N. V. use External I/O Versions G.com/catalogs 10-6 e 800T – Enclosure Style Grey Code A B C G Hole 2 a a Code V H Hole 1 800T – 4 5 e Preferred availability cat.5 mm Push Buttons DeviceNet Stations DeviceNet Stations 0 TwoUnit 800T – Hole Hole Hole Hole 4 3 1 2 a b 1 2 3 ThreeUnit FourUnit c d (Hole One c + d) c d (Hole Two c + d) 6 b c d (Hole One c + d) c d (Hole Two c + d) c d (Hole Three c + d) a b c d (Hole One c + d) c d (Hole Two c + d) c d (Hole Three c + d) 7 d Orientation Description Vertical Horizontal b Description 2-hole 3-hole 4-hole E-stop only§ Yellow Code K L M N c 8 9 10 11 12 13 Operator Types Code Description A Non-illuminated flush (800T-A*) B Non-illuminated extended (800T-B*) C Non-illuminated mushroom (800T-D*) D Illuminated mushroom (800T-QM*) E Illuminated extended (800T-QB*) F Illuminated guarded (800T-QA*) G 2-position SS maintained (800T-H2*) H 3-position SS maintained (800T-J2*) J Enhanced pilot light (800T-QH*) Non-illuminated 2-position push/pull K (800T-FX*)‡ Non-illuminated push/pull twist-to-release L (800T-FXT*)‡ Illuminated 2-position push/pull M (800T-FXQH*) N 2-position key SS (800T-H33*) P 3-position key SS (800T-J44*) 2-position SS spring return from right Q (800T-H5*) 3-position SS spring return from all R (800T-J91*) Illuminated 2-position SS maintained T (800T-24H*H*) Illuminated 3-position SS maintained U (800T-24J*H*) Non-illuminated 3-position push/pull V (800T-FXM*) W Potentiometer Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H X Color/Text Description Green Black (non-illuminated only) Orange (non-illuminated only) Grey (non-illuminated only) White Red Blue Clear (illuminated only) Yellow (non-illuminated)/ amber (illuminated) Green with Start legend Red with Stop legend Red with E-Stop legend Black with Off/On legend Black with Hand/Off/Auto legend Red with Push to Stop/Pull to Start legend Blue with Reset legend Red with Power On legend N/A (i.e. These versions receive two contact blocks. To be valid as an E-Stop. ‡ Operator Types K and L from Table c may be used as Emergency Stops. M. key ss) c d (Hole Four c + d) e e Code Blank A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R T U V W X Y External I/O Version® Description No external I/O 1 input/1 output (sinking) 1 input/1 output (sourcing) 2 input 2 output (sinking) 2 output (sourcing) 1 E-stop block♣ 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 input + 2 input 2 input + 2 output (sinking) 2 input + 2 output (sourcing) 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block♣ 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block♣ 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 input + 1 E-stop block♣ 2 input + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block♣ 2 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block♣ 2 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop blocks♣ 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sinking) 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sourcing)  Operator Types N and P from Table c must choose Color/Text option X from Table d. § Enclosure Style option G from Table b can only select one operator from Table c. the operators must use Color/Text option C from Table d and it must be placed in the last hole position in the enclosure. If more than 3 A of current is needed or if there are two E-Stop strings. and W. www. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . An E-Stop connector also must be chosen from Table e. Valid options are K and L with E-Stop. If an E-Stop connector is used. 4-in and 2-out are assigned internally and up to 4 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to external connectors. R. L. ® This is an 8-in/4-out device.ab. The “+” symbol in the Description field of Table e indicates that two external connectors exist. This allows for 6 A of switching or for two E-Stop strings. ♣ External I/O Versions F. P. If a 2-hole enclosure is selected. nos. 2 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to the other connector.

1 N. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.O.B. are bold.C.O.1‡ Cat. No. 10 1 N.ab.O. 800H-TFRXT6 Type 4/13 Operator Position Type 4/4X/13 45 mm Plastic 63 mm Metal Key Release Contact Type Out In Cat. Preferred availability cat.O.1‡ No contacts — — 800T-TFXT6 800T-TFXLT6 800T-TFXK6 800H-TFRXT6 1 N.com/catalogs O X O X X O X O O X O X X O X O 1 N.1♣ Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-7 . no. 800T-TFXJET6 Cat. No. 1 N. 1 N. 1 N.C. 9 2 N.M.5 mm Push Buttons Emergency Stop Operators 2-Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release. 800TC-TFXT6 or 800HC-TFRXT6. 800T-TFXLET6 Cat. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. T a – T FX T c d b 6 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Contact Block(s) Operator Position Code b Blank D1 D2 D4 c A Head Type‡ Description Standard (45 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head with "E-STOP" 45 mm mushroom head key release 63 mm anodized aluminum head 63 mm anodized aluminum head with "E-STOP" 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRX FRXJ FRXJE — — — A1 A5 D1V D2V D4V AV Description Out — In — O X X O X O X X X X O O X O X O O O O X X O X X O O X O d Code Blank T 6 e Code T H 800T Type 4/13 Code FX FXJ FXJE FXK FXL FXLE 5 D2 e a Protection Rating Description Metal. 800TC-TFXLET6D4S.1 N.C.1 N. Type 4/4X/13 3 4 1 For finger-safe contact block terminals.C. Example: Cat.1 N. No. X O 800T-TFXT6D2 800T-TFXLTD2 800T-TFXK6D2 800H-TFRXT6D2 1 N.C.C. No.O.C. Example: Cat. 1 N. nos. No. add a C to the cat. ‡ To order a jumbo head device with "E-STOP" printed on the cap add the letters JE after X.C. No.C.B.O.L.L.® X O 800TC-TFXT6D4S 800TC-TFXLT6D4S 800TC-TFXK6D4S 800HC-TFRXT6D4S 45 mm Plastic  To order a device with a jumbo (60 mm) plastic head add the letter J after X. 12 13 1 N.L.L.C. .1§ Cat.B.C. . 800T-TFXJT6A or 800H-TFRXJT6A. No. ♣ Provided with two DO18 keys.C. 11 1 N. § To order a device with "E-STOP" engraved on the cap add the letter E after L. . AP D1Y D2Y AY www. including EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5 0 1 Cat. No. . ® Self-monitoring contact block.C. 1 N. 800 2 Release Function Color Key release Twise release D1R D2R AR O X O X X O X O 7 No contacts on operator Standard 1 N. Sealed Switch D1P D2P Note: X = Closed/O = Open  Configurable only with FXK head type.C. No. No. . Class 1. Example: Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 1 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. 1 N.1 N. 1 N.O. 1 N.1 N. 800T-TFXJET6 or 800H-TFRXJET6.O. 800T-TFXK6 Cat.O. No.C. O X X O 800T-TFXT6A 800T-TFXLT6A 800T-TFXK6A 800H-TFRXT6A 1 S.O.O.C. Non-Illuminated  Tamper resistant – front-of-panel mounting and non-removable operator head  Compliant with global E-stop standards. 1 N. Type 4/13 Plastic. 8 1 N. . Div.O.B. Example: Cat.C.B. No.

no. 1 N.C. .1 N. ‡ Operator-only supplied without power module. N. 1 N. 800T-TFXJETQH2RA or 800H-TFRXJETQH2RA.C. 1 N.O.B.C. including EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5  LED illumination provided as standard Operator Position 1 Type 2 Operator only‡ Universal Transformer 3 Volts 12…130V AC/DC 120V AC 50/60 Hz Contacts Out O X X O 800 60 mm1 45 mm1 Cat. 1 N.1 N. Example: Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Emergency Stop Operators 2-Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release. No.O.C.B.C. No.O. or contact blocks.O. .O.O. Cat.ab. are bold.C. Illuminated 0  Tamper resistant – front-of-panel mounting and non-removable operator head  Compliant with global E-stop standards.L.C. Cat.C. b 10 11 12 60 mm1 QH 2 c d e Code T H 800T Type 4/13 Code FXT FXJT FXJET Contact N. Type 4/13 Plastic. 1 N. Sealed Switch 1 N.com/catalogs 10-8 A f b Code Blank C R Target Head Type§ 9 FXT a Protection Rating Description Metal.N. 1 N. No.L.L. Div. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. In No contacts N.C. 1 N.O.B. nos. 800TC-TFXTS00R or 800HC-TFRXTS00R. 13 www.1 N. . 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C.C.O. 1 N.C./ N.1 N.B. No. lamp. No.O. 1 N.  To order a device with "E-STOP" printed on the cap add the letter E after J. Example: Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code Blank Description Standard (45 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head Jumbo (60 mm) mushroom head with "E-STOP" 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRXT FRXJT FRXJET d Code PH QH Illumination Option Description Transformer with LED lamp Universal with LED lamp Code 2 D1 D2 D4 A A1 A5 D1V D2V D4V AV D1R D2R AR e Code 16 26 46 56 f Voltage Transformer Description 120V AC 50/60 Hz 240V AC 50/60 Hz 480V AC 50/60 Hz 600V AC 50/60 Hz Universal Description 12…130V AC/DC D1P D2P AP D1Y D2Y AY O X X O Contact Blocks Description No contacts Standard 1 N. . 1 N.1 N. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. .B.C.L. 800T-TFXTS00R 800T-TFXJTS00R 800H-TFRXTS00R 800H-TFRXJTS00R 800T-TFXTQH2RA 800T-TFXJTQH2RA 800H-TFRXTQH2RA 800H-TFRXJTQH2RA 800T-TFXTPH16RA 800T-TFXJTPH16RA 800H-TFRXTPH16RA 800H-TFRXJTPH16RA T – T a 5 7 45 mm1 Cat. Class 1.O. .O.C. 1 N. 4 6 Type 4/13 Preferred availability cat. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.1 N. . No.C. 1 N. 2 N.O.O.C.C. Type 4/4X/13 c 8 Type 4/4X/13 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 For finger-safe contact block terminals.L. add a C to the cat.

nos.5 to 15 s + 25%.B. 1 N. 1 N. No. 1 Type 4/4X/13 Booted1 Bootless Flush Head Button Color Flush Head Extended Head Cat.O. 1 N.O.C.C.C.O. Adjustable range of 0. D2Y 1 N. 800T-B6A Booted Unit Cat.C.C. Div. Type 4/13 Plastic.L. .M. D4V 1 N.C. .C. Maximum continuous current Ith 10 A.C.C. except red which are "extended head". . AV 1 N.E.O. Time Delay 1 N.O. BV 2 N. delayed opening 1 N. are bold.E. .  Not available for booted operators.B.C.C. .C.O.O.O. D3V 1 N.O.B. .L.O.O.C.C. 800H-R2A Bootless Flush Head Unit Cat. Cat. A4Y 2 N. ‡ A2 and A2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon. AY 1 N. but can stack on other contact blocks.2 N.C. A2Y 2 N. No. 1 Underlying operators are "flush head" type. 2 N.1 N.O.com/catalogs Contact Block(s) Code Description PenTUFF (Low Voltage) D1V 1 N.C. N 2 N. No.O. Snap Action Contacts Snap-action contacts feature a quick make. Green 800T-A1 800T-B1 800H-R1 800H-AR1 Black 800T-A2 800T-B2 800H-R2 800H-AR2 Red 800T-A6 800T-B6 800H-R6 800H-AR6 Green 800T-A1D1 800T-B1D1 800H-R1D1 800H-AR1D1 Black 800T-A2D1 800T-B2D1 800H-R2D1 800H-AR2D1 Red 800T-A6D1 800T-B6D1 800H-R6D1 800H-AR6D1 Green 800T-A1D2 800T-B1D2 800H-R1D2 800H-AR1D2 Black 800T-A2D2 800T-B2D2 800H-R2D2 800H-AR2D2 Red 800T-A6D2 800T-B6D2 800H-R6D2 800H-AR6D2 Green 800T-A1A 800T-B1A 800H-R1A 800H-AR1A Black 800T-A2A 800T-B2A 800H-R2A 800H-AR2A Red 800T-A6A 800T-B6A 800H-R6A 800H-AR6A 2 3 4 5 800 T a – A 1 c d b A e f 6 a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.C. BP 2 N.C. 1 N.M. D2R 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 .O. f (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Description Class 1. .C. www.2 N.O. D2V 1 N. Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A.2 N. Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene. AR 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.B.O. (Mini) 1 N. . § Jumbo mushroom heads not available in white color.C.ab.L.2 N. No.C. 800T-A1A Extended Head Unit Cat.1 N.C.O.1 N. delayed closure Snap Action M 1 N. BY 2 N. T Depress close. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed D1R 1 N.1 N. 800H-AR1A Type 4/13 Contact Type No Contact 1 N.O.1 N. D2P 1 N. BR 2 N. No.2 N.C Code Time Delay Contacts Series C field installable kits can only be used with Series T or later operators. .L. .5 mm Push Buttons Push Button Operators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices.O. 2 N. .1 N.1 N. Preferred availability cat.C. 1 N.O. .C.2 N.C Stackable Sealed Switch D1Y 1 N.O. A2R 2 N. f Code Blank D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 A1 A2 A4 A7 A B Contact Block(s) Description No contacts Standard 1 N. . AP 1 N. .‡ A4R 2 N.‡ 2 N. 1 N. 1 N.O.C.O. Cat.O.O. No. quick break snapaction mechanism that is only available on factory assembled units. S Depress open.C.O.1 N. Class 1. 1 N.C. Cat. Type 4/4X/13 b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Operator Type 800T Type 4/13 Code A B D DX — — 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code Flush head AR Extended head BR Mushroom head DR Mushroom head DRX less color cap Bootless GR guarded head Booted head R1 Description d Code Blank 1 2 3 Color Cap Description Used only when ordering Operator Type DX/DRX Green Black Orange d (cont'd) Code 4 5 6 7 9 f (cont'd) Color Cap Description Grey White Red Blue Yellow e Special Mushroom Head Code Description Jumbo mushroom head — J§ plastic Jumbo mushroom head — L§ metal Note: Special mushroom head options only apply to mushroom head operator type code D/DR (Table c).1 N.O. Non-Illuminated 0 Flush Head Unit Cat. . Div. No. (Mini) 1 N. 2/Zone 2 Sealed Switch D1P 1 N. No.

C. No. ® Dual input diode only.C.O.1 N. Cat.com/catalogs h Contact Block(s) Code Description X No contacts Standard Blank 1 N. Type 4/4X/13 b 8 Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c 9 10 Power Module Type 800T Type 4/13 Code Description Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/ Universal P Q Code A B 12 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code PR QR d 11 M MJ – P B H 16 R c d e f g e a 7 Extended Head without Guard Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs.O.1 N.O. nos.O. No. 13 10-10 h Preferred availability cat. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed AR 1 N.C. .ab. 800T-PB16R 1 Type Lamp Type Operator Only 2 Full Voltage 3 Volts Color Incandescent 24V AC/DC No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC LED 12…130V AC/DC Universal Red Green Amber No Lens Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber No Lens Incandescent 4 120V AC. .1 N. . 50/60 Hz Full Voltage — Incandescent 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 16 120V AC 24 24V AC/DC® Code Blank X A B C G R W Lens Color Description No lens with standard contacts 1 N.1 N. ‡ Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.C. Stackable Sealed Switch AY 1 N. No. 800H-PRB16R Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Extended Head Extended Head Extended Head Extended Head Without Guard1 With Guard1 without Guard1 with Guard1 Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30.O. No.) contact block. Div. 800 T 6 a b Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal. lamp. No. . are bold.1 N. Type 4/13 Plastic.1 N. or contact blocks. Cat. lens cap. Class 1. . No. No lens if ordering any contacts other than standard 1 N. 50/60 Hz Transformer LED No Lamp 5 1 Includes as standard one Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Push Button Operators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV 1 N.C.C. Amber Blue Clear Green Red White www.1 N.O. .  Operator only supplied without power module. .O. Cat.O. 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC. Sealed Switch AP 1 N. 800T-SB00XX 800T-SA00XX 800H-SRB00XX 800H-SRA00XX 800T-QB24R 800T-QA24R 800H-QRB24R 800H-QRA24R 800T-QB24G 800T-QA24G 800H-QRB24G 800H-QRA24G 800T-QB24A 800T-QA24A 800H-QRB24A 800H-QRA24A 800T-QBN25 800T-QAN25 800H-QRBN25 800H-QRAN25 800T-QBH2R 800T-QAH2R 800H-QRBH2R 800H-QRAH2R 800T-QBH2G 800T-QAH2G 800H-QRBH2G 800H-QRAH2G 800T-QBH2A 800T-QAH2A 800H-QRBH2A 800H-QRAH2A 800T-PB16R 800T-PA16R 800H-PRB16R 800H-PRA16R 800T-PB16G 800T-PA16G 800H-PRB16G 800H-PRA16G 800T-PB16A 800T-PA16A 800H-PRB16A 800H-PRA16A 800T-PBH16R 800T-PAH16R 800H-PRBH16R 800H-PRAH16R 800T-PBH16G 800T-PAH16G 800H-PRBH16G 800H-PRAH16G 800T-PBH16A 800T-PAH16A 800H-PRBH16A 800H-PRAH16A 800T-PBN16 800T-PAN16 800H-PRBN16 800H-PRAN16 Head Type Description Extended head with guard Extended head without guard Mushroom Jumbo mushroom g Illumination Options Code Description Blank Incandescent H LED Dual Input D Diode type‡ T Transformer — relay type Transformer — relay type TH LED f Voltage Transformer Code Description 16 120V AC. 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC.C. . Illuminated 0 Extended Head Without Guard Cat. D1 1 N.C.1 N. 50/60 Hz 46 480V AC. 800T-XA (1 N.O.

2/Zone 2 Logic Reed D1R 1 N. S Depress open.2 N. No.2 N. Time Delay 1 N.C. (Mini) D6 1 N.O.O.C.E. AV 1 N. D5 1 N.‡ A4 2 N.C. 800T-A00 with Cat. No.2 N.O. No. Div. . D2V 1 N.C. . AR 1 N.C.O. D2 1 N. No. AY 1 N.C. O Black Cat. A 1 N. 800T-LC103W installed Legend Caps Text Cap Color Text Color | START Green ON White Cat. Non-Illuminated — With Two-Color Molded Legend Caps Operator Only Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13  Less legend cap  Less contact blocks Button Type Cat.com/catalogs 103W A d e e c Cap Text/Color Code 1 Cat. Type 4/4X/13 b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Operator Type 800T Type 4/13 Code A B Description Flush head Extended head T – A a d 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code AR BR b Text 101W 103W 105W 121W 202W 204W 207W 208W 209W 210W 212W 213W 214W 215W 216W 217W 218W 219W 220W 222W 501B 503B 508B 521B 602W 604W 606W 622W 707W 711W | START ON START / | O STOP RESET ↑ FORWARD REVERSE JOG UP DOWN RAISE LOWER IN OUT HIGH LOW STOP / O | START ↑ START / | O STOP OFF STOP / O RESET R Color Cap Text Green White Black White White Black Red White Blue White www. 2/Zone 2 Sealed Switch D1P 1 N. D3 1 N.C. .B. 13 Preferred availability cat. Class 1.M. BR 2 N. . No.L. .C. . .ab. A4Y 2 N.O. D2R 1 N.E.2 N.M. No.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 7 10-11 . .O. A2Y 2 N.C.C. Cat.O.O.B.O.L.C.O. BY 2 N. . (Mini) A1 1 N. .C. T Depress close.1 N. 800H-BR00 with Cat. D2P 1 N.C Stackable Sealed Switch D1Y 1 N. A2R 2 N. A2 2 N.O.1 N.1 N. Text 800T-LC101W IN 800T-LC103W OUT 800T-LC105W HIGH Cap Color Text Color 2 800T-LC218W Black White 800T-LC219W 800T-LC121W LOW 800T-LC220W 800T-LC202W STOP / O 800T-LC222W STOP 800T-LC204W | 800T-LC501B RESET 800T-LC207W START ↑ FORWARD 800T-LC208W 800T-LC209W ↑ START / | 800T-LC210W O JOG 800T-LC212W STOP UP 800T-LC213W OFF DOWN 800T-LC214W STOP / O RAISE 800T-LC215W RESET LOWER 800T-LC216W R White White Black 3 800T-LC503B 800T-LC508B 800T-LC521B 800T-LC602W Red White 4 800T-LC604W 800T-LC606W 800T-LC622W Blue White 800T-LC707W 800T-LC711W 5 Note: Package Qty.1 N.1 N. are bold.C.5 mm Push Buttons Push Button Operators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices.O. BP 2 N.B.1 N. delayed closure Snap Action M 1 N. .C.O. Div. .O.L. D4 1 N. No. 8 9 10 11 12 ‡ A2 and A2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon. D4V 1 N. Class 1.C.1 N. A7 1 N.O.L. D3V 1 N.O.O. Type 4/13 Plastic.C.C. AP 1 N. nos.O. BV 2 N. N 2 N. delayed opening 1 N. D2Y 1 N.C.O.C. . but can stack upon other contact blocks. B 2 N.C.C.O.O. No.O.O. = 1 800 a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.2 N.C.O.B.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C.‡ A4R 2 N.C 6 e (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Code Description PenTUFF (Low Voltage) D1V 1 N.C. Flush 800T-A00 800H-AR00 Extended 800T-B00 800H-BR00 Cat. 800T-LC604 installed 800T-LC217W START / | REVERSE 0 Contact Block(s) Code Description Blank No contacts Standard D1 1 N.1 N.O. .2 N.

C.ab.C. Sealed Switch♣ 1 N. O 1 N. 1 N. No. O X Max Duty (Horsepower Rated)♣ 1 N. 800T-H17A Standard Knob Operator Cat. Type 4/13 Plastic. ‡ Target tables are reversed from those shown. PenTUFF (Low Voltage)♣ 1 N. . are bold.1 N. Div.C. No. No. green. Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code 2 4 5 9 10 11 Code 17 18 19 c 8 Knob Insert Colors 800T Type 4/13 Code H HX Code HA HG Description White Packet of colored inserts Metal Wing Lever Colors§ Color Red Grey Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Contact Block(s) Description 2-Position Contact Configuration No contacts — Standard 1 N.1 N. . 1 N.O.O.O. — X O X O X O X O . 2 N.C.C. . 1 N. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat.O.O. — A A B White Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Target tables are reversed from those shown.C. No.1 N. 800 Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal. 1 N.C. red. .O.C. 1 N. X O T Knob Lever MM X O X Type 4/4X/13 M = Maintained S = Spring Return — O a 6 Standard Knob Preferred availability cat.O. and yellow).2 N.O.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Class1. No. 2 N.C. No.O.C.2 N. . Stackable Sealed Switch♣ 1 N.1 N. 2 N.2 N.2 N. 800H-HR2A Type 4/13 Operator Position 2 Contact Type Side No Contacts 3 4 Contact — 1 N. 800T-H2A Knob Lever Operator Cat. 800T-H17 800H-HR2 S→M 800T-H4 800T-H18 800H-HR4 M←S 800T-H5 800T-H19 800H-HR5 MM 800T-H2D1 800T-H17D1 800H-HR2D1 S→M1 800T-H4D1 800T-H18D1 800H-HR4D1 M←S 800T-H5D1 800T-H19D1 800H-HR5D1 MM 800T-H2A 800T-H17A 800H-HR2A S→M1 800T-H4A 800T-H18A 800H-HR4A M←S 800T-H5A 800T-H19A 800H-HR5A b c 2 A d e d b 7 Cat.C. orange.C. X O X 2 N.O. ♣ Contact target tables same as those listed for standard contact blocks. 1 N. .C. .1 N. 5 — White 1 N. 2 N. 800T-H2 – HA a 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code HR HRX Code — — Code 11 15 16 Code 6 7 8 Operator Type and Function Standard Knob Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left‡ Spring return from right Knob Lever§ Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left‡ Spring return from right Metal Wing Lever§ Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left‡ Spring return from right Coin Slot§ Operator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right  One insert of each color (blue.O.2 N. 1 N. .C. nos. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed♣ 1 N.O.O.O. 1 N. Type 4/13 operators. . § Only available on Bul.C.O.C.O.O. 1 N. .5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 2-Position Selector Switch Devices. X O 1 N. e Code Blank D1 D2 A B D1M D2M D1V D2V AV BV D1R D2R AR BR D1P D2P AP BP 12 D1Y D2Y AY BY 13 www. 800T.com/catalogs 10-12 Standard Knob Cat. 1 N.O.C.

C. 2 N.O.O. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 1 N.O.O.C. .C. .C. Key) 15 T112 03 D020 16 T115 04 D025 17 T324 05 D335 18 T382 06 D429 19 T404 07 D461 20 T171 08 D111 21 T484 09 D587 22 T547 10 D682 23 T569 11 D713 24 T692 12 D900 25 T752 13 D992 26 T178 14 D118 — — 1 Target tables are reversed from those shown.C. 2 N. 800T only) 0 1 2-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.O.O. ♣ Device supplied with 2 keys.C. Div.1 N. . Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 6 10-13 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 .1 N. . No. 1 N. 1 N.  Keys removable from maintained positions only. Cat.2 N.C. for standard D018 key is X-181170. .C. No. 1 N.O.1 N.C. 1 N.O. Type 4/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals b c Code H31 H32 H33 Code H42 Code H48 Key Removal Position Maintained Operator Function Key removal — left Key removal — right Key removal — both Spring Return From Left Operator Function Key removal — right1 Spring Return From Right Operator Function Key removal — left Code e d Key Options for Cylinder Locks♣ T Series T Series Code Code Key No. O X Max Duty (Horsepower Rated) 1 N. . See page 10-46 for additional replacement key numbers. Blank D1 D2 A B D1M D2M D1V D2V AV BV D1R D2R AR BR D1P D2P AP BP D1Y D2Y AY BY www. 800T-H33A Type 4/13 Cylinder Lock♣ Key Removal — Left Operator Position Contact Type Side No Contacts 1 N. § Contact target tables same as those listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks. Key No. No.O.O.2 N. X O 1 N. 1 N.C. 2 N.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 2-Position Selector Switch Devices.C. 1 N.O. are bold. 1 N. Contact — — — — White A O X A B White O X Key Removal — Right Key Removal — Both M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat.O. Replacement key part no. Cat. — X O X O X O X O Preferred availability cat.C.C. 1 N. 1 N. 1 N. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.C.C. Non-Illuminated (Bul.2 N. nos.com/catalogs Contact Block(s) Description 2-Position Contact Configuration No contacts — Standard 1 N.1 N. Class1. .O.O. Stackable Sealed Switch§ 1 N.1 N.2 N. .O. . . X O X 2 N. O 1 N.2 N.ab.O.C.O. 2 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed§ 1 N. Blank D018 (Std.O. Sealed Switch§ 1 N.C. MM 800T-H31 800T-H32 800T-H33 M←S 800T-H48 — — X O MM 800T-H31D1 800T-H32D1 800T-H33D1 S→M1 — 800T-H42D1 — M←S 800T-H48D1 — — MM 800T-H31A 800T-H32A 800T-H33A S→M1 — 800T-H42A — M←S 800T-H48A — — Note: X = Closed/O = Open 2 3 4 5 e 800 T – H31 a b c A d a Code T Protection Rating Description Metal.

AR 1-800T-XAR on white side 2 N. Type 4/13 Plastic. § Not available with wing levers. 800T-J17A Standard Knob Operator Cat. AY 1-800T-XAY on white side 2 N.1 N. 2-800T-XAVs — BV 1 on white side/1 on black side Cam Option‡♣ Description KB7 cam (std. Cat.1 N. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix Code e e (cont'd) Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts on operator Standard 1 N. . Cam Codes KB7 (Std.O. MMM 800T-J2 800T-J17 800H-JR2 S→M M 800T-J4 800T-J18 800H-JR4 M M←S 800T-J5 800T-J19 800H-JR5 S→M←S 800T-J91 800T-J20 800H-JR91 — O O X O 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P O X O X O X O X KR7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X KT1 X O O X X O O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O X KT7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X KU7 O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X O X O O X O O O X O .2 N. nos. No. No. 800T.O. No. 800T-J2A 1 Knob Lever Operator Cat.1 N. . .C.O. and yellow). .com/catalogs KD7 O O O X O O O X O O X O O O X O O X O X O X O X KE7 X O O O X O O O X O O X X O O X O X O X O X O X KQ1 O X X O O X X O X O O O X O O O O X O X O X O X KQ7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X KR1 X O O O X O O O X O O X X O O X Preferred availability cat. Div.2 N. are bold. ‡ If an overlapping cam is required.C.C. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N.C. 2-800T-XAs — B 1 on white side/1 on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.C.  Only available on Bul. AP 1-800T-XAP on white side 2 N.2 N. 2-800T-XARs — BR 1 on white side/1 on black side Sealed Switch 1 N. Type 4/13 operators. AV 1-800T-XAV on white side 2 N. orange. 2-800T-XAYs — BY 1 on white side/1 on black side 1 One insert of each color (blue.1 N.C.C. Cat.O.O. Non-Illuminated 0 Standard Knob Operator Cat. 4 T – a Code T H 800T-J17A 800H-JR2A 800T-J4A 800T-J18A 800H-JR4A M M←S 800T-J5A 800T-J19A 800H-JR5A S→M←S 800T-J91A 800T-J20A 800H-JR91A b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c 800T Type 4/13 Code J J 2 c d Knob/Lever Type Operators Standard Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left 5 Spring return from right 91 Spring return from both Knob Lever Code Operator Function 17 Maintained 18 Spring return from left 19 Spring return from right 20 Spring return from both Metal Wing Lever Code Operator Function 11 Maintained 15 Spring return from left 16 Spring return from right 141 Spring return from both Coin Slot Code Operator Function 10 Spring return from both Knob Insert Colors 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code JR Description White Packet of JRX colored inserts1 Metal Wing Lever Colors Code Color Code JA Red — JG Grey — JX 10 12 White Black White 13 Black Circuits Contact Block Side A B A B A B A B f (cont'd) Contact Blocks♣ Code Description Blank No contacts Class 1. No. . Type 4/4X/13 6 9 b a 5 8 MMM S→M M Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 7 Standard Knob M = Maintained S = Spring Return 3 O X Type 4/4X/13 Knob Lever O X O X O X O X KA1 X O X O X O X O O X O X O X O X KA7 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O X O X O X O X KC1 X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O KC7 X O X O X O X O X O X O X O X O O X O O O X O O www.Bulletin 800T/H 30.ab.) X O X O X O X O O O O O O O O O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 10-14 f f Table 1.O.O. red. consult your local distributor.O. .2 N.C.O. ♣ See Table 1 for cam selections and associated targets.1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 3-Position Selector Switch Devices. No. . . .2 N.C.C. . green.) KA1 cam KA7 cam Code Blank KA1 KA7 C Cam Option‡♣ Description KC1 cam KC7 cam KD7 cam KE7 cam KQ1 cam KQ7 cam KR1 cam KR7 cam KT1 cam KT7 cam KU7 cam Code KC1 KC7 KD7 KE7§ KQ1 KQ7 KR1§ KR7§ KT1§ KT7§ KU7§ e 11 800T-J2A d Protection Rating Description Metal.O. A 1-800T-XA on white side 2 N. No. .C.1 N.O. 2-800T-XAPs — BP 1 on white side/1 on black side Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. 800H-JR2A Type 4/13 Operator Position 2 Standard Knob Contact Type No Contacts — — Cat.

B 2-800T-XAs — 1 on white side/1 on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.C. . AR 1-800T-XAR on white side 2 N. AY 1-800T-XAY on white side 2 N.C. 800T only) 0 1 3-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. .5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 3-Position Selector Switch Devices.1 N. . Div.2 N.1 N. 13 www. for standard D018 key is X-181170.2 N.O. . . See page 10-46 for additional replacement key numbers.2 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-15 .C. 2-800T-XAYs — BY 1 on white side/1 on black side 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 Key removable in maintained positions only.O. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed Code Description 1 N. 800T-J41A Type 4/13 Operator Position 2 Cylinder Lock§ Key Removal — Left 1 Key Removal — Center 1 M = Maintained S = Spring Return Contact Type Cat.C. Type 4/13 b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c d c (cont’d) A e f e (cont’d) Key Removal Position Spring Return from Right Code Operator Function J69 Key removal — left J38 Key removal — center Key removal — left and J73 center Spring Return from Both J631 Key removal — center c Key Removal Position Maintained Code Operator Function J41 Key removal — left J42 Key removal — center J43 Key removal — right J44 Key removal — all Key removal — left and J45 center Key removal — right and J46 left Key removal — right and J47 center Spring Return from Left J50 Key removal — center J52 Key removal — right Key removal — right and J51 center b KC1 d Key Options for Cylinder Locks§ Code Key No. 800T-J41 800T-J42 800T-J44 S→M M — 800T-J50 — M M←S 800T-J69 800T-J38 — MMM No Contacts — O X — — O O X O 1 N. Cat. e Cam Option Code Description Blank KB7 cam (std. No. 2-800T-XARs — BR 1 on white side/1 on black side Sealed Switch 1 N.1 N. A 1-800T-XA on white side 2 N.O.C. No.  If an overlapping cam is required. nos. No. Cat.O. Code KC7 KD7 KE7 KQ1 KQ7 KR1 KR7 KT1 KT7 KU7 Cam Option Description KC7 cam KD7 cam KE7 cam KQ1 cam KQ7 cam KR1 cam KR7 cam KT1 cam KT7 cam KU7 cam f Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts Standard 1 N.2 N.C. . Replacement key part no. Blank D018 (standard key) 03 D020 04 D025 05 D335 06 D429 Note: Refer to page 10-13 for additional key option codes.C. AV 1-800T-XAV on white side 2 N. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. . AP 1-800T-XAP on white side 2 N. .C.1 N.ab.O.Bulletin 800T/H 30.O.C. .) KA1 KA1 cam KA7 KA7 cam KC1 KC1 cam Note: See Table 1 on page 10-14 for cam selections. Non-Illuminated (Bul.O.1 N.O. . No.O. § Device supplied with 2 keys. are bold.O. 2-800T-XAPs — BP 1 on white side/1 on black side Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. . Key Removal — All 1 3 S→M←S — 800T-J631 — MMM 800T-J41A 800T-J42A 800T-J44A S→M M — 800T-J50A — M M←S 800T-J69A 800T-J38A — S→M←S — 800T-J631A — 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 T – J41 a a Code T Protection Rating Description Metal.2 N.C.O.C. BV 2-800T-XAVs — 1 on white side/1 on black side 5 f (cont'd) Contact Blocks Class 1.1 N.

2 N. are bold.O.O. red. . .C. Type 4/13 Plastic. . .5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 4-Position Selector Switch Devices.O. PPXX Stackable Sealed Switch§ TTXX 2 N.O. ‡ Contact block mounting same as listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks. . AAAX Table 1. 2-800T-XAs — 1 on white side/ 1 on black side 3 N. 800T-N17KN4B Standard Knob Operator Cat.C. .2 N. 4 T a 5 Code T H Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Knob Insert Colors 9 10 Description KF4 B c d e f e Operator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained Spring return from 3 position 1 to position Spring return from 9 position 4 to position Knob Lever§ Code Operator Function 17 Maintained Spring return from 29 position 1 to position Spring return from 30 position 4 to position Metal Wing Lever§ Code Operator Function 11 Maintained Spring return from 13 position 1 to position Spring return from 14 position 4 to position b 8 2 d Protection Rating Description Metal. orange.2 N.C.O. No.3 N. and yellow).4 N.O. Di. . § Only available on Bul. Cat. Type 4/13 operators.4 N. TTTX CR 4 N. 800T-N2KN4B Knob Lever Operator Cat. . 3-800T-XAs — 2 on white side/ 1 on black side 4 N.4 N. ® Not available with wing levers.C.C. nos.C.O.8 for overlap specifications.O. No. FFFF Class 1. . FFXX HV 3 N.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. . HY♣ 4 N.C.com/catalogs 10-16 Preferred availability cat. TTXX HR 3 N. .O. . TTTT CY♣ 1 One insert of each color (blue. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed‡ BR 2 N.O.  Overlapping cam. . . Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 800T 800H Type Type Description 4/13 4/4X/13 Code Code PenTUFF (Low Voltage) BV 2 N.4 N.ab. No.O. Type 4/4X/13 800T Type 4/13 Code N – N b a 7 Knob Lever 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code NR White Packet of NX NRX colored inserts1 Metal Wing Lever Colors Code Color Code NA Red — NG Grey — Code KF4 KG4 KK4® KM4® KP4 KN4 2 3 f (cont) Contact Blocks Cam Option♣ Description F cam G cam K cam M cam P cam Overlapping cam f Contact Blocks♣ 800T Type 4/13 Code Blank 2 3 Description No contacts Standard 2 N. .C.C.C. Cat. No. See Publication 800T-2.O. No. No.C. BY♣ TTTX 3 N.O.O. 800T. 800H-NR2KF4AAXX Type 4/13 Operator Position Contact Type 2 No Contacts — 3 — X O O O — O X O O Standard Knob Cat.2 N. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table 11 Standard Knob Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 6 Type 4/4X/13 M = Maintained S = Spring Return O X O O O X O O green.3 N.2 N. FFFX CV 4 N.C. ♣ See Table 1 for proper cam/contact selection. MMMM 800T-N2KF4 800T-N17KF4 800H-NR2KF4 S→M M M 800T-N3KF4 800T-N29KF4 800H-NR3KF4 M M M←S 800T-N9KF4 800T-N30KF4 800H-NR9KF4 MMMM 800T-N2KF4B 800T-N17KF4B 800H-NR2KF4AAXX S→M M M 800T-N3KF4B 800T-N29KF4B 800H-NR3KF4AAXX M M M←S 800T-N9KF4B 800T-N30KF4B 800H-NR9KF4AAXX — O O X O O O O X 2 N.2 N.C.3 N. TTTT Sealed Switch‡ BP 2 N.3 N. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat. 4-800T-XAs — 2 on white side/ 2 on black side B 2 3 H C 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank AAXX Contact Block Side White 12 Black White 13 Black Circuits Contact Block Suffix Code A B A B A B A B KF4 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X Cam Codes KK4 KM4 KG4 O O X O O O X O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O KP4 O O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O AAAA KN4 X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open www.

See page 10-46 for additional replacement key numbers. 2-800T-XAVs — BV 1 on white side/1 on black side 3 N. Table 1. Stackable Sealed Switch‡ BY 2 N. Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-17 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 . .O. Type 4/13 b c Key Removal Position and Operator Function Maintained Code Operator Function N31 Key removal position 1 N32 Key removal position 2 N33 Key removal position 3 N34 Key removal position 4 N61 Key removal all positions White Black White Black Circuits Contact Block Side A B A B A B A B KF4 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O O X O O O X O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O Cam Option Code Description KF4 F cam KG4 G cam KK4 K cam KM4 M cam KP4 P cam KN4 Overlapping cam Note: See Table 1 for proper cam selection.O.C. . § Device supplied with 2 keys. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix Code e d Key Removal Position and Operator Function Spring Return From Position 1 to Position 2 Code Description N132 Key removal position 2 N133 Key removal position 3 N134 Key removal position 4 Key removal positions 2. nos.2 N. Cat. MMMM 800T-N32KF4 800T-N33KF4 800T-N61KF4 S→M M M 800T-N132KF4 800T-N133KF4 — M M M←S 800T-N232KF4 800T-N233KF4 — MMMM 800T-N32KF4B 800T-N33KF4B 800T-N61KF4B S→M M M 800T-N132KF4B 800T-N133KF4B — M M M←S 800T-N232KF4B 800T-N233KF4B 2 3 4 — Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800 T – N31 a c Protection Rating Description Metal. O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O KP4 O O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O KN4 X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O O X O O O X O O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Key removable in maintained positions only.com/catalogs 5 f e Cam Codes KK4 KM4 KG4 f Key Options for Cylinder Locks§ D Series Code Key No. No. Note: Associated targets shown in Table 1. Key Removal — Position 21 Key Removal — Position 31 Key Removal — All1 Cat. no stacking. 2-800T-XAs — B 1 on white side/1 on black side 3 N. www.4 N. N251 and 3 Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals C d c (cont'd) a Code T b KM4 Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts Standard 2 N.O. CR 4 N.O.O.3 N. CY 4 N. . Replacement key part no. . HY 3 N. Preferred availability cat.O.4 N.O. .C.3 N.O. 800T-N32KF4B Operator Position Cylinder Lock – Type 4/13§ M = Maintained S = Spring Return Contact Type No Contacts — — X O O O — O X O O — O O X O O O O X 2 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 2.C.ab.C. No. HR 3 N. No.C.O.2 N.C.O. Non-Illuminated (800T only) 0 1 Cylinder Lock Operator Cat.2 N.C. Blank D018 (standard key) 03 D020 04 D025 05 D335 06 D429 Note: Refer to page 10-13 for additional key option codes.2 N. 3. . 4-800T-XAVs — CV 2 on white side/2 on black side Class 1.2 N.4 N. 3-800T-XAVs — HV 2 on white side/1 on black side 4 N.3 N.O.C.C. 3-800T-XAs — H 2 on white side/1 on black side 4 N.C. Div. .3 N.C. . .O. See Publication 800T-2.  Overlapping cam.O.C. N154 and 4 Spring Return From Position 4 to Position 3 Code Operator Function N231 Key removal position 1 N232 Key removal position 2 N233 Key removal position 3 Key removal positions 1. .4 N. .C. Sealed Switch‡ BP 2 N. for standard D018 key is X-181170.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 4-Position Selector Switch Devices. . 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed‡ BR 2 N. ‡ Contact block mounting same as listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks. No. are bold. One layer of contact blocks allowed. 4-800T-XAs — C 2 on white side/2 on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 2 N.O.C.8 for overlap specifications. .2 N. .

1 N. MM 800T-00HX2KB6 800H-00HRX2KB6 Red No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Knob LED 12…130V AC/DC Red X O 120V AC 50/60 Hz Red X O No Lamp 120V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-24HR2KB6AX 800H-24HRR2KB6AX 800T-24HR4KL8AX 800H-24HRR4KL8AX M←S 800T-24HR5KL8AX 800H-24HRR5KL8AX MM 800T-25HXN2KB6AX 800H-25HRXN2KB6AX MM 800T-2HRH2KB6AX 800H-2HRRH2KB6AX S→M 800T-2HRH4KL8AX 800H-2HRRH4KL8AX M←S 800T-2HRH5KL8AX 800H-2HRRH5KL8AX MM 800T-16HR2KB6AX 800H-16HRR2KB6AX S→M 800T-16HR4KL8AX 800H-16HRR4KL8AX M←S 800T-16HR5KL8AX 800H-16HRR5KL8AX MM 800T-16HRH2KB6AX 800H-16HRRH2KB6AX S→M 800T-16HRH4KL8AX 800H-16HRRH4KL8AX M←S 800T-16HRH5KL8AX 800H-16HRRH5KL8AX MM 800T-16HXN2KB6AX 800H-16HRXN2KB6AX O X LED 5 MM S→M O X Incandescent Transformer Type 4/4X/13 Standard Knob M = Maintained S = Spring Return No Contacts 24V AC/DC Type 4/13 Standard Knob No Knob Note: X = Closed/O = Open 6 800 T – 16 a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.C. 1 N. No. or contact blocks. X = Closed/O = Open 10-18 Code Blank (both pos. Contact Block Code Reduction Rules Illumination Options Code Description Blank Incandescent H LED O X g 1st Level Contact Block Substitution Combination Code Standard D+E A D+D M E+E N D.O. .) Preferred availability cat.C. nos.C. Type 4/4X/13 8 10 11 12 b H c b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Power Module Type and Voltage Full Voltage — Incandescent Code Description 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Transformer 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz For other voltages.C.C. 1 N. lens cap.C. Sealed Switch 1 N. Selector Switch Cam Targets Cam Description (2-Position) Target Contact Block Code X O Cam Options 2-Position Operator Function Maintained Cam Spring Return Cam Table 2. . R. 1 N. No.1 N. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N.com/catalogs D E A X H U F V W T R S P 5 6 7 No contacts Standard 1 N. 1 N. please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. .O.1 N. Cat. 800T-16HR2KB6AX 1 Knob Lever Operator Cat. 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code HR e Knob Color Color Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No knob Code A B C G R W X h Code KB6 KL8 f Table 1. S. lamp.O. Div. Class 1. Type 4/13 Plastic. .Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N.O. 1 N.O. 800T Type 4/13 Code H 2 e f 2nd Level KB6 A X h i j d g i.1 N.ab. of Positions Operator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob or No Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left 5 Spring return from right Knob Lever 17 Maintained 18 Spring return from left 19 Spring return from right Contact Blocks♣ Description Description 2-position Bul.C. No. 1 N. 1 N.O.1 N.O. U. 800H-16HRR17KB6AX Operator Position 2 Type Lamp Type Volts Knob Color Operator Only1 Incandescent Full Voltage 3 Universal 4 Cat. 1 N. H. j No.O. 1 Operator only supplied without power module. 5 E.O.C. ♣ Contact blocks used on white side only.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 2-Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices. Illuminated 0 Standard Knob Operator Cat. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N.C.O. Bul. 1 N. 6 www. 13 R d a 7 9  Target tables are reversed from those shown. V.1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .  Target tables are reversed for spring return from left operators.C. W. are bold. .

V — V. — — — W. 24V. H. 5  LED only.Q — — W. S. S. 6 E. H. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. j Illumination Options Description Incandescent LED‡ Code Blank (both pos. D. Sealed Switch 1 N. R. No. 5 W. — G.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. www. R. and white. amber. Class 1. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. H.O.O. No. — — — W. except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. V.ab.C. of Positions 3-position d e f 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code JR Code Blank H 1st Level 2nd Level X 2 KB7 A g h i Code KB7 KC1 KC7 KE7 KQ1 KT1 Cam Options 3-Position Operator Function B7 cam C1 cam C7 cam E7 cam Q1 cam T1 cam F T i. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. R. Type 4/4X/13 Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals 800T Type 4/13 Code J J 1 Type 4/4X/13 Standard Lever Cat. . . 6 W. 6 E.) g Contact Blocks§ Description Standard 1 N. H. 6 W.1 N. 5 V. S. and 130V full voltage and all transformer units.5 mm Push Buttons Selector Switches 3-Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices. 5 G. H. Code A X Contact Blocks§ Description P 7 No contacts 2 3 4 5 6 j i.C.1 N.I — — V. . green. . U. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N. Type 4/13 Plastic.O. or contact blocks. lens cap. Q — — — J. 800T-16JR2KB7AX Standard Knob Operator Cat. d No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-19 11 12 13 . please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. are bold.I G. LED color matches lens color. Illuminated 0 Standard Knob Operator Cat.C. U.1 N. H. blue. E. 6 V. .Bulletin 800T/H 30. U. S. White LEDs only available in 6V. E. Q E. R. D. Div. Selector Switch Cam Targets Operator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob or No Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left 5 Spring return from right 91 Spring return from both Knob Lever Code Operator Function 17 Maintained 18 Spring return from left 19 Spring return from right 20 Spring return from both Target 10 Cam Description (3-Position) X O O O X O O O X X X O O X X X O X KB7 KC1 D. 6 D. I J. U. No.C.C.O.1 N. U. No. R.1 N. D. 800H-16JRR2KB7AX Operator Position Type Lamp Type Volts Operator Only1 Full Voltage No Contacts 24V AC/DC Red No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Knob LED 12…130V AC/DC Red Universal M = Maintained S = Spring Return MMM MMM S→M M M M←S MMM MMM S→M M M M←S MMM S→M M M M←S MMM S→M M M M←S MMM Color Incandescent X O O O O X X O O O O X Incandescent Transformer 120V AC 50/60 Hz Red LED No Lamp Type 4/13 Standard Knob Cat. S. S. 800T-00JX2KB7 800T-24JR2KB7AX 800T-24JR4KB7AX 800T-24JR5KB7AX 800T-25JXN2KB7AX 800T-2JRH2KB7AX 800T-2JRH4KB7AX 800T-2JRH5KB7AX 800T-16JR2KB7AX 800T-16JR4KB7AX 800T-16JR5KB7AX 800T-16JRH2KB7AX 800T-16JRH4KB7AX 800T-16JRH5KB7AX 800T-16JXN2KB7AX No Knob Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Operator only supplied without power module. ‡ LEDs available in red. j (cont'd) h Knob Color Color Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No knob f c Description R e Protection Rating Description Metal. — 800H-24JRR2KB7AX 800H-24JRR4KB7AX 800H-24JRR5KB7AX — 800H-2JRRH2KB7AX 800H-2JRRH4KB7AX 800H-2JRRH5KB7AX 800H-16JRR2KB7AX 800H-16JRR4KB7AX 800H-16JRR5KB7AX 800H-16JRRH2KB7AX 800H-16JRRH4KB7AX 800H-16JRRH5KB7AX — 7 8 9 Table 1. lamp. 800 T – 16 a b c a Code T H b Code A B C G R W X Power Module Type and Voltage Full Voltage — Incandescent Code Description 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Transformer 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz For other voltages. nos. E. § Contact blocks used on white side only. J.Q — J. 120V. 5 — KC7 KE7 KQ1 KT1 D. U.O.

Type 4/4X/13 b Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Power Module Type 800T Type 4/13 Code P 11 Q Description Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/ Universal e 16 G f g d a c 10 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code AR h f Lamp Test Options Code Description Blank No test option T Push-to-test D Dual input — diode♣ Dual input — transformer DT relay Note: Push-to-test supplied with factory jumpered contact block. lamp.1 N. No.C. No. 800T-PT16R 1 Type 2 Lamp Type Volts Operator Only Full Voltage‡ Color Incandescent 24V AC/DC No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC LED 12…130 V AC/DC Universal‡ 3 Incandescent 4 120V AC. ‡ All pilot lights except push-to-test without sealed contacts and dual input transformer relay.O. Div.C. Not available on push-to-test units. 800T-P16R Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat.O. see page 10-65.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P g Lens Color Code Color Blank A B C G R W No lens Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Glass Code ♠ Blank D E F H J K h Contact Blocks (Push-to-test units only) Code Description Standard Blank 1 N. Sealed Switch AP 1 N.C. 800T-XA (1 N. 800T-SB00XX 800T-S00 800T-Q24R 800T-QT24R 800T-Q24G 800T-QT24G 800T-Q24A 800T-QT24A 800T-QN25 800T-QTN25 800T-QH2R 800T-QTH2R 800T-QH2G 800T-QTH2G 800T-QH2A 800T-QTH2A 800T-P16R 800T-PT16R 800T-P16G 800T-PT16G 800T-P16A 800T-PT16A 800T-PH16R 800T-PTH16R 800T-PH16G 800T-PTH16G 800T-PH16A 800T-PTH16A 800T-PN16 800T-PTN16 Red Green Amber No Lens Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber No Lens 1 Includes one standard Cat. Class 1. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed AR 1 N.1 N. nos. .1 N. 13 www. 6 (Push-to-Test) 800 T a 7 8 9 – P T c d b Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.O.com/catalogs 10-20 Preferred availability cat. are bold. e Illumination Options Code Description Blank Incandescent H LED1 PR QR Voltage Transformer Code Description 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz 46 480V AC 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage — Incandescent 12 12V AC/DC 24 24V AC/DC 48 48V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Universal — LED 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 16 120V AC 24V AC/DC 24 (Dual input diode only) 1 LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input. . For typical pilot light wiring diagrams. or contact blocks. No. . .Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. No. . No.ab.) contact block.C. .  Operator only supplied without power module. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs.O.C. 800H-SR00 800H-SRB00XX 800H-QR24R 800H-QRT24R 800H-QR24G 800H-QRT24G 800H-QR24A 800H-QRT24A — — 800H-QRH2R 800H-QRTH2R 800H-QRH2G 800H-QRTH2G 800H-QRH2A 800H-QRTH2A 800H-PR16R 800H-PRT16R 800H-PR16G 800H-PRT16G 800H-PR16A 800H-PRT16A 800H-PRH16R 800H-PRTH16R 800H-PRH16G 800H-PRTH16G 800H-PRH16A 800H-PRTH16A — — ♣ Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.1 N. are rated for Class 1. 50/60 Hz Transformer‡ LED No Lamp 5 Type 4/13 Pilot Light Push-to-Test1 Cat. .O. Stackable Sealed Switch AY 1 N. 12 Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light Push-to-Test1 Cat.1 N.1 N. Cat. Cat. Division 2 applications. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV 1 N. ♠ Glass lens available on 800T pilot lights only. lens cap. Type 4/13 Plastic.5 mm Push Buttons Pilot Lights Pilot Light Devices1 0 Transformer Type Pilot Light Cat.O. No.

1 O X X O 800T-FX6A1 800T-FXLE6A1 800T-FXT6A1 800H-FRXT6A1 N.C. O X 1 N. If the S.B1 X X O O 800TC-FX6A5S 800TC-FXLE6A5S 800TC-FXT6A5S 800HC-FRXT6A5S Contact Type Note: X = Closed/O = Open Note: These caps are only available in plastic. O 1 N. contact blocks.L.M.1 N. X O Sealed Switch O X 1 N.ab.C. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position.O. monitoring contact automatically closes when the S. N.B.C.B. O No contacts on operator D1P D2P AP D1Y D2Y AY 7 Description Out In — — No contacts PenTUFF (Low Voltage) O X 1 N.C. X O 1 N. Cat. is separated from the E-stop operator.1 N.1 X O 800T-FX6D4 800T-FXLE6D4 800T-FXT6D4 800H-FRXT6D4 N.O. Div. if space allows.O. 800H-FRXT6D4 Type 4/13 Operator Position Type 4/4X/13 Push-Pull — 40 mm Push-Pull — 63 mm Metal Push-Pull/Twist Release Push-Pull/Twist Release Out In Cat. . the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state.C. O O 2 N. No. 800 T a – FX b c a Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal. O X 1 N. § Not valid with head Type J or JT.L.B. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. . Stackable Sealed Switch O X 1 N. No.M.C. Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code Blank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 c FXC FXJ FXJE FXL FXLE FXT FXJT Mushroom head (push-pull) 90 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) with "E-Stop" 63 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) 63 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) with "E-Stop" Push-pull/twist-to-release Jumbo head push-pull with twist-to-release d e 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code — — — — — FRXT FRXJT Blank D1 D2 D4 A A1 A5 Description Code Blank D1V D2V D4V D1R D2R AR Out In — — O X X O X O X X X Standard X 1 N.C.B. X O 1 N. is properly installed onto the E-stop operator. X O 1 N.C.C. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Normally closed late break contact. 800T-FXT6D4 2-Position Push-Pull / Twist Cat.O. the N.B.M. contact wired in series with a N. When the button is pulled from the IN in the OUT position. No.C.1 N.C.O.M. O X 1 N.1 N. Cat.L.C. .O. X O 1 N. O X 1 N.C.B.L.O.O. X 1 N.L.L.L.C.O.B. Note: Emergency stop push buttons are compliant with EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 Standards when using N. are bold. Cat. N. Type 4/13 Plastic.C.C.1 N. X O 1 N.C. No.B. The N.M.M.C.1 X X O O 800T-FX6A5 800T-FXLE6A5 800T-FXT6A5 800H-FRXT6A5 S.C.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed O X 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-21 8 9 10 11 12 13 .1 O X X O 800TC-FX6A1S 800TC-FXLE6A1S 800TC-FXT6A1S 800HC-FRXT6A1S S. Non-Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended.C. www. No.) is composed of a N.L. X O 1 N.L. O X 1 N. nos. . No.M.O. monitoring contact will automatically open.C.5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 2-Position Red Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Devices.C.L. monitoring contact.B.C.O. ‡ Devices with N.B.B.B.com/catalogs 4 5 Contact Block(s) Operator Position Contact Block(s) Operator Position — 3 6 AV e Code 2 e (cont'd) Color Cap Color No cap§ Green Black Orange Grey White Red Blue Yellow Head Type‡ Description A1 d b 800T Type 4/13 Code FX 1 1 Preferred availability cat.B.O.B.  The Self Monitoring Contact Block (S. 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. X O Class 1.C.1 X O 800TC-FX6D4S 800TC-FXLE6D4S 800TC-FXT6D4S 800HC-FRXT6D4S N.B.O. No. 800T-FXLE6D4S 2-Position Push-Pull / Twist Cat. No.C.O.O. S.B.C. S.B.O. O 1 N.C.L. 800T-FX6D4 0 2-Position Metal Push-Pull Cat. N.C. .

O O X O 2 N.C. Type 4/4X/13 Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Code Blank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 b 8 c Head Type 9 10 800T Type 4/13 Code FX Description Mushroom head (push-pull) 90 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) 63 mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) FXC FXJ FXL 11 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRX 12 A A1 A7 Code M N Code B6 Out Momentary Momentary Center Maintained Maintained Out — In Maintained Momentary AV O X O X X X X X X X O X Ctr.1 N.C. Div.C. X O 1 N. 800H-FRXM6A7 Cat.L. . ‡ Not valid with head Type J.C. X O O O 1 N.B.C.L.C. No. 800T-FXM6A7 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. .B. No. 800H-FRXM6A7 Operator Position Operator Position 2 3 4 Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Out X X Center O X In O O Out X X Center O X In O O Contact Type N. 800 T – FX a 6 b M 1 A7 d e f c e a 7 Code T H Protection Rating Description Metal.5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 3-Position Push-Pull Devices.C. 1 3-Position Push-Pull Cat.L.O.C. . In Class 1. O O O X 1 N. O O Stackable Sealed Switch O X 1 N.C. 13 10-22 Description Out Description FRXJ Operator Function Operator Position Code Contact Block(s) Operator Position Blank d Contact Block(s) Operator Position f — — f (cont'd) Color Cap Color No cap‡ Green Black Orange Grey White Red Blue Yellow . Type 4/13 Plastic.L.O. .ab.C. O O Sealed Switch O X 1 N.O. O O 1 N. O O 2 N. No. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs.O. 800T-FXN6A7 Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.1 N.  Devices with N.C.L. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position.N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.B.1 N. are bold. . O O Note: X = Closed/O = Open  Devices with N. AR O X AP O X AY O X www. if space allows. nos. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical 5 contacts change state.B. X O PenTUFF (Low Voltage) O X 1 N.C.1 N.1 Button Color Red Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Cat.B. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed O X 1 N.C.O. No.B.O. 800H-FRXN6A7 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Normally closed late break contact. — In — No contacts Standard O X 1 N. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. No. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position.1 N. Non-Illuminated 0 Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended. No. 800T-FXM6A7 Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Ctr.C.L.

2/Zone 2 Logic Reed D1R 1 N.L. Type 4/4X/13 PH 1 h Target Contact N. Cat.C. D4V 1 N.O. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) D1V 1 N.O. AP 1 N. When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position. Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist Cat. No. Cat.O. . Contact Blocks Code Description Class 1. .Bulletin 800T/H 30.O.B.  240V AC O X X O No Lens 120V AC Note: X = Closed/O = Open Note: Emergency stop push buttons are compliant with EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 Standards when using N.B.ab.L. No. Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended.C. No. O X X O Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts Standard D1 1 N.C.com/catalogs 2 3 4 5 6 A1 g d Operator Function Description Push-pull♠ Push-pull/twist 16 e a Protection Rating Description Metal.C. ♠ Push-Pull is available only with Bul.C.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 7 10-23 . Cat. A1 1 N. No. In Out No Contacts Incan.L.C. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state.L.C. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications.L.O. § Devices with N. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. No.B.C. nos.B. Stackable Sealed Switch D1Y 1 N.L. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. lens cap.O.O.1 N.  Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist Cat. AY 1 N.O. if space allows.1 N. 8 9 10 11 12 13 Preferred availability cat.1 N. contact blocks.B. N. 800T-FXP16RA1 Lamp Type Type Volts 2-Position Push-Pull Cat.  Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability of illuminated E-stops with Self Monitoring Contact Blocks (SMCBs). . D4 1 N.L. D2 1 N. 1 Operator only supplied without power module.L.O. 0 Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. D2P 1 N. or contact blocks.C. No.  Normally closed late break contact. 800 T – FX a b T c d Code T H b Code Blank C Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals c Head Type§ 800T Type 4/13 Code FX FXJ FXJE Description Mushroom head Jumbo mushroom Jumbo mushroom (push-pull) with "E-Stop" 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code FRX FRXJ — Code Blank T R e f g h h (cont'd) Illumination Options Transformer Code Description P Incandescent PH LED Full Voltage Q Incandescent QH Universal LED Dual Input D Diode type DT Transformer — relay type Transformer — relay type DTH LED Color Cap Code Color No cap X (not valid with head Type J) A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White f Code 16 26 24 10 20 2 16 24 Voltage‡ Transformer Description 120V AC 50/60 Hz 240V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 240V AC/DC Universal LED 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 120V AC 24V AC/DC (dual input diode only) www.B.  Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.O.C. No.B. Type 4/13 Plastic.B. 800T. N.C.O. 800T-FXTP16RA1 O X X O Type 4/4X/13 800T-FXS00X — 800T-FXTS00X 800H-FRXTS00X 800T-FXQ24RA1 800T-FXJEQ24RA1 800T-FXTQ24RA1 800H-FRXTQ24RA1 800T-FXQN25XA1 — 800T-FXTQN25XA1 800H-FRXTQN25XA1 800H-FRXTQH2RA1 800T-FXQH2RA1 800T-FXJEQH2RA1 800T-FXTQH2RA1 120V AC 800T-FXP16RA1 800T-FXJEP16RA1 800T-FXTP16RA1 800H-FRXTP16RA1 240V AC 800T-FXP26RA1 800T-FXJEP26RA1 800T-FXTP26RA1 800H-FRXTP26RA1 800T-FXPH16RA1 800T-FXJEPH16RA1 800T-FXTPH16RA1 800H-FRXTPH16RA1 800T-FXPH26RA1 800T-FXJEPH26RA1 800T-FXTPH26RA1 800H-FRXTPH26RA1 800T-FXPN16XA1 — 800T-FXTPN16XA1 800H-FRXTPN16XA1 Red 120V AC N. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. Sealed Switch D1P 1 N. ‡ See page 10-20 for additional voltage code options. . Transformer LED Transformer No Lamp N. A5 2 N. 800H-FRXTP16RA1 Operator Position Type 4/13 Maintained Push-Pull — 40 mm Push-Pull — 60 mm with "E-Stop" Push-Pull/Twist Release Push-Pull/Twist Release Cat./ N.C. AV 1 N.O.C. N. Div. D2R 1 N.C.B. lamp.O. A 1 N.C.O.1 N. .C.C. No. .5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 2-Position Red Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Devices. are bold. D2V 1 N.1 N.1 N.C. D2Y 1 N. 800T-FXJEP16RA1 Color Contacts Operator Only1 Full Voltage 24V AC/DC Red No Lamp 0…250V AC/DC No Lens LED 12…130V AC/DC Red Universal Incan.C. AR 1 N.L.

. ‡ Devices with N.B. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. . A1 1 N.C.ab. contacts meet EN ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5 standards for emergency stop applications. or contact blocks.O. . 800 8 24V AC/DC 0…250V AC/DC No Lens Operator Position b c Code T H 800T Type 4/13 Code FX FXJ R A1 d e f g h f Code M N Out Ctr.C. . When button is pushed from the OUT to IN position. . Type 4/13 Plastic.‡ 800T-FXMQN25XA7 Red Red Type 4/13 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Normally closed late break contact. are bold. Type 4/4X/13 M Description Code 16 26 24 10 20 2 12 16 24 Voltage§ Transformer Description 120V AC 50/60 Hz 240V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 240V AC/DC Universal LED 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input 120V AC 24V AC/DC♠ g Color Cap Code Color No cap X (not valid with head Type J) A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White 13 www.L. Stackable Sealed Switch AY 1 N.1 N.B. Main. No. ‡ Devices with N.C.1 N. c e Head Type‡ Illumination Options Transformer Code Description P Incandescent PH LED Full Voltage Q Incandescent QH Universal LED Dual Input D Diode type DT Transformer — relay type DTH Transformer — relay LED 800H Type 4/4X/13 Code Mushroom head FRX Jumbo FRXJ mushroom 11 16 Operator Function Operator Position b Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals PH d a Protection Rating Description Metal.Bulletin 800T/H 30. . .1 N.1 N. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. No.C. ♠ Dual input diode only. Sealed Switch AP 1 N. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P h Target Contact N. 800T-FXMP16RA7 1 Operator Position 2 3 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. nos. Main. No. .  Operator only supplied without power module.C.C.O.L.O. Mom.‡ Type 4/4X/13 Cat.L. No.O. § See page 10-20 (Table f) for additional voltage code options. Div. Mom. 800H-FRXMP16A7 Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Out X X Center O X In O O Out X X Center O X In O O Contacts N.C.L.L. lens cap.B. Illuminated 0 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. No.C.1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Push-Pull Operators 3-Position Push-Pull Devices. A7 1 N.C. N.C.N.‡ Cat. – Maintained.  Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.C. In Mom.1 N.C.O.com/catalogs 10-24 Preferred availability cat. Class 1. Main.B. No. – Momentary.O. lamp.O. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV 1 N.L.1 Type Lamp Type Volts Color Operator Only Full Voltage 4 Incandescent No Lamp LED 12…130V AC/DC Incandescent 120V AC LED 120V AC No Lamp 120V AC Universal Transformer 5 6 T – FX a 7 9 10 Type 4/13 Cat.C. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed AR 1 N. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. N. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs.C.B. Main.‡ 800T-FXMS00X 800H-FRXMS00X 800T-FXNS00X 800H-FRXNS00X 800T-FXMQ24RA7 800H-FRXMQ24RA7 800T-FXNQ24RA7 800H-FRXNQ24RA7 800H-FRXMQN25XA7 800T-FXNQN25XA7 800H-FRXNQN25XA7 800T-FXMQH2RA7 800H-FRXMQH2RA7 800T-FXNQH2RA7 800H-FRXNQH2RA7 800T-FXMP16RA7 800H-FRXMP16RA7 800T-FXNP16RA7 800H-FRXNP16RA7 800T-FXMPH16RA7 800H-FRXMPH16RA7 800T-FXNPH16RA7 800H-FRXNPH16RA7 800T-FXMPN16XA7 800H-FRXMPN16XA7 800T-FXNPN16XA7 800H-FRXNPN16XA7 Red No Lens Type 4/4X/13 Cat.B. O O X X O O X X O Contact Blocks Code Description Blank No contacts on operator Standard A 1 N.1 N. Mom.

com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. No. 2 W maximum (6V DC minimum).ab. No. No. No. No. Cat. No. No. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-25 . 800H-UR4 Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ Cat. No. (22.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 1 N. Resistance Operator Only without Resistive Element 800T-N37§ Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Potentiometer‡ Potentiometer‡ Resistance Cat. Specify Bulletin 800TC or 800HC for finger-safe potentiometers. 2 N. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Push Button Devices 7 8 Cat. ♣ If booted operators are desired. Cat. No. are bold. § For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of 7/8 in.C.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Potentiometer Devices1 0 Cat.C.O.  Does not meet Class 1 Div. 800T-FB16A Contact Arrangement Contact Type Configuration/ Position Cat.O. refer to page 10-39 to order boots separately.2 mm) and a shaft diameter of 1/4 in. No. Cat. nos. 800T-FC16F Cat. No. Example: Cat. 800H-CRA22A Type 4/13 Type 4/4X/13 Button Position: Button Type/Color® Bootless♣ Upper: Flush/Green Upper: Flush/Green Upper: Flush/Green Upper: Flush/Black Lower: Extended/ Lower: Mushroom/ Lower: Extended/ Upper: Flush/Black Lower: Flush/Black Lower: Flush/Black Red Red Red Cat. Cat. 800T-FA22F 800T-FB16F 800T-FC16F 800H-CRB16F 800H-CRA22F No Contact 9 10 11 — 800T-FA22 800T-FB16 800T-FC16 800H-CRB16 800H-CRA22 ® Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other operator types and combinations. 800T-U29 becomes Cat.3 mm). No. No. 800T-FA22A Cat. No. Cat. No. 2 applications. 800T-FA22A 800T-FB16A 800T-FC16A 800H-CRB16A 800H-CRA22A 2 N. 800T-U24 Cat. ‡ Rated for 300V AC/DC. Cat. (6. 12 13 www. 25 kΩ 800T-U37 800H-UR37 50 kΩ 800T-U41 800H-UR41 800H-UR46 800H-N102§ 150 Ω 800T-U4 800H-UR4 75 kΩ 800T-U46 500 Ω 800T-U12 800H-UR12 100 kΩ 800T-U49 800H-UR49 1000 Ω 800T-U13 800H-UR13 150 kΩ 800T-U50 800H-UR50 1500 Ω 800T-U16 800H-UR16 400 kΩ 800T-U54 800H-UR54 2500 Ω 800T-U19 800H-UR19 500 kΩ 800T-U55 800H-UR55 5000 Ω 800T-U24 800H-UR24 1 MΩ 800T-U57 800H-UR57 10 kΩ 800T-U29 800H-UR29 2 MΩ 800T-U59 800H-UR59 15 kΩ 800T-U34 800H-UR34 3 MΩ 800T-U62 800H-UR62 20 kΩ 800T-U35 800H-UR35 4 MΩ 800T-U64 800H-UR64 1 Single turn operation with 312° rotation. 800TC-U29. 1 N.

12V AC/DC 3 lamps. 800T-QC224 800T-N257 800T-QCL224 800T-N257L 800T-N52 800T-PC216 R b G Code N50 N51 N52 N249 N250 N251 N252 N253 N254 N255 N256 N257 c d e f Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 b Illumination Options Description Incandescent LED Code Blank L c. 24V AC/DC 2 lamps. 6V AC/DC 2 lamps. 120V AC. 50/60 Hz Color Options Code Color Blank (All 4 Standard unit® Positions) X No color A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White Custom Lens Caps for Cluster Pilot Lights 800T – N249 10 12 R Illumination Options and No. 50/60 Hz Transformer LED 120V AC. No. 24V AC/DC A Preferred availability cat. § LEDs could be adversely affected when used with solid-state outputs. nos. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N52L 800T-PCL216 Incandescent LED Incandescent 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 120V AC.com/catalogs 10-26 W Position 1 a No. 50/60 Hz 4 lamps. lens color matches LED color.Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Cluster Pilot Light Devices (Bul. www. 120V AC. ♣ 6V and 12V are positive polarity. No. d. of Lamps/Voltage Transformer Description 4 lamps. 12V AC/DC 4 lamps. Cat. f. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N51L 800T-PCL316 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 800T-N251 800T-QC424 120V AC. 800T-PC416 Type 4/13 Color Cap With Lamps Complete Unit Cat. 50/60 Hz 2 lamps. g. 24V AC/DC 3 lamps. h Voltage Options Full Voltage Description 6V AC/DC 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC Transformer 120V AC. green and amber only. ® See table above for standard unit colors. 12V AC/DC 2 lamps. 50/60 Hz 3 lamps. 6V AC/DC 4 lamps. are bold. f Code Blank (All Positions) A B C G R W X 1 Rated Type 4/13 indoor only. 6V AC/DC 3 lamps. 120V AC. 800T Only)1 0 1 2 Color Cap Only With Lamps Cat. No. 800T-N249 Type 2-Light Color Cap with Lamps 2 Light green 3 Lamp Type Incandescent LED Incandescent Volts 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 24V AC/DC Full Voltage 120V AC. e. No. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N254 800T-N254L 800T-N51 800T-QC324 800T-QCL324 800T-PC316 LED 120V AC. Exception: the white lens is supplied with an amber LED.ab. ‡ White lenses use amber LEDs. 24V LEDs are bipolar. 50/60 Hz Transformer 800T-N50 800T-PC416 red 3-Light Color Cap with Lamps 3 Light white green red 4 4-Light Color Cap with Lamps 4 Light blue 5 Incandescent green red clear 800T – PC 6 a b 3 16 c d a 7 9 13 X R e f g h Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 d Code 06 12 24 16 e. Description Standard unit® Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No color  LEDs are available in red. of Units Incandescent Code Description 2 2 unit cluster 3 3 unit cluster 4 4 unit cluster LED‡§♣ L2 2 unit cluster L3 3 unit cluster L4 4 unit cluster Power Module Type Code Description QC Full voltage PC Transformer a 11 W c Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals b 8 Complete Unit Cat.

Division 2 0 1 18 mm Pilot Light Cat. 9 240V AC 50/60 Hz Full Voltage Incandescent 12 12V AC/DC 24 10 24V AC/DC Full Voltage LED 10 120V AC 13 130V AC/DC 24 11 24V AC/DC Neon 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Dual Input 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 24 24V AC/DC♣ 12 13 www. 800T-PS16R 800T-PST16R 120V AC 800T-PSD16R — 800T-PSD24R — 800T-PSDT16R — 800T-QS24R 800T-QST24R Red 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 2 3 800T-QSH24R 800T-QSTH24R 120V AC Neon Push-To-Test Cat. except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. ♣ Dual input diode only. Division 2 rating not available.ab. No. ‡ LEDs available in red. green. Class I. 800T-PST16R Lamp Voltage Incandescent Transformer 120V AC 50/60 Hz LED Dual Input Diode Incandescent Dual Input Transformer Incandescent Cat. All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. No. 800T-PSH16R 800T-PSTH16R 24V AC/DC LED Pilot Light 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 50/60 Hz Incandescent Full Voltage Color 800T-QSH10R 800T-QSTH10R Amber 800T-RS10A 800T-RST10A 4 5 800T – PS a D b c 16 R d e 6 a Power Module Type c e Illumination Options Lens Color Code Description PS Transformer (or dual input) Code Description Code Description QS Full voltage Blank Incandescent Blank No lens RS Neon1 H A Amber Transformer/Full Voltage/Dual Input LED‡ Neon b Blank No options Lamp Test Options Code Description d Blank No test option Voltage Plastic B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White 7 8 Transformer D Dual input diode DT Dual input transformer relay® Code Description T Push-to-test® 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz 26 1 Neon is only available in amber or clear. and white.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Push-totest rated for Type 13 only. No. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-27 . LED color matches lens color. amber. 800T-PS16R Type 18 mm Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators 18 mm Small Pilot Lights Type 4/13. blue. nos. ® Class 1.

) Standard D 1 N. 3-.O. H. 5 — G. P 1 N. 800T only) Type 4/13 0 Handle Position Switch Type Lever Movement 1 2 Way 2 4 Way 3 – T2 a 4 b a Finger-Safe Guards Code Description Blank No guards C Guards on terminals b 6 Operator Type Description 1-way toggle 2-way toggle 3-way toggle 4-way toggle Code T1 T2 T3 T4 7 Table 1.1 N.1 N. W. W. S. .O. S = Spring Return 1 XA2 and XA2R contact blocks cannot be stacked upon. V. Sealed Switch R 1 N.O.C.C.C.M.C.O. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed V 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.O. . V.C. R. nos.B.C. U. Contact Block Code 8 9 Contact Block Substitution Combination Code Standard D+E A D+D M 1 E+E N J+D B J+E C 10 11 12 13 Left Center Right Down X — O — O O — O — X — X O O — — O O X — X O O O O O X O O O O O O X O O O O O X Maintained Operation Cat. 4-Way Toggle Switches (Bul.O.L.O. U. . 7 1 N. T 1 N.C. No contacts in this X position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) H 1 N. Cat. 6 — D. Q 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Note: M = Maintained. A 1 N.1 N. 6 — J.O. I — — E. Class 1. I — J.com/catalogs 10-28 X Preferred availability cat.E.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators 1-. S.M.B. .O. R. Suffix Code Contact/Side Right Side Left Side D. S 1 N. F 1 N. W 1 N. 2-. No. f. Div.C. H. G 1 N. e. Stackable Sealed Switch 5 1 N.C. 1-2-3-4 Way Toggle Switch Cam Targets Up O O X X X O O X Contact Configuration Position Left Center Right Down X O O O O O O X O X X X X X X O O O O O O O X O X X X X X X O X H2 c E E X d e f g Right Left Right Left c c (cont'd) d. 6 1 N.C.ab. No.1 N.1 N. but they can stack on other contact blocks. U 1 N. 800T-T2H3EEXX 800T-T2H1EEXX 800T-T2F3DDXX 800T-T2F1DDXX 800T-T4T8AAXX 800T-T4R1AAXX Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800T 5 Up Spring Return Operation Table 2. Q — G. 5 — E.C.C.L. g Lever Movement and Function Description Function Type Code ↑ ← → ↓ 1 M — — — ↑ A 2 S — — — 1 — M — — ← B 2 — S — — 1Way 1 — — M — → C 2 — — S — 1 — — — M D ↓ 2 — — — S 1 M M — — 2 M S — — 3 S S — — 4 S M — — 2Way 1 — M M — 2 — M S — 3 — S S — F 4 — S M — 1 — — M M 2 — — M S 3 — — S S 4 — — S M 2Way 1 M — — M 2 M — — S H 3 S — — S 4 S — — M 1 M — M — 2 M — S — 3 S — S — 4 S — M — 2Way 1 — M — M 2 — M — S K 3 — S — S 4 — S — M Lever Movement and Function Description Function Type Code ↑ ← → ↓ 1 M M M — 2 M M S — 3 M S M — 4 M S S — 5 S M M — 6 S S M — 7 S M S — 8 S S S — 3Way 1 — M M M 2 — M M S 3 — M S M 4 — M S S 5 — S M M 6 — S S M 7 — S M S 8 — S S S 1 M — M M 2 M — M S 3 M — S M 4 M — S S 5 S — M M 6 S — S M 7 S — M S 8 S — S S 3Way 1 M M — M 2 M M — S 3 M S — M 4 M S — S 5 S M — M 6 S S — M 7 S M — S 8 S S — S 1 M M M M 2 M M M S 3 M M S M 4 M M S S 5 M S M M 6 M S S M 7 M S M S R 8 M S S S 4Way 1 S M M M 2 S M M S 3 S M S M 4 S M S S 5 S S M M 6 S S S M 7 S S M S T 8 S S S S Contact Blocks Code Description Blank (all No contacts pos.O. . are bold. E 1 N.E. I 1 N. Q www.O. .O. J 1 N.

B. W.C. 2 800T-KE2DEXX 800T-K2AAXX 3 800T-KC2AAXX 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 800T – KD a 2 b G c J d e f g Left Right Left 5 d.O. 1 N. 5 — D. R. 5 D. H.E. S.E.O. 1 N. 5 — — — — — — — — — — J or Q J or Q E.M. Black Selector Sleeve Right Flush Selector Push Button Cat. V. .) b Code 1 2 6 E Right a Code Blank C D Code No contacts on operator V W T Standard 1 N. Black Button Type Contact Position Button Free Button Depressed Button Free Button Depressed Right O X O O Left O O X O Right O O X O O X X O Left O O X O O X X O Right O X X O O X O X Left O X O X O X X O Flush Black Flush 2 N. Selector Push Button Cam Targets (Note: X = Closed/O = Open) Sleeve Position Contact Blocks Description Class 1. 5 — D.O. H. U.O. U. H. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. U. 5 — — — — E. U. R. f. are bold.1 N. f.O. No. H. R. R.O. nos. U.C. U. No.B. 800T-K2AAXX Type 4/13 Selector Sleeve Left Contact Type Button Color 1 N. c Color Cap Color Green Black Red D E G J A X H U I Q F d. R.C. 1 N. 1 N. S.C. 2 N. R.C. 5 — — — — D. W.1 N. 1 N. V. S. 6 E.O. H.L. . W.M. R. S. 1 N.O. 1 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Selector Push Button Devices (Bul. U.C.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. U. g (cont’d) Contact Blocks Description Code Blank (all pos. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N. Sealed Switch 1 N. S. W. 6 — E. W. V.O. W. 5 D.O.1 N. 1 N. Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. 6 — — — — — — E.O. H.C. 6 — E. g Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals Cam and Head Type Code Description K A cam with flush operator KA A cam with extended operator KB B cam with flush operator KC C cam with flush operator KD D cam with flush operator KE E cam with flush operator Note: See Table 1 for Target description of each cam. 6 — E. 6 — — — — J or Q — J or Q — — — — — — G or I — G or I — G or I G or I — — — — — G or I — G or I — — — — E. 6 — — — — — E. Div.L. R S P 5 6 7 Button Pressed O O O X X X O X X O X Button Free O X X O O X X O O X X 7 8 Contact Block Substitution Standard Combination Substitute Code D+E A D+D M1 E+E N J+D B J+E C 9 10 Cam Description KA/K Button Free O O O O O O X X X X X 6 Table 2. W.C. 1 N. 1 N. V. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-29 12 13 . e. 1 N. V. S. V. W. H. S. H. 6 — — — — — D. W.C. 1 N.C. 6 — J or Q — J or Q — — — — E. V. 6 — — — — www.1 N.ab. Contact Block Reduction Rules Table 1. 5 — D. Button Pressed X O X O X O O O X X O KB KC KD 11 KE Contact Block Side Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left — — — D. V. 1 N. S. U. V.O. 1 N. 5 — D.C. S.O. 1 N. H. 800T only) 0 1 Selector Push Button Cat.C. V.C. .C. . S. . R. R. R. U. W. H.1 N. 5 — D. e.O.

1 IN 800T-E15A 800T-E15M6A Dead Bolt A — Button can only be operated with the key in the lock. Button will lock when depressed. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .C.O.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Momentary Padlocking Mushroom Head Devices (Bul. No. Replacement key part no. Standard Cylinder Lock Red Mushroom Cylinder Lock Lock Position Cat. No.C.C. 1 N.O. change Q to F. Key removable in any position. No.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Cylinder Lock Push Button Devices (Bul.O. contacts closed. 800T-E15A 1 Mushroom Style Cylinder Lock Cat. 800T-E15J6A. 800T-D6LQA Type 4/13 Standard Size Metal Mushroom Head Contact Type 7 Button Color No Contact 1 N. .1 N.1 N. Example: Cat. IN 800T-E24A 800T-E24M6A OUT 800T-E14A 800T-E14M6A Dead Bolt B — Button can be operated with or without the key inserted in the lock.§ 800T-D6Q 800T-D6LQ 800T-D6QD1 800T-D6LQD1 800T-D6QD2 800T-D6LQD2 800T-D6QA 800T-D6LQA ‡ Allows locking in the depressed position. No. No.ab. 12 13 800T-M1D1 1 N.C. . change M to J.O. for standard E158 is X-144218.O. § To order without the padlocking attachment. contacts open.§ Cat. No. 800T only) ‡ 5 Padlocking Mushroom Button Cat. 800T-D6FA 9 Momentary Wobble Stick Push Button Devices (Bul. nos.O. 800T-M1B ♣ Can be operated from any angle. No. No.C. are bold. 1 N. 800T only) 0 Cylinder Lock Push Button Cat. No. No Contacts 800T-M1 1 N.1 N.O. Example: Cat. No. .O. Key removable in any position. 800T-M1B Wobble Stick♣ 11 Contact Type Cat. .C.1 Cat. 4  For jumbo size mushroom cap.1 N. . 8 Red 1 N. 1 N. 800T-D6QA 6 Padlocking Jumbo Mushroom Button Cat. IN 800T-E12A 800T-E12M6A OUT 800T-E11A 800T-E11M6A 1 Each device supplied with 2 keys. 800T-M1A 2 N. Key removable in locked position only. www. 800T Type 13 only) 10 Wobble Stick Unit Cat. No. Jumbo Size Metal Mushroom Head Cat. 800T-E15M6A becomes Cat. . No.O.C. 1 N. 800T-D6QA becomes Cat. No.2 N. but might not hold N.1 N. Will hold N. No.com/catalogs 10-30 Preferred availability cat.C. 800T-E15M6A Type 4/13 2 3 Type of Cylinder Lock Spring Bolt — Lock can be set with key when button is in the OUT position.

2 N. .L. .C.C.O.O.C.2 N.C. 1 N. 800H Type 4/4X only) 0 Flip Lever Operator Cat. Class 1. 2 N. 2 N. .O.C.C. 1 N.2 N.B. No. STOP 25 6 FAST 26 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 FORWARD FULL SPEED HIGH IN INCH JOG LEFT LOW LOW SPEED LOWER OFF ON OPEN 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Description OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RIGHT RUN SECOND SPEED SLOW TEST THIRD SPEED UP O I AVANT OUVRIR ARRIER MARCHE ESSAI ARRET D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 A1 A2 A4 A7 A B D1P D2P AP BP D1Y D2Y A2Y A4Y AY BY 4 5 – WK a Finger-Safe Guards Description No guards Guards on terminals 3 6 1 A b c d d d (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Description No contacts Standard 1 N. . (Mini) 1 N. .O. 2 N.C.C.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators Momentary Contact Flip Lever Devices (Bul.M. nos.‡ 2 N.O.2 N.M. 1 N. 2 N. 2 N.C.C.1 N.C. 2/Zone 2 Logic Reed 1 N. 1 N.O.1 N. 1 N. Div.  Locking provision is supplied as standard on red units. .B.2 N.1 N.C.C. 2 N. 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-31 . . Red No Legend1 800H-WK4 STOP 800H-WK61 2 No Legend1 800H-WK6 START 800H-WK42A No Legend1 800H-WK4A STOP 800H-WK61A No Legend1 800H-WK6A START 800H-WK42B No Legend1 800H-WK4B STOP 800H-WK61B No Legend1 800H-WK6B 1 Legend plate can be ordered separately.O.L. 800H-WK61B 1 Flip Lever Contact Type Button Color Legend Marking Cat.B.C. 1 N.O. No.L.O. 800H a Code Blank C Code Blank b Code 4 6 Operator Color Description Grey Red c Code — 1 2 3 4 5 Operator Types Description Code Blank 20 STOP 21 START 22 CLOSE 23 DOWN 24 EMERG.1 N.1 N.O.O.Bulletin 800T/H 30.O. 1 N. .B. 1 N. 2 N. .O. . No. 1 N.O.C Contact Block(s) Description PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 N. Div. 2/Zone 2 Sealed Switch 1 N. 1 N.1 N. 1 N. 2 N.O.O.1 N.C.O.2 N.C Stackable Sealed Switch 1 N. 1 N.O.O. .O. Red Grey 2 N. START 800H-WK42 Grey No Contacts Red Grey 1 N.E.C. 1 N.C. (Mini) 1 N. are bold.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. . Code D1V D2V D3V D4V AV BV D1R D2R A2R A4R AR BR 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.O. Refer to accessories section.C.C.O.ab.O.C. 1 N. 800H-WK42B Flip Lever Operator Cat. 1 N. Class 1.E. .2 N. 2 N.1 N. .C.C.O.C.L.C.

Includes STOP legend. 9 Cat. 800T-NX114 Miscellaneous Kits 3 Description 4 Contact Type Unit Only Kit The break-glass unit less the enclosure is available as a kit to install into the customer’s enclosure. Break-Glass Station 11 12 13 www.C. No. No. 800T-NXM 8 Description Glass Disc Kit Each replacement kit for break-glass push button units or stations consists of six glass discs and one button tack.C.C.O. which are operated when the small glass window is broken.O. 800T-NXM 2 N. 800T only) Complete Station Description Contact Type 1 N.C. 800T-NXN Cat. 800T-S6N 1 N. 800T-N28 . 800T-NX114 800T-NX115 Cat. No. No. 5 6 Cat. 1 N. 1 2 2 N. Break-Glass Push Button Station Red push button station in a Type 4/13 enclosure incorporates either one or two snap-action contact blocks. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30.C. 2 N. 1 N. 800T-S6M 2 N.com/catalogs 10-32 Preferred availability cat. Cat. The kit includes the contact unit. are bold. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.O. see page 10-48. This kit does not include legend plate. 800T-S6M Replacement Snap Action Contact Block Kit This kit is used to replace the snap action contact block.C. the hammer and chain and five extra glass discs with one button tack. 2 N. 1 N.O.O.ab. 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Specialty Operators 0 Break-Glass Push Button Stations (Bul. nos. For legend plates. No.O. 2 N. 7 Cat. No. 800T-N28 10 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).

Example: Cat. The cat. will be added. no. Enclosures Surface Mount♣ Die Cast1 (Type 4/13) Flush Mount Sheet Metal (Type 13) Die Cast Face Plate (Type 4/13) 3 Pendant Type One Hole in Bottom (Type 13) Openings in Cover (Type 13) 4 5 6 Cat. 800T-2ZT Cat. No. 800T-2PY Cat. 800T-6TJZ Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. no. used to identify custom-built Bulletin 800T push button stations will be cat. 2 2. No. 3. Ordering Information 1 The following information is required when ordering custom-built push button stations. 1 800T-1TZ — 800T-1ZT — — No. of enclosure. No.  Add suffix Y to the cat. no. 800T-2PZ Cat. No. ‡ One vertical row. No. no. 800T-1TZY. and/or marking for each unit. Please refer to KB Q69259778. 4. 800T-2TZ Cat. Cat. If no information is given. listed for enclosure only. 0 Cat. No. No. Grounding provision provided. The letter Z will be substituted for the letter W and a station serial no. are bold. 1 Enclosure depth will accommodate one shallow and one mini-contact block stacked. 1. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Specify vertical/horizontal mounting. Cat. No. No. ♣ Bottom conduit entry. Inclusion of a sketch is recommended. of Operator Openings 2 800T-2TZ — 800T-2ZT 800T-2PZ 800T-2PY 3 800T-3TZ — 800T-3ZT 800T-3PZ 800T-3PY 4 800T-4TZ — 800T-4ZT 800T-4PZ 800T-4PY 5 — — — 800T-5PZ 800T-5PY 800T-6PY 6‡ 800T-6TZ — 800T-6ZT 800T-6PZ 6§ 800T-6THZ 800T-6TJZ 800T-6ZTH — — 7 — — — 800T-7PZ 800T-7PY 8 — — — 800T-8PZ 800T-8PY 9 800T-9TZ 800T-9TJZ 800T-9ZT 800T-9PZ 800T-9PY 10 — — — 800T-10PZ 800T-10PY 12 800T-12TZ 800T-12TJZ 800T-12ZT — — 16 800T-16TZ 800T-16TJZ 800T-16ZT — — 20 — 800T-20TJZ — — — 25 — 800T-25TJZ — — — 7 8 9 10 Note: Specialty enclosures available. Specify desired operator mounting sequence.5 mm Push Buttons Custom-Built Stations/Enclosures Custom-Built Stations Description The table on page 10-5 lists the most commonly used Bulletin 800T/800H push button stations. Cat.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-33 . 5. Stations not listed in this table may be ordered as custom-built stations. § Two vertical rows of three holes. Cat. of control units. Legend plate cat. Note: Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page 10-61. for yellow painted enclosure. nos. 11 12 13 www. no. Cat. no. standard configuration will be used. No. Cat. No.

800H-2HZ4Y Stainless Steel (#304) Type 4/4X/131 Rosite Glass Polyester Type 4/4X/13 Thermoplastic Polyester Cat. No. 800H-1HZ4 but without mounting holes. No. 800H-2HZ4R Conduit Hubs Fiberglass Cat. [in. The letter W is substituted for the letter Z and a station serial no. 1 Grounding screw provided with stainless steel enclosure. 4. 800H-1HZ4C becomes Cat. Example: Cat. No.com/catalogs 10-34 Preferred availability cat. Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page 10-61. No. Dia. no. No. order Cat. [in. Cat. No. 800H-1HZ4CY. 0§ 1 3/4 800H-0HZ4 — 1 1 3/4 800H-1HZ4Y 800H-1HZ4C 1 1 3/4 800H-1HZ4 800H-1HZ4R 2 1 1 800H-2HZ4Y 800H-2HZ4C 1 2 3/4 — 800H-1HZ4RM1 3 1 1 800H-3HZ4Y 800H-3HZ4C 1 1 1 — 800H-1HZ4RM2 4 — — — 800H-4HZ4C 2 1 3/4 800H-2HZ4 800H-2HZ4R — — — — — 2 2 3/4 800H-2HZ4M1 800H-2HZ4RM1 — — — — — 2 1 1 800H-2HZ4M2 800H-2HZ4RM2 — — — — — 3 1 3/4 800H-3HZ4 800H-3HZ4R — — — — — 3 2 3/4 800H-3HZ4M1 800H-3HZ4RM1 — — — — — 4 1 3/4 800H-4HZ4 800H-4HZ4R — — — — — 4 2 3/4 800H-4HZ4M1 800H-4HZ4RM1 — — — — — 5 1 1 800H-5HZ4 — — — — — — 6 1 1 800H-6HZ4 800H-6HZ4R — — — — — 7 1 1 800H-7HZ4 — — — — — — 8 1 1 800H-8HZ4 — — — — — — Note: Other combinations of conduit hub sizes are available upon request. used to identify custom-built Bulletin 800H push button stations will be cat. 3. of control units. ‡ Conduit hubs must be ordered separately. § Identical to Cat. Specify vertical/horizontal mounting.5 mm Push Buttons Custom-Built Stations/Enclosures Custom-Built Stations (800H only) Cat. of enclosure. ® Yellow thermoplastic enclosures may be ordered by adding a Y to the cat. hub. are bold. No. nos.ab. of Operator Openings No. No. Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Cat.] Cat. For 1 in.]‡ Cat. 1490-N9. 800H-2HZ4 6 7 8 9 10 11 Rosite Glass Polyester Cat. ♣ No conduit openings provided. 5. No. No. No. no. standard configuration will be used. no.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. 1490-N10. listed for enclosure only. For 3/4 in. Specify operator mounting sequence that you want. 12 13 www. If information not given. No. Dia. Legend plate cat. No. Cat. 800H-2HZ4C Conduit Openings Fiberglass Type 4/4X/13 Thermoplastic Polyester♣® Type 4/4X No. 1 2 Enclosures (800H only) 3 4 5 Stainless Steel Cat. 0 The cat. no. No. will be added. no. no. Including a sketch is recommended. 2. of Operator Openings No. Ordering Information The following information is required when ordering custom-built push button stations: 1. Accommodates two levels of stackable sealed switch contact blocks. and/or marking for each unit. order Cat. hub.  Extra deep.

No. 0 Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one non-illuminated operator (maximum two blocks deep).O.M. No.N.B.M. No.1 N. . No. 1 Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements when properly fused to IEC 269-1 and 269-2. 800T-XA becomes Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in kit form for field installation. Time delay contacts are only available as one circuit per operator.C.1® Code 800TC-XD4S 3 7 MaxDuty Block MaxDuty Block Contact Type Cat. nos. monitoring contact) Cat. 1 2 Shallow Block PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Block Logic Reed Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Block1 Shallow Block1 Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Sealed Switch Block‡ Stackable Sealed Switch Block‡ Logic Reed Block‡ Contact Type Cat. 800T-XD4 J 800T-XD4V Q — — — — — — 1 N.C. Code Cat.B. 800T-XD1 D 800T-XD1V H 800T-XD1R V 800T-XD1P R 800T-XD1Y 5 1 N.O.B. ® For use with 2-position push-pull or push-pull/twist operators only. Code 1 N.O. 800T-XD2 E 800T-XD2V U 800T-XD2R W 800T-XD2P S 800T-XD2Y 6 1 N.O. are bold.ab. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30.L. 800T-XA7 C — — — — — — — — 3 4 5 Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. — — — 800T-XD4M 4 Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. Shallow/mini contacts: 10 A gl or N type cartridge fuse. 800T-XD6 L 800T-XS 800T-XD2M 2 1 N. .C. Mounting Screws 8 9 10 11 Screw Retainer 12 Actuator Extender Shallow Contact Block Hardware Description Cat. 800T-XA A 800T-XAV F 800T-XAR T 800T-XAP P 800T-XAY 7 2 N.B.B.L. No.C.C. PenTUFF contacts: 6 A gl or N type cartridge fuse. the N.O. 800T-XA4 N — — 800T-XA4R Z — — 800T-XA4Y 9 1 N.  Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe contact blocks. No.B. monitoring contact automatically closes when the S.C.com/catalogs 13 Preferred availability cat.M. 800T-XA1 B — — — — — — — — 1 N.C.L.O. Contact ratings are listed on page 10-4. Sealed switch contact blocks are not stackable and are limited to two blocks per operator. 800TC-XA.B.C. Must be mounted on the first level of the operator. 800T-XD5 K 800T-XT 800T-XD1M 1 1 N. Code Cat. No. is separated from the operator.C. No.O. If the S.C. Code Cat. Code Cat.B.L.O.O.C. No. so illuminated operators are limited to two contact blocks. is properly installed onto the operator. Contact Block Mounting Screw 800T-N335 Screw Retainer 800T-N336 Actuator Extender 800T-N337 www. see page 10-4. Code 1 N. (wired in series with 1 N. Code Cat. No. ♣ For contact ratings. 800T-XD3 G 800T-XD3V I — — — — — — 1 N. Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations.C. monitoring contact automatically opens. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-35 . Time Delay Block♣ Mini Block1 S. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit.1 N. No. Example: Cat.C. The N. § Additional contacts cannot be stacked on XA2 and XA2R contact blocks. . ‡ 800T operator using sealed switch and logic reed contact blocks and installed in a suitable enclosure are UL Listed as suitable for use in Class I. Cat.L.M.E. 800T-XA2§ M — — 800T-XA2R§ Y — — 800T-XA2Y 8 2 N. Contact blocks cannot be stacked onto power modules. 6 Mini Block Self Monitoring Contact Block Time Delay Block Contact Type 1 N.

800T-N379 Description Cat. No. No.  Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. No. No. Example: Cat. 800TC-N330. 800T-N380 13 Cat. No. 800T-N296 (Transformer) Cat. No. No. No. Type Voltage Cat. 800T-N332 becomes Cat. No. This module is used in conjunction with a 120V transformer. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. Lamps are listed on page 10-45. No. 800T-N330 becomes Cat. 5 6 Resistor Power Module Cat. 800TC-N332. ® Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe power modules. 12…130V AC/DC 800TC-N374 Trigger Action E-Stop Latches 11 12 Cat. No.com/catalogs 10-36 Preferred availability cat. No. 800T-N330 2 Transformer Power Module Cat. Example: Cat. nos. No. 1 Full Voltage Power Module Cat. are bold. ‡ 240V full voltage module contains 50% dropping resistors for use with a 120V incandescent lamp. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 800T-N326 Full Voltage§ Lamp Voltage 3 4 240V AC/DC‡ Transformer§ Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. § Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe power modules. 800T-N333 Voltage Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Power Modules 0 Packaged in kit form for field installation. 48V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N325 Transformer1 120V AC 800T-N296 120V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N326 240V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N327 277V AC 50/60 Hz 800T-N327Y 480V AC 50/60 Hz 600V AC 50/60 Hz 24V AC/DC 800T-N291N 120V AC/DC 800T-N290N — — — 800T-N328 — — — 800T-N329 — — — Diode Type 1 Transformer type dual input provides circuit isolation via a miniature type relay. No. No. 800T-N290N (Diode) 800T-N330 800T-N331 Dual Input Voltage Cat. 6…130V AC/DC Dual Input Power Modules Cat. Universal LED Module 9 10 Voltage Cat.ab. 800T-N332 120V AC/DC 8 Neon Power Module Cat. No. 800T-N332 7 Resistor (10% Drop)® Voltage Neon♣® Cat. 120V AC/DC 800T-N333 240V AC/DC 800T-N334 ♣ Neon modules contain resistors. No. No. Illuminated type 800T-N380 Non-illuminated type 800T-N379 www.

No. No. Cat. Illuminated Mushroom Push-to-Test Glass Caps for Pilot Lights 800T/H Pilot Light Color Caps Standard1 Jumbo Mushroom Push-to-Test1 5 Glass Caps for 800T Pilot Lights 18 mm Color Cat. No. Cat. Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo 0 Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo 1 Push-Pull Color Caps. Add suffix (-BP) to the cat. nos. from 248 to 313. Cat. Cat. No. No. 800T-N313G. No. are bold. No.  change listed cat. No. Cat. No. no. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Color Caps Color caps listed below are for field replacement on installed devices or for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Green 800T-N246G 800H-N114B 800T-N247G 800H-N115B 800T-N311G 1 800T-N248G Black 800T-N246B 800H-N114H 800T-N247B 800H-N115H 800T-N311B 1 800T-N248B Orange 800T-N246O 800H-N114F 800T-N247O 800H-N115F 800T-N311O  800T-N248O Grey 800T-N246GR 800H-N114G 800T-N247GR 800H-N115G 800T-N311GR 800T-N248GR Blue 800T-N246BL 800H-N114C 800T-N247BL 800H-N115C 800T-N311BL 1 800T-N248BL Yellow 800T-N246Y 800H-N114E 800T-N247Y 800H-N115E 800T-N311Y 1 800T-N248Y Natural — — — — — ‡ 800T-N248 White 800T-N246W 800H-N114L — 800H-N115L — — For padlocking jumbo mushroom style: 1 change listed cat. and order in multiples of 20. 800T-N248 to Cat. from Cat. No. 800T-N313. No. No. No. Cat. No. No. No.com/catalogs 11 12 13 Preferred availability cat. Cat. 800T-N248O to Cat. No. no. www. Cat. No. 8 Plastic Mushroom Plastic Jumbo Mushroom Padlocking Metal Mushroom Metal Jumbo Mushroom 9 Push Button Color Caps. no. from Cat. No. Cat. Amber 800T-N159A 800H-N112A 800T-N301A 800T-N209A 800T-N306A Blue 800T-N159B 800H-N112B 800T-N301B 800T-N209B 800T-N306B Clear 800T-N159C 800H-N112C 800T-N301C 800T-N209C 800T-N306C Green 800T-N159G 800H-N112G 800T-N301G 800T-N209G 800T-N306G Red 800T-N159R 800H-N112R 800T-N301R 800T-N209R 800T-N306R White 800T-N159W 800H-N112W 800T-N301W 800T-N209W 800T-N306W 2 3 4 Illuminated Mushroom Illuminated Jumbo Mushroom Standard 800T/H Push Button Color Caps. Cat. Cat. Red 800T-N246R 800H-N114A 800T-N247R 800H-N115A 800T-N311R 1 800T-N248R Cat. 800T-N248G becomes Cat.ab. No. No. 800T-N313GR. Example: Cat. Cat. Non-Illuminated 800T Plastic Mushroom 800H Plastic Mushroom 800T Plastic Jumbo Mushroom 800H Plastic Jumbo Mushroom 800T Padlocking Metal Mushroom 800T Metal Jumbo Mushroom Button Color Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10 10-37 . Amber 800T-N304A 800T-N305A 800T-N26A 800T-N42 800T-N122A 800T-N22 Blue 800T-N304B 800T-N305B 800T-N26B 800T-N43 800T-N122B 800T-N23 Clear 800T-N304C 800T-N305C 800T-N26C 800T-N45 800T-N122C 800T-N25 Green 800T-N304G 800T-N305G 800T-N26G 800T-N41 800T-N122G 800T-N21 Red 800T-N304R 800T-N305R 800T-N26R 800T-N40 800T-N122R 800T-N20 White 800T-N304W 800T-N305W 800T-N26W 800T-N44 800T-N122W 800T-N24 6 7 1 Available in bulk quantities of 20. ‡ change listed cat. no. Illuminated 800T Push-Pull 800H Push-Pull 800T/H Push-Pull/Twist 800T/H Push-Pull Jumbo 800T/H Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Color Cat. Cat.

Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Cat. No. No.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . nos. Continued 0 Color caps listed below are for field replacement on installed devices or for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. 1 Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo 800T/H Push-Pull Color Caps. 12 Item Color Cat. No. are bold. 10 800H Knob 11 Description 800T/H Color Insert Kits Available on Selector switches with removable color inserts. No. Standard knob and knob levers use the same insert. Cat. Cat. Amber 800T-N297A 800T-N298A 800H-N154A 800H-N155A Blue 800T-N297B 800T-N298B 800H-N154B 800H-N155B Clear 800T-N297C 800T-N298C 800H-N154C 800H-N155C Green 800T-N297G 800T-N298G 800H-N154G 800H-N155G Red 800T-N297R 800T-N298R 800H-N154R 800H-N155R White 800T-N297W 800T-N298W 800H-N154W 800H-N155W 8 Selector Switches Description 9 Standard Knob Lever Coin Slot Wing Lever 800T Knobs and Actuators for Selector Switches Selector switch knobs can be changed in the field. No. Color Insert kits can also be ordered with operators at no additional charge. Cat. Red 800T-N124 Green 800T-N125 Blue 800T-N126 Yellow 800T-N127 White 800T-N128 Orange 800T-N286 All 800T-N123 13 www. Standard Knob White 800T-N230F Kit 800T-N230 Knob Lever White 800T-N231F Kit 800T-N231 Wing Lever Grey 800T-N238 Red 800T-N238A Coin Slot Black Only 800T-N239 Standard Knob White 800H-N145F Color Cat. Red 800T-N160A 800T-N302A 800T-N208A 800T-N307A Green 800T-N160B 800T-N302B 800T-N208B 800T-N307B Blue 800T-N160C 800T-N302C 800T-N208C 800T-N307C 800T-N307E Yellow 800T-N160E 800T-N302E 800T-N208E Orange 800T-N160F 800T-N302F 800T-N208F 800T-N307F Grey 800T-N160G 800T-N302G 800T-N208G 800T-N307G Black 800T-N160H 800T-N302H 800T-N208H 800T-N307H White 800T-N160L 800T-N302L 800T-N208L 800T-N307L Selector Switch Knobs.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Color Caps. Non-Illuminated 2 3 4 Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Button Color Cat. a packet of color inserts will be furnished which includes one of each color.com/catalogs 10-38 Preferred availability cat. No. Standard knob and knob levers can be ordered with white inserts or with a packet of colored inserts which includes one insert of each color. No. No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Knob Lever Cat. If color All is selected. No. No. Cat. Illuminated 5 Standard Knob 6 7 Knob Lever 800T Knob Type 800H Knob Type Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob Color Cat.

This is the standard boot material supplied with 800H NEMA Type 4/4X push buttons unless otherwise specified. 1 800H-NR5 Cat. Also resistant to attack by oils and performs well in a wide range of other chemicals and solvents. No. Most durable boot material. No. 800H-N5A Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene‡ Insert Material Stainless steel§ 5 Silicone ‡ Urethane ‡ Ethylene  Propylene ‡ Boot Color Cat. 800H-NR101 800HS-NR5 Ethylene  Propylene ‡ Urethane ‡ 800HS-NR101 1 Cat. No. ‡ Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. No. 800T-N123) is included in each kit.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. Particularly suited for use where lubricating oils and automotive fuels may be present.Bulletin 800T/H 30. § Series B boots incorporate a stainless steel insert as standard. No. − Silicone Superior high temperature resistance. No. are bold. or ethylene propylene material. No. Outstanding service in areas with hot water and steam wash downs. units without guard or Push-to-Test devices. 3 Protective Boots Protective Boot for Illuminated Push Buttons 4 Cat. www. Good flex and high impact resistance. No. − Ethylene-propylene Particularly suited for high temperature applications. Also well-suited for outdoor use. detergents. ketones. and weather. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-39 11 12 13 . 1 800H-NR100 800HS-NR100 2 800H-NR103 800HS-NR103 1 Color insert packet (Cat. and glycols. Material application information shown below. To order boots with silicone. No. No. nos. alcohols. see the table below. Non-Illuminated (800H only) 0 Cat. 1 Stainless Steel Cat. Cat. Also superior resistance to the effects of outdoor use.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Booted Selector Switch Knobs. No. Type Cat. such as oxygen. 7 Cat.ab. 800H-N12 Description May be added to guarded units. ozone. Cat. 800H-N11 Cat. Cat. Boot without Guard 800H-N11 Boot with Guard 800H-N12 Protective Boots for Non-llluminated Push Buttons 6 Boots supplied with control stations and components are made of a chlorosulfonated polyethylene material with stainless steel insert ring. Red 800H-N5A 800H-N101R 800H-N100R 800H-N103R Green 800H-N5B 800H-N101G 800H-N100G 800H-N103G Black 800H-N5H 800H-N101B 800H-N100B 800H-N103B Yellow 800H-N5E 800H-N101Y 800H-N100Y — Blue 800H-N5C 800H-N101BL 800H-N100BL — 8 9  May be added to flush or extended head push button units to protect against foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and the locking ring. urethane. No. Resistant to attack by many acids and alkalies. Particularly suited for use where organic acids or vegetable oils may be present. ‡ Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. 10 Protective Boot Application Information − Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (synthetic rubber) Very resistant to attack by oxidizing chemicals such as concentrated sulfuric acid and hypochlorite solutions. phosphate esters. This protective boot guards against the entrance of foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and locking ring. No. − Urethane Excellent resistance to mechanical failure. 800H-NR5 1 Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene‡ Insert Material Brass Silicone ‡ Cat.

800T-N245 7 8 Cat. 800T or 800H push-pull operators. No.ab.O. Necessary mounting hardware is included. 800T 63 mm Red Anodized Aluminum Cap For use on Bul. Order Cat. 800T-N12 Cat. No. 800T non-illuminated push-pull devices. No. see page 10-25. Buttons remain momentary. 800E-ALR1 13 www. 800T non-illuminated push-pull devices. recommended for installations which require CSA approval. 800T-N300 for back-of-panel bracket. No. 800T-N245 Bul.O. 800T-N12 Miscellaneous 5 Description 6 Cat. 800T/H Mounting Ring Wrench This wrench will simplify tightening or loosening the octagonal mounting ring used on Bul. No. 800T-N300 Bul.com/catalogs 10-40 Preferred availability cat. Bul. 12 Cat. No. No. 800T non-illuminated push-pull devices. 800T-N300F for front-of-panel bracket. Legend plates must be ordered separately and should be inverted 180° prior to engraving and installation.8 mm) center-to-center. (46. 800T-N209RE1 9 10 Cat. contacts of one button while the other button’s N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 800F-ALR1 . 800T-N210R Bul. No. No. Fits on illuminated and non-illuminated devices. nos. 800T-N179 Bul. 800T-N211GL Bul. 800T-N300 800T-N300F 11 Bul.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Potentiometer Replacement Knobs 0 1 Description Cat. For maintained units. contacts are closed. 800T Rocker Arm Operating Lever The rocker arm lever operates two flush head or one flush with one extended head momentary contact push button units spaced 1-27/32 in. 800T-N209RE1 Cat. 800T-N210RE Bul. 800T-N179 (Operators not included) 3 4 Cat. 800T/H Jumbo Push-Pull Cap For use on Bul. Order Cat. 800T/H Mechanical Interlock Used on momentary contact push button units. Type 4/13 (800T) 40274-073-55 Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 40274-073-54 Push Buttons Description 2 Cat. No. 800T 90 mm Gold Anodized Aluminum Cap For use on Bul. This wrench is double-ended and can be used for 18 mm and 30 mm pilot light mounting rings.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 800T/H Lens/Bulb Removal Tool The small end of this tool provides quick and easy removal of any incandescent or LED lamp. 800T units. No. Bul. are bold. 800T 63 mm Red Anodized Aluminum Cap with "E-Stop" For use on Bul. Guards against closing the N. 800T Bonding Bracket The bonding bracket establishes an electrical circuit between the mounting surface and metal operator bushing for grounding purposes.

800T Etching Fluid Used to blacken freshly engraved aluminum legend plates.ab. 800T-N1 Grey 800T-N1 10 Black 800T-N1B 11 1 Power modules excluding transformers and dual inputs 12 13 www. XD1R. 800H-N148 Metal Bul. are bold. Continued Description Cat. 800T-N324 Cat. -XD3. 800H Thrust Washer Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. -XAR. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. 9 Bul. and -QC…)1 Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 100 pieces. -XA1.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 800T-N292 Cat. 800T-N322 IEC Finger-Safe Accessories Cat. Cat. -XD1P. nos. (800T-XD1. 0 Bul. 800T/H IEC Finger-Safe Terminal Guards Snap-on accessories which provide IEC. No. (800T-XA. -XD2. No. No. etc. -XD4. 800T Trim Washer Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not being used. No. IP2X and VGB finger-safe protection. this neat-appearing button can be supplied to close the unused openings. -XA7. 800T-N188 Description Color Cat. Single terminal guards for single circuit contact blocks. 800T-N322 Transformer covers for transformer only. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-41 . XD6. 800T/H Closing Button Where an enclosure or flush plate with more than the required number of openings is used. No. 800T-N293 5 Plastic Bul. 800T-N293 7 Bul. 800T-N188 8 Cat. LED modules. 800T-N323 Cat. -XD5. -XA2R. No. 800H-N146 6 1 2 3 4 Cat. -XAP. No. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 25 pieces. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. -PC…. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 10 pieces. 800T-N323 Grey Bul. 800T-N324 Multi-terminal side cover for use on single or double circuit contact blocks. -XD2P. No. -XA2. No. 800T Thrust Washer Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. -XA4.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous. -XA4R. full voltage modules. and -XD2R) Note: Must be ordered in multiples of 25 pieces. 800T-N292 Plastic Bul. 800H Trim Washer Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not being used.

800T-N10 Bul. 800T-N2 (Padlock not included) 3 4 Cat.ab. 800T-N314 Bul. No. No. 800T-N378 0 1 2 Cat. Locks the normally closed contact in the open position. Stainless steel and clear plastic construction. No. For extended head non-illuminated momentary push buttons. 800T-N163 Bul. 800T-N315 (Padlock not included) 7 8 9 Cat. 800T non-illuminated momentary mushroom push button. standard knob selector switches and potentiometers. No. Bul. Use on standard head only (40 mm dia. nos. 800T-N315 Bul. 800T Momentary Mushroom Padlocking Attachments For Bul. Requires use of Cat. Locks the normally closed contact in the open position. For flush head push button.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 800T-N163 (Padlock not included) 12 13 www. 800T-N314 (Padlock not included) 10 11 Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 800T-N2 Bul.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments Description Cat. 800T Flush Head Push Button Padlocking Attachments Permits locking in the depressed position. Locks the normally closed contacts open only. 800T/H Push-Pull Padlocking Attachment For 2-position push-pull and push-pull/twist release illuminated and nonilluminated operators. No. No.com/catalogs 10-42 Preferred availability cat. Conversion of normally closed late break contacts to standard normally closed contacts are recommended when using this accessory. are bold. 800T-N311 mushroom cap. No. 800T-N10 (Padlock not included) 5 6 Cat. 800T/H Padlocking Cover Guards against unauthorized operation for non-illuminated. 800T Extended Head Push Button Padlocking Attachments Permits locking in the depressed position. Made of stainless steel.). This device is used to lock the mushroom button in a depressed position. 800T/H Trigger Action Padlocking Attachment For 2-position trigger action E-stops with 45 mm heads.

800H-N141R (Padlock not included) Position Cat.Prevent Left Operation 2-. 3) 800T-N317CR Right (Pos.The words OPEN COVER TO OPERATE are on the front and PULL-TO-START-PUSH-TO-STOP are on the rear. and 4-position selector switch padlocking attachments. Locks selector switch in any maintained position. Bul. Window Center through Left Can be used to lock operators in a desired position.1 4 5 6 800T-NX446A Cat. 800T 4-Position Selector Switch Attachment — Standard Knob Kit includes selector switch and guard (padlock not included).com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Left (Pos. No. No. No.Prevent Left Operation 800T-N4163J Window Center through Left Prevent Right Operation 800T-N4163K 11 12 1 Diameter of hasp is 11/32 in. Padlocking cover includes blank legend plate for customer marking.and 3-Position Selector Switches Left 800T-N316L Center 800T-N316C 800T-N316R Right Bul. and standard knob selector switches. Left 800H-N141L Center 800H-N141C Right 800H-N141R All 800H-N141A Bul. For non-illuminated push buttons. (8. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-43 .ab. For 3800T-N316K Prevent Right Operation position selector switches. 800H-N316J (Padlock not included) Center Left (Pos. specify Cat.and 3-position selector switches with standard knob operators only.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments. nos. 2-position pushpull or twist-release units. 800H-N4162L (Padlock not included) Stainless steel material Left 800T-N4162L Right 800T-N4162R For 3-Position Selector Switches Left 800T-N4163L Center 800T-N4163C Right 800T-N4163R Window Center through Right .and 3-position selector switches with standard knob operators only. Note: A pre-marked legend plate is available. 800T/H Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment 2. are bold. No. When applying Cat. No. To order legend plate only. Locks selector switch in any maintained position.and 3-position selector switch padlocking attachments for illuminated selector switches. No.73 mm) 13 www. 800T/H Window Center through Right Non-Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment 800T-N316J . 800H-N140 0 1 2 Bul. 3-.and 3-Position Selector Switch with Padlocking Guards Padlocking guard for 2. Cat. No. 800H-N140 on 2-position maintained push-pull units. For 2. 800T-NX446 (Padlock not included) Description Bul. 800T-NX446A (Padlock not included) 7 Description Position Cat. 800H-N140 (Padlock not included) Cat. this device can also be used to lock out a left or right position as shown in the photo to the For 4-Position Selector Switches left. cover will lock only when the button is in depressed position. Continued Description Cat. No. 800T 2.1 800T-NX446 3 Cat. 800H-W174L. No. No. No. 800H 2. 1) 800T-N317L Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Cat. Padlocking guard for 4-position selector switches with standard knob operators only.and 3-Position Non-illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment — Standard Knob Padlocking guard for 2. 2) 800T-N317CL Center Right (Pos. 4) 800T-N317R 8 9 10 For 2-Position Selector Switches Bul. 800T/H Padlocking Cover Guards against unauthorized operation.

800H Stainless Steel Guard Used on non-illuminated push buttons that have protective boots as shown on page 10-39. 7 Cat. 60 mm (Jumbo) 800T-N310J 63 mm 800T-N310L 45 mm 800T-N381 60/63 mm 800T-N381L Bul.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Guards Description 0 Bul. No. Illuminated or non-illuminated. This guard is used with standard size button (40 mm dia. (38. 800T Mushroom Push Button Guards Momentary mushroom guards for standard and jumbo mushroom push buttons. 12 Cat. guard for non-illuminated 800T-N143 1-1/2 in. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 800T-N339 . 1 in. 800H Illuminated Push Button Guard This guard provides additional protection against accidental operation of the push button unit. No. are bold. 800T 2-position push-pull operators. Nos. guard for illuminated 800T-N93 1-1/2 in. 800T/H Jumbo Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. Standard size button only (40 mm dia. No.com/catalogs 10-44 Preferred availability cat. No. 800T 2-position push-pull operators. guard for non-illuminated with locking attachment 800T-N39 Bul. 800T-N226 5 Cat. 800T trigger action E-stop operators.ab. 800T-N339 13 www. 800T-N310J Cat. No. 800T-N129 Standard guard 800T-N129 Standard guard with set screw 800T-N165 Jumbo guard 800T-N151 Jumbo guard with set screw 800T-N154 Type of Finish Cat. 800H-N153 Cat. 1 Cat. 1-1/2 in. 800H-N152 Bul. No. Illuminated or non-illuminated. 800T-N310 and 800T-NX1320 Description 9 Bul. Often used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. Stainless steel 800T-N310 Description Bul. Black 800T-NX1320 Operator Size Cat. 800T Push Button Guards Momentary push button guards to reduce the risk of accidental operation.).Bulletin 800T/H 30.and 3-position illuminated and non-illuminated push-pull units. 800H-N153 6 Bul. No. 800T/800H 2. 800T-N381 11 Bul. No. 800T/H Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. 800T/H Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. 800T-N13 2 Type Cat. 800T 18 mm Guard Provides side protection for 18 mm pilot lights. No. 800H-N152 3 4 Cat. 800T-N226 Bul. 10 Cat.1 mm) guard for illumination units. nos. 8 Cat. guard for non-illuminated 800T-N13 1/2 in. No. No. Often used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. Reduces the risk of accidental operation. 800T/H Ramp Guard For Bul.).

13 www. 5 Legacy LED Lamps♣ Lamp Type LED Current. Green. Illuminated Push Buttons. Order quanitity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces.  To complete the cat. 46. 16. No. Typical Lamp Voltage Polarity Cat. Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release. no. 46. 26. and 130V. Order quantity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces. No. 36. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber. 800TC-N374 which has an input voltage rating of 12 …130V AC/DC. ‡ Typical current consumption values indicated are relative to the input of the power module. Typical® Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Catalog Voltage Code Cat. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber. 24V. No.2 mA 130V AC/DC 3 mA 13 800T-N321x Transformer 50 mA 6V AC 14 mA 6. 26. Blue. 26. § Lamp is intended for use with power module Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. or White.3 mA/6 mA 120V AC — 10 800T-N320x 4. ♠ To complete the cat. Cluster Pilot Lights ANSI No. 11For use with 24V AC/DC rated devices. 36.3V AC 755/1866 80 mA 14V AC/DC 756 12 1 800T-N141 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 24 1 800T-N157 800T-N65 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 48 1 800T-N365 Full Voltage Resistor 22 mA 120V AC/DC 949 10. these lamps are intended to be used with power module Cat.1 Lamp Full Voltage Lamp Voltage 6 800T-N80x 11 12 1 Item is sold in multiples of 5. Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Code Cat. Red. 56 800T-N377x Dual Input Diode 0 Neon 609-N9 1 2 3 4 1 Item is sold in multiples of 5.5 mA/6. 120V. 13 mA/22 mA 12V AC/DC 3 mA 12 800T-N362x 20 mA/21 mA 24V AC/DC 3 mA 24 800T-N319x 12 mA/17 mA 32V AC/DC 3 mA 32 800T-N363x 9 mA/14 mA 48V AC/DC 3 mA 48 800T-N364x 3. 20 Lamp Type Current. are bold. No. nos. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current. Catalog Voltage Code Cat. LED‡ Universal 13 mA @ 24V DC 8. Type Current. Typical Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer 195 mA 6V AC/DC 381 800T-N258 73 mA 12V AC/DC 382 800T-N259 37 mA 24V AC/DC 387 800T-N260 Lamp Type Current. and Illuminated Selector Switches Lamp Type Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer Current.. Green. ® Typical current draw varies with LED color. White LEDs only available in 6V. 1 76 150 mA/250 mA 6. 56.  Flashing rate is 2 Hz. Illuminated Push-Pull. No. no. or Red only. no. 11 1 800T-N169 Flashing 150 mA 6V AC/DC 267 6 1 800T-N212 57 mA 24V AC/DC 24 MB 24 1 800T-N180 21 mA 120V AC 90 MB 16 1 800T-N261 — 2 mA 120V AC/DC B2A 10. 46.5 mA @ 120V AC‡ 3V§ 3 mA 2 800T-N376x Transformer 60 6V 14 mA 16.  To complete the cat. Typical Full Voltage Lamp Voltage ANSI No. 800T-N330. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-45 . No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Lamps Pilot Lights. 56. 76 800T-N318x Flashing 18 mA 24V AC/DC — N/A Full Voltage  800T-N319Fx ♣ In full voltage applications.  All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. or White. 16.ab. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Green. Red. No. 6. The first mA value is for a green or blue LED and the second mA value is for a red or amber LED.♠ LED Full Voltage Transformer 45 mA 6V AC/DC Positive 800T-N340x 36 mA 12V AC/DC Positive 14 mA 28V AC/DC Bi-Polar Full Voltage 800T-N341x 11 7 8 9 10 Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.

nos.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Keys for Cylinder Lock 2-.com/catalogs 10-46 Preferred availability cat. and 4-Position Selector Switches (800T only) 0 Cylinder Lock Key Option Code Series Key Number Cat. 3-.  Uses master key 15T. No. are bold. AB Cat. Blank (standard key) Blank (standard key) Blank (standard key) E158 (standard key) X-144218 6 7 8 9 44 32 20 E109 X-386233 45 33 21 E131 X-386234 46 34 22 E100 X-386235 47 35 23 E115 X-386236 48 36 24 E120 X-386237 49 37 25 E104 X-386238 50 38 26 E108 X-386239 51 39 27 E132 X-386240 52 40 28 E144 X-386241 53 41 29 E157 X-386242 54 42 30 E101 X-386243 55 43 31 E102 40274-250-01 66 61 56 E106 40274-250-07 67 62 57 E111 40274-250-02 68 63 58 E117 40274-250-14 69 64 59 E125 40274-250-21 70 65 60 E130 40274-250-26 10 11 12 13 www. X-433358. 4 Replacement Keys for Push Button Switches with Cylinder Locks (800T only) Lock Key Option Code 5 Spring Bolt Dead Bolt A Dead Bolt B Series Key Number Cat. No. No.ab. X-433359. AB Cat. Blank (standard key) D018 (standard key) X-181170 15 T112 40269-087-01 03 D0201 X-307922 16 T115 40269-087-02 04 D0251 X-307923 17 T324 40269-087-03 05 D3351 X-307924 18 T382 40269-087-04 06 D4291 X-307925 19 T404 40269-087-05 07 D4611 X-307926 20 T171 40269-087-06 08 D1111 X-307927 21 T484 40269-087-07 09 D5871 X-307928 22 T547 40269-087-08 10 D6821 X-307929 23 T569 40269-087-09 11 D7131 X-307930 24 T692 40269-087-10 12 D9001 X-307931 25 T752 40269-087-11 13 D9921 X-307932 26 T178 40269-087-12 14 D1181 X-307933 1 2 3 1 Uses master key DM81. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Cylinder Lock Key Option Code Series Key Number Cat.

1 All half round legend plates must be ordered in quantities of 25. ‡ For blank toggle or cluster pilot legend. Grey (blank) 800T-X700 800T-X59 Red (blank) 800T-X701 800T-X121 Grey (with custom text) 800T-X700E 800T-X59E Red (with custom text) 800T-X701E 800T-X121E 6 7 Note: Include text with custom legends.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Blank and Custom Legend Plates — Aluminum.‡ 1 vertical line of up to 9 characters on left side 1 vertical line of up to 9 characters on right side 11  Rule sets listed are mutually exclusive. Cat. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. 12 13 www. Cat. No. nos. are bold. No. No. of Lines Max. 800T-X619. 8 Custom Text Guidelines Legend Size No.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-47 . only one can be chosen. Grey 800T-X559 800T-X559J Red 800T-X621 800T-X621J Yellow 800T-X679 800T-X679J Grey (with custom text) 800T-X559E 800T-X559JE Red (with custom text) 800T-X621E 800T-X621JE Yellow (with custom text) 800T-X679E 800T-X679JE 2 3 4 Specialty Legend Plates 5 Automotive Legend Plate Half Round Legend Plate Automotive Half Round1 Legend Plate Color Cat. No. No. of Characters per Line Standard 1 line of 2 lines of 14 14 Jumbo 5 lines 14 Automotive 4 lines 20 9 Custom Legend Plates for 4-Way Toggle and Cluster Pilot Lights Legend Size Standard 800T-X619E 10 Color Text Options Aluminum (with custom text) 2 lines of up to 14 characters on top 1 line of up to 14 characters on bottom 1 vertical line of up to 7 characters on left side 1 vertical line of up to 7 characters on right side Cat. order Cat. Type 4/13 (800T) Blank/Custom Legend Plates 0 1 Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Standard Jumbo Legend Plate Color Cat.

No. 800T-X618 Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. No. 800T-X609 6 Cat. No. 7 18 mm Legend Plates 8 9 Type A Legend Plate Cat. 800T-X647Y Start/Stop Legend Plates 2 3 Cat. No. No. Cat. No. Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start or Push-to-Stop Twist or Pull Release 800T-X618 800T-X618Y 800T-X647Y — 800T-X646 Blank — — 800T-X645Y Custom — — 800T-X645YE — Emergency Stop — — — 800T-X646EM 4 Potentiometer Legend Plates 5 Cat. No. Type 1 Potentiometer with graduated markings SPEED 800T-X609 800T-X608 1 For graduated markings with a custom text. 800T-X646 Emergency Stop Legend Plates Grey Yellow Yellow (Large Size) Yellow IEC Ring Type Cat. Cat. No. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 Blank and Custom Legend Plates — Aluminum. 800T-X609E and specify up to two lines of text. Type 4/13 (800T). Cat. No. 800T-X608 Cat. No. Continued Specialty Legend Plates 1 Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . are bold. Description Blank 10 Type A 800T-N515 Type B 800T-N516 With Custom Marking 11 Type A with Text 800T-N515E Type B with Text 800T-N516E  Text must be supplied. Custom Text Guidelines 12 Legend Type Number of Lines A 1 Maximum Number of Characters per Line 9 B 2 13 13 www. 800T-N515 Cat. nos.com/catalogs 10-48 Preferred availability cat.ab. No. 14 characters per line. No. order Cat.

such as IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA 79. STOP (Yellow) 800T-X504Y — POWER ON 800T-X639 800T-X639J EMERG. No. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-49 .-REV. AUTO-OFF-HAND 800T-X501 800T-X501J ON-OFF 800T-X622 800T-X622J AUTO-MAN-OFF 800T-X625 800T-X625J OPEN 800T-X531 800T-X531J CLOSE 800T-X502 800T-X502J OPEN-CLOSE 800T-X532 800T-X532J CYCLE START 800T-X562 800T-X562J OPEN-OFF-CLOSE 800T-X533 800T-X533J DOWN 800T-X503 800T-X503J OUT 800T-X534 800T-X534J EMERG. Type 4/13 (Bul. STOP (Red)1 800T-X504 800T-X504J RAISE 800T-X535 800T-X535J EMERGENCY STOP (Red)1 800T-X648 800T-X648J RAISE-LOWER 800T-X536 800T-X536J FAST 800T-X505 800T-X505J RAISE-OFF-LOWER 800T-X537 800T-X537J FEED START 800T-X566 800T-X566J RESET 800T-X538 800T-X538J FEED STOP 800T-X567 800T-X567J REVERSE 800T-X539 800T-X539J FOR.  Potentiometer type with graduated markings. No. 800T-X507 800T-X507J RUN-INCH 800T-X634 800T-X634J FORWARD 800T-X508 800T-X508J RUN-JOG 800T-X541 800T-X541 FOURTH SPEED 800T-X624 800T-X624J SAFE-RUN 800T-X542 800T-X542J FULL SPEED 800T-X509 800T-X509J SECOND SPEED 800T-X543 800T-X543J HAND-AUTO 800T-X510 800T-X510J SPEED 800T-X608 — HAND-OFF-AUTO 800T-X511 800T-X511J SLOW 800T-X544 800T-X544J HIGH 800T-X512 800T-X512J SLOW-FAST 800T-X545 800T-X545J HIGH-LOW 800T-X513 800T-X513J SLOW-OFF-FAST 800T-X546 800T-X546J HIGH-OFF-LOW 800T-X514 800T-X514J START 800T-X547 800T-X547J IN 800T-X515 800T-X515J START-JOG 800T-X548 800T-X548J INCH 800T-X516 800T-X516J START-STOP 800T-X549 800T-X549J JOG 800T-X517 800T-X517J STOP (Red) 800T-X550 800T-X550J JOG FORWARD 800T-X518 800T-X518J STOP-START 800T-X551 800T-X551J JOG REVERSE 800T-X519 800T-X519J SUMMER-OFF-WINTER 800T-X553 800T-X553J JOG RUN 800T-X520 800T-X520J SUMMER-WINTER 800T-X552 800T-X552J JOG-SAFE-RUN 800T-X522 800T-X522J TEST 800T-X554 800T-X554J JOG-STOP-RUN 800T-X521 800T-X521J THIRD SPEED 800T-X555 800T-X555J LEFT-RIGHT 800T-X523 800T-X523J UP 800T-X556 800T-X556J LOCAL-REMOTE 800T-X638 800T-X638J UP-DOWN 800T-X557 800T-X557J LOW 800T-X524 800T-X524J UP-OFF-DOWN 800T-X558 800T-X558J LOW SPEED 800T-X525 800T-X525J O (Red) 800T-X640 800T-X640J LOWER 800T-X526 800T-X526J I 800T-X641 800T-X641J OFF 800T-X527 800T-X527J OI 800T-X642 800T-X642J OFF-COOLANT-ON 800T-X528 800T-X528J I O II 800T-X643 800T-X643J OFF-ON 800T-X529 800T-X529J — — — ON 800T-X530 800T-X530J — — — 1 These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background. Cat.-OFF-REV. Cat. Marking Cat. nos.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. 800T-X506 800T-X506J RUN 800T-X540 800T-X540J FOR.ab. are bold.Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates – Aluminum. No. 800T) 0 1 Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Standard Jumbo Standard Jumbo Marking Cat.

800H-W100 Jumbo Legend Plate Cat. Cat. 800H-W100J Automotive Legend Plate Cat. 800H-W100A Blank/Custom Legend Plates Type 4/4X 2 3 4 Standard Jumbo Legend Plate Color Cat. Custom Text Guidelines 5 Legend Size Number of Lines Maximum Number of Characters per Line Standard 1 Line of 2 Lines of 13 13 Jumbo 5 Lines 13 Automotive 4 Lines 16 6 7 Potentiometer Legend Plate Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 800H-W196 Cat. No.com/catalogs 10-50 Preferred availability cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 0 1 Standard Legend Plate Cat. No. 800H-W080 Potentiometer Legends 8 Legend Marking Cat. nos. Automotive Cat. Grey (Blank) 800H-W100 800H-W100J 800H-W100A Red (Blank) 800H-W300 800H-W300J 800H-W300A White (Blank) 800H-W500 800H-W500J 800H-W500A Yellow (Blank) 800H-W700 800H-W700J 800H-W700A Grey (with Custom Text) 800H-W100E 800H-W100JE 800H-W100AE Red (with Custom Text) 800H-W300E 800H-W300JE 800H-W300AE White (with Custom Text) 800H-W500E 800H-W500JE 800H-W500AE Yellow (with Custom Text) 800H-W700E 800H-W700JE 800H-W700AE Note: Include text with custom legends. 800H-W797A Cat. 800H-W690 Start/Stop Legend Plates 11 12 Emergency Stop Legend Plates Grey Yellow (Large Size) Yellow IEC Ring Type Cat. No. No. No. No. No. No.ab. are bold.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Graduated Markings Only 800H-W080 SPEED 800H-W081 Custom Legend with Graduated Marking 800H-W080E 9 10 Cat. No. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates – Plastic. Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start 800H-W196 800H-W797A — Blank — 800H-W700A 800H-W690 Custom 800H-W100E 800H-W700AE — 13 www. No.

 Potentiometer type with graduated markings. Marking Cat. No.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates – Plastic. are bold. 800H-W152 800H-W552 OPEN OFF CLOSE 800H-W153 800H-W553 FORWARD 800H-W105 800H-W505 OUT 800H-W119 800H-W519 FOURTH SPEED 800H-W010 — POWER ON 800H-W001 800H-W401 FULL SPEED 800H-W106 800H-W506 PULL-TO-START 800H-W198 — HAND AUTO 800H-W131 800H-W531 PUSH-TO-STOP (Red) 800H-W378 — HAND OFF AUTO 800H-W151 800H-W551 RAISE 800H-W120 800H-W520 HIGH 800H-W107 800H-W507 RAISE LOWER 800H-W034 — 800H-W556 HIGH LOW 800H-W030 — RAISE OFF LOWER 800H-W156 HIGH LOW OFF 800H-W058 — RESET 800H-W121 800H-W521 HIGH OFF LOW 800H-W155 800H-W555 REVERSE 800H-W122 800H-W522 IN 800H-W108 800H-W508 RIGHT 800H-W005 800H-W405 INCH 800H-W109 800H-W509 RUN 800H-W123 800H-W523 INCREASE 800H-W003 — RUN INCH 800H-W037 — JOG 800H-W110 800H-W510 RUN JOG 800H-W032 — JOG FORWARD 800H-W111 800H-W511 SAFE RUN 800H-W033 — JOG REVERSE 800H-W112 800H-W512 SECOND SPEED 800H-W124 800H-W524 JOG RUN 800H-W135 800H-W535 SLOW 800H-W125 800H-W525 JOG SAFE RUN 800H-W051 — SLOW FAST 800H-W136 800H-W536 JOG STOP RUN 800H-W057 — SLOW OFF FAST 800H-W157 800H-W557 LEFT 800H-W004 800H-W404 SPEED 800H-W081 800H-W481 LEFT RIGHT 800H-W036 — SPEED 800H-W182 — LOC OFF REMOTE 800H-W055 800H-W455 START 800H-W126 800H-W526 LOW 800H-W113 800H-W513 START JOG 800H-W138 800H-W538 LOW HIGH 800H-W035 — START JOG STOP 800H-W158 800H-W558 LOW OFF HIGH 800H-W056 — START RUN STOP 800H-W054 — LOW SPEED 800H-W114 800H-W514 START STOP 800H-W137 800H-W537 1 These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-51 . No.Bulletin 800T/H 30. REV. such as IEC 60947-5-5 and NFPA 79. AUTO OFF HAND 800H-W154 800H-W554 LOWER 800H-W115 800H-W515 AUTO MAN OFF 800H-W059 800H-W459 MAN AUTO 800H-W031 800H-W431 CLOSE 800H-W101 800H-W501 MAN OFF AUTO 800H-W062 800H-W462 800H-W408 CYCLE START 800H-W006 800H-W406 MOTOR RUN 800H-W008 CYCLE STOP (Red) 800H-W376 — MOTOR STOP (Red) 800H-W375 — DECREASE 800H-W002 800H-W402 OFF 800H-W116 800H-W516 DOWN 800H-W102 800H-W502 OFF COOLANT ON 800H-W052 800H-W452 EMERG. STOP (Red)1 800H-W372 — OFF LOC REMOTE 800H-W061 — EMERGENCY STOP (Red)1 800H-W373 — OFF MAN AUTO 800H-W060 800H-W460 FAST 800H-W104 800H-W504 OFF ON 800H-W133 800H-W533 FEED START 800H-W007 — ON 800H-W117 800H-W517 FEED STOP (Red) 800H-W377 — OPEN 800H-W118 800H-W518 FOR. 800H-W132 800H-W532 OPEN CLOSE 800H-W134 800H-W534 FOR. Cat. No. nos. Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 0 Grey Legend Plate Type 4/4X White Legend Plate Type 4/4X Grey Type 4/4X 1 Grey Type 4/4X White Type 4/4X Marking Cat. OFF REV. No. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. White Type 4/4X Cat.

No. No. No.ab. Marking Cat. No. No. Red — Type 4/4X 10 11 Marking Cat. nos. Blank 800H-W400 Customer-Specified1 800H-W400E EMERG. 12 13 www. Type 4/4X/13 (800H) 0 Grey Legend Plate Type 4/4X 1 2 White Legend Plate Type 4/4X Grey Type 4/4X White Type 4/4X Grey Type 4/4X White Type 4/4X Marking Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates – Plastic. UP 800H-W009 800H-W409 STOP (Red) 800H-W371 — UP DOWN 800H-W039 — STOP RUN START 800H-W053 — UP OFF DOWN 800H-W160 800H-W560 STOP START 800H-W038 800H-W438 O (Red) 800H-W184 — SUMMER OFF WINTER 800H-W159 800H-W559 OI 800H-W185 800H-W582 SUMMER WINTER 800H-W139 800H-W539 I 800H-W181 800H-W581 TEST 800H-W128 800H-W528 I O II 800H-W183 800H-W583 THIRD SPEED 800H-W129 800H-W529 3 Flip Lever Legend Plates (for use with Series D operators) 4 5 Grey — Type 4/4X Grey — Type 4/4X Marking Cat. STOP 800H-W472 ARRÊT URGENT 800H-W472F STOP 800H-W471 ARRET 800H-W471F O 800H-W484 1 12 characters max. Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30. Marking Cat. Marking Cat. No. No. are bold.com/catalogs 10-52 Preferred availability cat. Cat. Blank 800H-W200 LOW 800H-W213 RUN 800H-W223 Customer-Specified1 800H-W200E BAS 800H-W213F EN MARCHE 800H-W223F CLOSE 800H-W201 LOW SPEED 800H-W214 SECOND SPEED 800H-W224 FERMER 800H-W201F VITESSE MIN 800H-W214F VITESSE 2 800H-W224F 6 7 8 9 Grey — Type 4/4X DOWN 800H-W202 LOWER 800H-W215 SLOW 800H-W225 DESCENDRE 800H-W202F ABAISSER 800H-W215F LENT 800H-W225F FAST 800H-W204 OFF 800H-W216 START 800H-W226 RAPIDE 800H-W204F ARRÊTER 800H-W216F MARCHE 800H-W226F FORWARD 800H-W205 ON 800H-W217 TEST 800H-W228 AVANT 800H-W205F DÉMARRER 800H-W217F ESSAI 800H-W228F FULL SPEED 800H-W206 OPEN 800H-W218 THIRD SPEED 800H-W229 VITESSE MAX 800H-W206F OUVRIR 800H-W218F VITESSE 3 800H-W229F HIGH 800H-W207 OUT 800H-W219 I 800H-W281 HAUT 800H-W207F SORTIR 800H-W219F O 800H-W284 IN 800H-W208 RAISE 800H-W220 LEFT 800H-W286 ENTRER 800H-W208F ÉLEVER 800H-W220F GAUCHE 800H-W286F INCH 800H-W209 RESET 800H-W221 RIGHT 800H-W287 POUCE 800H-W209F RÉARMER 800H-W221F DROITE 800H-W287F JOG 800H-W210 REVERSE 800H-W222 UP 800H-W288 À COUPS 800H-W210F ARRIERE 800H-W222F EN HAUT 800H-W288F 1 12 characters max. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No.

com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. and mounting Bulletin 800T/H controls either side-by-side. Dia.4 mm).6 mm) (10 Gauge) 3/16 in.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). nos.6) 1-15/64 (31. When control units are mounted so that the contact Dia.4) 800T-PSDT 1-3/64 (26. Sketch illustrates the minimum distance between centerlines when Mini Blocks.8 mm) Panel 800T 3 washers 2 washers 800H 4 washers 3 washers Thicker Than 3/16 in. (61.4) 11 12 13 www. (52. the 1-27/32 in. 4 1/16 in.58 mm) gaskets. 800T-N515 10 Dimensions Device Horizontal Vertical 800T-PS.6 mm) (16 Gauge) 7/64 in. Refer to table below for number of washers required for various panel thicknesses. Sealed Switch Blocks. Drill Minimum 8 Ø Vertical Minimum Minimum 9 Ø Horizontal Minimum Cat.8 mm) Counterbore to 3/16 in.8 mm) 2 washers 1 washer Counterbore to 1/4 in. large 2-7/16 in. the 2-1/4 in. PST.6) 1-5/32 (29. QST and RST 31/32 (24.Bulletin 800T/H 30. (4.  Vertical minimum spacing dimension changes for the following legend plates: jumbo 2-15/32 in.8 mm) Panel Thicker Than 1/4 in. PSD. 4-way switches 2-1/16 in. (1. (62. Mounting Instructions for Push Buttons with Shallow Blocks.ab. or one above the other. cluster pilot light and 2-. are bold.7 mm). facing each Time Delay Blocks (see footnotes for exceptions) other. 0 1 Typical Panel Cut-Out 2 Dia.2 mm) dimension must be used in order to get proper electrical clearance. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals face each other. (46. Drill (57. (6.8 mm) (12 Gauge) 9/64 in. (2. QS. (1.4 mm) Panel 1 washer Counterbore to 3/16 in.9 mm).7 mm).8 mm) dimension can be used. illuminated selector switches. push-to-test pilot lights. (4. (6. Logic Reed Blocks. (57. (4. 1 Change to 2-1/4 in. Dia. No.4 mm) 5 6 Mounting Instructions for 18 mm Small Pilot Lights Type A Legend Plate Preferred Construction Type B Legend Plate 7 Alternate Construction Dia.2 mm) for transformer type pilot light. (4. 3-. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Drill block terminals do not face each other. (3. Note: Large legend plate requires minimum horizontal spacing of 2-15/32 in. and all push-pull buttons. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-53 . 3 Panel Thickness — Kits are shipped with three 1/16 in. (62.

No. 800T-N516 (Automotive Industry Type) Cat.02) 8 19/64 (7. 0 Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul.62) Type 4/4X Round 9 10 Type 4/4X Standard Legend Plate (Flip Lever Operators) Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. Not for use with Allen-Bradley enclosures. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 5 Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul.com/catalogs 10-54 Preferred availability cat. 800T-N515 13 www.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 800T Only) 1 Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Large Legend Plate (Automotive Industry Type) Large Size Push-Pull/Twist Legend Plate Cat. No. No. No.ab. No. nos. 800T-X6461 Cluster Pilot Light and 2-3-4 Way Switch Silver Legend Plate Cat. 800T 18 mm Pilot Lights Only) Legend Plate for Small Pilot Light Legend Plate for Small Pilot Light Type A Legend Type B Legend 11 12 Cat. 800H Only) 6 Type 4/4X Standard Legend Plate 7 Type 4/4X Jumbo Legend Plate Type 4/4X Large Legend Plate (Automotive Industry Type) 1-39/64 (41. 800T-X619 2 3 4 1 For panel mounting only. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800T/H 30. are bold. 800T-X6471 Round Cat.

1) Deep 10 11 Shallow. or notched legend plate and correct number of rubber washers. are bold. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. PenTUFF and Logic Reed Contact Blocks Dim.8) Selector Switch 1-29/32 (48.6) Deep Sealed Switch Block 2 (50. A Momentary Push Button 2 (50.1) Deep 4 Time Delay Contact Block (For Push Buttons Only) 5 6 Snap Action Contact Block (For Push Button Only) 1 Dimension shown is for push buttons. (51. Selector switch dimension is 2-27/32 in. (72. Selector switch dimension is 3-5/32 in. and Logic Reed Contact Blocks 1-1/8 (28. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-55 .ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30.4) 12 Operator Extension Behind Panel — When mounted with thrust washer. 800T Only) 0 1 Mini Contact Block 7/8 (22.  Dimension shown is for push buttons.2) Deep Shallow.58 (40.2 mm). Selector switch dimension is 2-1/32 in. nos.8) Maintained Push Button 2 (50.8) Deep Stackable Sealed Switch Block 1. Blocks (Bul.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 7 Blocks (Bul. trim washer. PenTUFF.58 (40.8) Deep 2 3 ‡ Tandem Mounting (2 shallow contact blocks stacked) Stackable Sealed Switch Block 1.2 mm). (80. 800H Only) 8 9 Mini Contact Block Sealed Switch Block 2 (50. 13 www. ‡ Dimension shown is for push buttons.6 mm).

6 oz (0. 12 oz (0. 12 oz (0. 6 oz (0. 0 Push Buttons and Switches (Bul.17 kg) Shipping Wt.22 kg) Coin Slot Selector Switch Shipping Wt. 6 oz (0.11 kg) 13 www. are bold.17 kg) 5 6 7 1 Except jumbo which is 2-1/4 (57. 800T Only) 1 2-3-4 Way Switch Shipping Wt.25 kg) Across Flats Across Corners 12 Selector Push Button Shipping Wt.17 kg) Type J Potentiometer Unit Shipping Wt. 7-1/2 oz (0.34 kg) Dia. with 4 Contact Blocks 8-1/2 oz (0. 11 Wobble Stick Shipping Wt.15 kg) Mushroom Head Push Button Shipping Wt.45 kg) Push Buttons and Pilot Lights 3 Ø Extended Head Only 4 Flush and Extended Head Push Button Shipping Wt. 800T Only) 8 9 10 Key Operated Selector Switch Shipping Wt.21 kg) Non-Illuminated Knob Lever and Standard Knob Selector Switch Shipping Wt.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).24 kg) 2 Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Contact Push Button Shipping Wt. nos.com/catalogs 10-56 Preferred availability cat. Operator Extension in Front of Panel (Bul.2).17 kg) Wing Lever Selector Switch Shipping Wt. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 6 oz (0. 9 oz (0.34 kg) Push Button with Cylinder Lock Shipping Wt. 4 oz (0. with 2 Contact Blocks 6 oz (0. 1 lb (0.17 kg) Illuminated Knob Lever and Standard Knob Selector Switch Shipping Wt. 8 oz (0. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800T/H 30.ab. 5-1/2 oz (0.

800H Only) 0 Ø Across Corners Across Corners … … Across Flats 1 Extended Head Only Bootless Flush and Extended Head Momentary Contact Push Button Shipping Weight. 1 lb (0.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).Bulletin 800T/H 30.17 kg) Two Shallow Blocks and Two Mini Blocks B 2-7/8 (73.14 kg) 4 5 Ø 6 Mushroom Head — Maintained and Momentary Non-Illuminated Mushroom and Push-Pull Push Buttons Cat. Push Buttons and Switches (Bul.16 kg) Across Flats Booted Flush and Extended Head Momentary Contact Push Button Shipping Weight. 5-1/2 oz (0. 6 oz (0. are bold.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.2).6) 5 oz (0.ab.16 kg) Standard Knob Selector Switch Non-Illuminated Shipping Weight. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.20 kg) Type 4 Flip Lever Shipping Weight.45 kg) 2 Type J Potentiometer Unit Shipping Weight.22 kg) 7 8 1 Jumbo versions are 2-1/4 (57. nos. 5-1/2 oz (0. 8 oz (0.14 kg) Two Shallow blocks A 2-1/32 (51. 9 10 11 12 13 www. Suffix Description D4 One Shallow Block A1.0) 8 oz (0.6) 6 oz (0. No.17 kg) Bootless Maintained Contact Push Buttons Ø … … 3 Across Flats Across Corners Booted Maintained Contact Push Buttons Shipping Weight. 7 oz (0. A5 and A7 B6 Dimensions Shipping Weights A 2-1/32 (51. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-57 .

(0. 0 Pilot Light and Illuminated Devices (Bul. 13 www. -PSD. (0.2) 1-1/16 (27) 27/32 (21. Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Illuminated Push Buttons and Illuminated Push-Pull Buttons Transformer Type Cat. (75. No.22 kg)  Applies to illuminated push-pull push buttons only. 2-1/32 (51. 8 oz (0. No.22 kg) A4 A5 A7 8 oz.com/catalogs 10-58 Preferred availability cat. Wt.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 18 mm Small Pilot Lights 10 B 11 12 A C Small Pilot Light Including Push-To-Test Shipping Weight 3 oz (0. (0.14 kg) Transformer Type Pilot Light Shipping Wt. Wt.22 kg) Cluster Pilot Light Shipping Wt. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Ship.2 mm) diameter. Neon and Dual Input Type (Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button) 2 3 4 Ø Ø Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Transformer Type Illuminated) Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Full Voltage.34 kg) Dual Input Transformer Type Pilot Light Transformer Type (Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button) Full Voltage.08 kg) Device A B C 800T-PS.25 kg) A1 and A7 Transformer or Terminal Module and One B Shallow Block and One Mini Contact Block 2-7/8 (73) AP D1P D2P Transformer or Terminal Module and One A Sealed Switch Contact Block 3-1/32 (77) Dim. are bold. (0.22 kg) B6 A 2-1/32 (51.8)‡ 9 oz. Description Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Buttons Full Voltage or Neon Type Ship. (0.4 mm).Bulletin 800T/H 30. Suffix Transformer Type Description D4 One Shallow Contact Block 8 oz. (0.6) 7 oz.17 kg) Two Shallow Blocks and Two Mini Contact Blocks B 2-7/8 (73) 8 oz. (0. A 5 oz. 12 oz (0. Suffix Dim.25 kg) 10 oz. Wt. 800T Only) 1 Full Voltage. (0. Neon and Dual Input Pilot Light Shipping Wt.28 kg) B 2-7/8 (73) 10 oz. D4 Transformer or Terminal Module and One A Shallow Contact Block 2-5/32 (54. Neon and Dual Input Illuminated and All Non-Illuminated) 5 6 7 8 9 1 Jumbo mushroom versions are 2-1/4 in.4) 31/32 (24. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Ship. Cat. -QS.8) Dim.6) 1 Transfer dual input pilot light dimension is 2-31/32 in.1 mm).08 kg) Small Pilot Light Dual Input (Diode) Shipping Weight 3 oz (0. nos. ‡ Dual input type pilot light dimension is 2-13/32 in. -QST.14 kg) Two Shallow Contact Blocks A 2-1/32 (51. (57. -PST. (61. 5 oz (0.6) 6 oz.28 kg) A 2-29/32 (73.ab.6) . and -RST 2-1/4 (57.4) 800T-PSDT 2-61/64 (75) 1-15/64 (31. (0.

Neon. One Shallow Block and One Mini Contact Block B 2-7/8 (73) Transformer or Terminal Module and One Sealed Switch Contact Block B 2-29/32 (73. (57.  Applies to illuminated push-pull push buttons only.22 kg) 10 oz. ‡ Dual input type pilot light dimension is 2-13/32 in. (0.40 kg) 2 Across Corners Across Corners Across Flats Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button (Transformer Type: Incandescent.Bulletin 800T/H 30. 800H Only) 0 Ø Ø 1 Transformer Type Pilot Light (Incandescent and LED) Shipping Weight. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-59 . Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.2 mm) diameter. (61.20kg) 10 oz.9 mm). (0.34 kg) Full Voltage and Dual Input Diode Type Pilot Light (Incandescent.28 kg) B 2-7/8 (73) 8 oz. (0. LED. LED) Ø Across Flats Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button (Full Voltage: Incandescent.ab. LED) Shipping Weight. and Dual Input Type) 3 Momentary Mushroom. No. nos.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.14 kg) Dual Input Transformer Type Pilot Light Shipping Weight.28 kg) B 2-29/32 (73.1 mm).8)‡ 9 oz. Illuminated) 4 Ø 5 Momentary Mushroom. 14 oz (0. LED. are bold.22 kg) 7 8 1 Jumbo mushroom versions are 2-1/4 in. Neon.25 kg) Transformer or Terminal Module.6)§ 7 oz. (0. Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Full Voltage: Incandescent. (57.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Devices (Bul. Neon. 12 oz (0. Suffix Transformer Type Dimension Description D4 Transformer or Terminal Module and One Shallow Contact Block A1 and A7 AP Full Voltage or Neon Type Shipping Weight A 2-5/32 (54. § Dual input type pilot light dimension is 2-9/32 in. 9 10 11 12 13 www. 5 oz (0. (0. LED. Illuminated Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Push Buttons Cat. (0.8) 8 oz. Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Transformer Type: Incandescent. and Dual Input Illuminated) 6 Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Illuminated Push Buttons.8) Dimension Shipping Weight A 2-1/32 (51.

com/catalogs 10-60 Preferred availability cat.3) Mushroom Head only) 9 10 11 Non-Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Adjustment Push-Pull/Twist Padlocking Attachment 12 13 www.Bulletin 800T/H 30.35) Max. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Padlock Not Included 8 Locking Attachment for Extended.ab. 800H Only) Padlock Not Included 7 Shackle Dia. Shackle Dia. nos. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Protective Ring for 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist Illuminated or Non-Illuminated Operators . 0 Accessories Ø 1 2 Push Button Padlocking Cover (not for use with Jumbo Mushroom Head devices) Shipping Wt. 1 oz (0. 3/16 Min. 3/16 Min. 1/4 (6.03 kg) Selector Switch and Potentiometer Unit Padlocking Cover Protective Ring and Push-Pull Illuminated or Non-Illuminated Operators Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment Push-Pull Padlocking Attachment and Metal Mushroom Push Button Padlocking Attachment Ramp Guard for Push-Pull Illuminated or Non-Illuminated Operators 3 4 5 6 Accessories (Bul. Non-Illuminated Push Buttons 800H-N140 Locking Cover for 2-Position Non-Illuminated Maintained Twist or Pull Release and Standard Knob Selector Switch (1-5/8 (41. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 5/16 Max.

56 mm) max. — — 1 Number of units that can be mounted in the enclosure.4) Enclosure Dimensions No. 14 N.7) 9-3/4 (247.P. 1 in.4) 5-7/8 (144.P. nos. 1 2 3 4 6 A 2-3/4 (69.5) 7-7/8 (200) 7-7/8 (200) 10-5/8 (269.2) 9-3/4 (247.9) 3/4 (19. 1-1/2 in. (5. are bold.4) 7/8 (22. 4 5 6 F Dimension Type of Unit 7 Dimension F Push Buttons Flush Extended Extended Mushroom Selector Cylinder Lock 15/32 (11.6) 10-1/8 (257.5) B 9 (228.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).9) 4-1/2 (114.1) Pilot Light 1-1/8 (28. (5. 1 in.T.6) 11 (279..T. 800T Only) 0 1 2 3 Enclosure Dimensions No.6) Potentiometers 1-1/16 (27) 8 9 Conduit Openings No.16 mm) max.T. Dim.2) 7-9/16 (192.4 6 9 12 16 20 25 Die Cast 3/4 in.2) D 5-3/8 (136.ab. diameter.6) 8-1/4 (209. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.4) 11 (279.3) 13-1/2 (342. 11-1/2 N. of Units Dim. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-61 . 11-1/2 N.Bulletin 800T/H 30.6) 9 (228.4) C 8-1/4 (209.2) 1-13/16 (46) Selector Switches Standard Cylinder Lock Coin Slot 1-7/32 (30.T.8) 8 (203.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.9) 21/32 (16. 6 9 12 16 A 7-1/4 (184.T. diameter. 11-1/2 N. 1 in. of Units Note: Mounting holes (4) — Screw shaft 13/64 in.P. 11-1/2 N.7) 12-1/2 (317.P.. of Units1 General Class Surface Mounted Enclosure Description 1.9) Note: Mounting holes (4) — Screw shaft 7/32 in. 10 11 12 13 www.2) 10-1/8 (257.9) 2-7/16 (61.2) 12-1/8 (308) B 4-3/16 (106.1) 9-1/2 (241.P.7) 1 (25. Die Cast Enclosures (Bul.3) 6-1/4 (158.

8) Conduit Hub 1 Number of units that can be mounted in the enclosure.7) 10-7/16 (265.9) 21/32 (16. 6 9 12 16 20 25 2 5-13/16 (147.7) 1 (25.6) 13-1/2 (342.10 1 (25. 7 F Dimension Type of Unit 8 9 10 Dimension F Push Buttons Flush Extended Extended Mushroom Selector Cylinder Lock 15/32 (11.3) 5 6 Note: Mounting holes (4) — Screw shaft 7/32 in.4) Conduit Hub 1-1/4 (31. of Units1 General Class 11 Surface Mounted Enclosure Description 1.7) 12-7/8 (370) 12-7/8 (370) 15-1/4 (387.4) 15-1/4 (387..Bulletin 800T/H 30.5 6.9) 3/4 (19.6) 5 (127) 6-3/4 (171.7) 8-11/16 (220.6) Potentiometers 1-1/16 (27) Conduit Openings No.2) 1-13/16 (46) Selector Switches Standard Cylinder Lock Coin Slot 1-7/32 (30.1) 6 13-3/16 (335) C 10-1/2 (266.com/catalogs 10-62 Preferred availability cat.4) 9 18-23/32 (475.4) 7 15-1/32 (381..8) Conduit Hub 1 (25. of Units Dimension A Dim.2) 5 11-11/32 (288.4 6 Sheet Metal 9 12 16 20 None — Drilled to suit by customer.6) A 3 7-21/32 (194.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).4) Conduit Hub 1-1/4 (31. No.7) D 8 16-7/8 (428.9) 15-7/8 (403.3) B 11-1/8 (282.ab. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.4) 7/8 (22.4) 10 20-9/16 (522... of Units No.1) 12-1/2 (317. 13 www. are bold.9) 10-1/4 (260. nos.9) 8-1/2 (215. of Units1 12 Pendant Type Enclosure with Opening in Bottom with Opening in Cover 2.1) 10-7/16 (265.5) 4 9-1/2 (241. (5.9) 2-7/16 (61.56 mm) max..7) 10-1/2 (266. 800T Only).2) 15-7/8 (403.5) 8-1/2 (215.1) Pilot Light 1-1/8 (28.6) 11-1/8 (282. 0 Enclosures (Bul.9) 13-1/2 (342.2) 8-11/16 (220. diameter. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 25 ..5) 6-3/4 (171. Continued Pendant Stations Sheet Metal Enclosures 1 2 3 4 Enclosure Dimensions No.5) 6-15/16 (176.

8) 8 (203. 3 Max. Enclosures (Bul.2) 17-3/4 (450.1) 3 (1.Bulletin 800T/H 30.4) 15-7/8 (403.4) Approximate Shipping Wt.8) 8-27/32 (224.9) Conduit Knockout Size — — Pipe Tap Size 3/4 (19.8) 14-7/8 (377.2) 12-1/8 (308) 12-1/8 (308) B 7-1/32 (178.1) 1 (25. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-63 .7) 8-1/4 (209.9) 2 (0. nos. Corrosion Resistant Enclosure Type 4/4X/13 Stainless Steel 5 Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A 5-5/32 (131) 7 (177. Holes Type 4/4X/13 Rosite Glass Polyester Watertight.6) 7-1/32 (178.3) 3-3/4 (1. Corrosion Resistant Enclosure Type 4/4X/13 Stainless Steel Watertight.8) B 6-13/32 (162.6) 8-23/32 (221.6) 6-3/4 (3.6) 10-11/16 (271. are bold.4) 8 Type 4/4X/13 Rosite Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 4 5 6 A 4-1/2 (114.8) 11 12 13 www.8) 9 10 4 (1. [lbs (kg)] 2-3/4 (1.2) 5-3/4 (2.3) 4-1/2 (114.ab.5) 12-17/32 (318.1) 16-7/32 (412) 18-1/16 (458. 4 Mtg.5) 6 7 8-3/4 (4) 9-3/4 (4.2) 11-31/32 (304) 14-1/32 (356.9) 13-1/2 (342.9) 2-1/2 (1. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.3) 6-1/4 (158.2) 5-7/8 (149.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Oiltight.5) 10-21/32 (270. [lbs (kg)] 2 (0.7) 4-3/4 (2.8) 19-19/32 (497.1) 7-3/4 (3.7) 14-7/8 (377.8) C 5-7/8 (149.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).4) 4 (1.8) 13-1/2 (342.1) 1 (25.7) C — — Conduit Knockout Size — — Pipe Tap Size 3/4 (19. 800H Only) 0 Mtg.6) 10-1/8 (257.2) 7-9/16 (192) 9-1/2 (241.3) 14-3/8 (365.4) Approximate Shipping Wt. Holes 1 2 Max. Oiltight.

9) 1/4 (1. 800H Only).1) 1 (25. [lb (kg)] 2 (0.1 x 203.8) 6-3/4 x 4 (171. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.2) DxE 4-3/4 x 2 (120.8) 6-3/4 x 2 (171.Bulletin 800T/H 30.com/catalogs 10-64 Preferred availability cat.5 x 50.8 x 203.3 x 131.8 x 152.2) 6-1/2 x 5-7/16 x 8 (165.6) Conduit Knockout Size 3/4 (19. nos.4) 1 (25.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters).ab.7 x 50.5 x 101. 0 Enclosures (Bul. are bold.4) Approximate Shipping Wt. Continued 1 2 3 4 Fiberglass Type 4/4X/12/13 Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 AxBxC 4-1/2 x 5-3/16 x 6 (114.4) 4-1/2 x 5-3/16 x 8 (114. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .3 x 131.1 x 138.4) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.0) 3 (1.

76) 46.44) 150 (5.38) 240 (9.62) 62 (2. Continued BASE 0 COVER 1 7.15) 800H-2HZ4__ 130 (5.5 (1.41) 62 (2.76) 46.15) 50 (1. are bold.24) 162 (6.44) 80 (3.38) 170 (6.97) 20 (0.15) 50 (1. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.44) 100 (3.94) 800H-3HZ4__ 180 (7.97) 35 (1. H W D1 D2 A B C1 C2 E F G 800H-1HZ4__ 110 (4.83) 31.44) 220 (8. nos.15) 50 (1.275 in.5 (1.5 (1.5 (1.33) 80 (3.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.72) 70 (2.38) 120 (4.24) 232 (9. 800H Only).84) 80 (3.5 (1.66) 4 5 6 7 Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagrams See applicable codes and laws NORMAL NORMAL TEST COM 8 TEST 9 Push-to-Test Pilot Light Device Schematic Dual Input Diode Pilot Light Device Schematic TEST 10 NORMAL TEST 11 Dual Input Pilot Light Typical Application Wiring Diagram Dual Input Pilot Light Transformer Type Device Schematic 12 13 www. Cat.Bulletin 800T/H 30.65) 92 (3.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). No.09) 80 (3.13) 62 (2.69) 70 (2.83) 31.91) 46.ab.5 (1.97) 35 (1. Enclosures (Bul.83) 31.76) 46.15) 50 (1.5 (1.) TOP VIEW F B SIDE VIEW W 2-insert M4 2 KEY G C1 E D1 C2 3 D2 A H Thermoplastic Polyester Type 4/4X Overall Dimension Enclosure Mounting Dimension Inside Dimension Mounting Plate Mounting Dim.97) 35 (1.24) 112 (4.5 (0.91) 800H-4HZ4__ 250 (9.45) 70 (2.83) 16.09) 74 (2. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-65 .79) 104 (4.0 mm (0.38) 62 (2.12) 80 (3.

...................................................................... Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Bul.. 10-74 Illuminated — Flush..................................................................... Guarded...................... 10-91 Description Page Multi-Function Operators 2-Function........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-76 Illuminated — Flush.................... 10-75 Push Buttons....... 10-99 Power Modules .......................... nos......................... Lenses......................................................... 10-89 Momentary Mushroom Operators Non-Illuminated.. 10-76 Pilot Light Operators ............................................... Momentary........................................................................................5 mm Push Buttons Product Overview 0 Bulletin 800F Plastic and Metal Operators Table of Contents  22.................................................... 10-85 Push-Pull Mushroom Operator............................. Type 4/4X/13  Internationally rated operators See below......................... 10-94 Reset Operators ........................................................................................................................................... 10-77 Selector Switches Non-Illuminated.................................................................................................................................. 10-70 Push Buttons... 3-Position................................... 2-Position............................... 800FM Die-Cast Metal Operators ........... are bold.......... 800FP Plastic Operators www......................................................... Momentary........................................................ 10-107 Guards .............................................................................. 10-78 Illuminated.................................... 10-113 E-Stop Legends....................... 3-Position ............................................................................. 10-92 2-Function............. Type 4/4X/13  Engineering grade thermoplastics  Chemical-resistant for harsh environments  IP65/66....................... 10-84 Emergency Stop Operators Twist-to-Release and Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Non-Illuminated ..5 mm mounting hole  IP65/66................................................ Alternate Action Non-Illuminated — Flush..... 10-105 Pendant Stations ............................................................. Non-Illuminated ........................ 10-106 Accessories Miscellaneous ................................................................... 10-103 Assembled Stations with DeviceNet .............. Diffusers without Text .............Bulletin 800F 22................. 10-115 Legend Text .................................................................................................................... Type 4/13  Die-cast metal construction  Chrome-plated 13 Bul.............................................................com/catalogs 10-66 Preferred availability cat................................................................. 10-93 3-Function..................................................... 10-109 Locking Attachments............................................. Momentary Non-Illuminated — Flush............................... Extended... 10-90 Illuminated........................................................................................................................ 10-116 Approximate Dimensions ........................................ Illuminated ..................... 10-67 Quick Selection . 10-83 3-Position .........................ab..................... 10-73 Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Caps ......... 2-Position................ 10-112 Two-Color Molded Legend Caps......................................... 10-103 Assembled Stations . 10-113 Legend Plates.... Momentary..................... 10-97 Toggle Switch Operators ............... 3-Position.......................... 10-98 Back-of-Panel Components Contact Blocks.................................... Non-Illuminated ....................................................................... 10-85 Illuminated .............. 10-111 Color Caps.................................................. 10-114 Custom Laser-Engraved Caps/Diffusers........................... Guarded................................................ 10-79 Non-Illuminated................................. 10-85 Key Release Mushroom Operators .......................................................................................................... 10-95 Single-Turn Potentiometer Assembly 10-96 Key Operated Selector Switch — SensEjectTM ...................... 10-100 Enclosures ................................................. 10-110 Replacement Lamps ..................... 10-81 Non-Illuminated. 10-96 Selector Push Button Operators ................... 10-82 Key Selector Switches 2-Position ...... Extended............. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page Specifications .............. 10-99 Power Modules with Contact Blocks ............................ 10-120 Bulletin 800FP Plastic Operators Bulletin 800FM Metal Operators  IP65/66...................................... 10-80 Illuminated.......................... 4-Position.............................

40 °C (104 °F). SensEjectTM key selector switch 500 000 Cycles Non-illuminated push-pull E-stop‡ 300 000 Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop.5 mm Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications Overview. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-67 . selector jog. EN 60947-5-5 Terminal Identification 11 EN/IEC 60947-1 Shipping Approvals ABS  RoHS 12 13 www. momentary mushroom 1 000 000 Cycles Multi-function. alternate action push buttons 100 000 Cycles 6 Potentiometer.25 N•m (2. toggle switch Operating forces (typical with one contact block) Flush/extended = 5 N. Plastic keyed operators are IP66.2 lb•in) Mounting torque 4 Metal (Bulletin 800FM) Tested at 10…2000 Hz.Bulletin 800F 22.ab.  Momentary mushroom operators are IP65. are bold. EN 60947-1. § Operating temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. EN ISO 13850. no damage Plastic 1.4 N•m (40 lb•in) 7 Environmental Temperature range (operating) -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F)§ Temperature range (short term storage) 8 -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) Humidity 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog.) Assembly Overview  Rugged snap-fit design for plastic or metal latch  Stackable contact blocks  Rotating collar for easy one-hand latch removal  Color-coded contact block plungers for contact identification 0 Legend Plate (Optional) Latch Mounting Ring (Included with Operator) Operator Plastic Latch with Contact Block 1 Contact Block(s) and/or Power Modules 2 Metal Latch with Contact Block 3 Specifications1 Front-of-Panel (Operators) Mechanical Ratings Description Plastic (Bulletin 800FP) Vibration (assembled to panel) Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms. 1. no damage at 100 G IP65/66 (Type 3/3R/4/4X/12/13) Degree of protection 10 000 000 Cycles Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) IP65/66 (Type 3/3R/4/12/13) 5 Momentary push buttons. UL 508. selector switch. nos. ‡ Limit of four contact blocks max. Continued 3-Across x 2-Deep Back-of-Panel (6 Circuits Max. CE NEMA ICS-5.7 N•m (15 lb•in) Metal 4. for these devices. illuminated push-pull E-stop‡. CSA. for 3 hr duration. CCC./10 G max. not Type 4X.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max. Type 4/13. key selector switch.Incandescent module max. 10 Product Certifications Certifications Standards Compliance — CE Marked 9 UR/UL. EN 60947-5-1. E-stop = 36 N Mushroom = 9 N Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. UL Recognized to 55 °C (131 °F) .

late break — positive opening Contact operation N. ‡ Wires less than #18 AWG (0.C.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max.C.  Low voltage contacts are recommended for applications below 17V. → 8 N.M. → Double break / double make. C300.75…2.B.C. two spring clamps per terminal Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals 0. spring-clamp = 300V #18…12 AWG (0.E. and N.E. DC 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Nominal Voltage 24…120V AC/DC 24V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Thermal current 10 A max. AC 15.ab.M. 6 Slow double make and break Slow double make and break — positive opening N. → N.B.C. nos. & S. EN 60947-5-1 Insulation voltage (Ui) Screw terminal = 690V.9 N•m (6…8 lb•in) Dielectric strength (minimum) 4 2500V for one minute Standard blocks 10 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) Low voltage contact blocks 6 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) External short circuit protection Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP2X Mechanical Ratings 5 Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz. (2) #14 AWG or (1) #12 AWG Wire capacity (screw terminal)‡ 3 Wire capacity (spring-clamp terminal) #18…14 AWG (0.com/catalogs 10-68 Preferred availability cat.B. enclosed (40 °C ambient) to UL508.O. and N.5 mm Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel Components1 Electrical Ratings 0 A600. 1. 7 Double break / double make. 17V.B.5 mm (0.O.M. early break — positive opening N.5 mm (0.L.L. Contact durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) 10 000 000 cycles N.) Single circuit contact block 3. Incandescent maximum wattage mcd mcd mcd mcd mcd 2.5 mm2) Max.5 mm2) One per spring clamp.060 in.O.1 in. 1 mA DC min. DC 13 to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508. 6 hr Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms and no damage at 100 G max.5 N Illumination LED Dominant Wavelength Green Red Yellow Blue White 525 nm 629 nm 590 nm 470 nm — LED Luminous Intensity Green Red Yellow Blue White 780 780 600 168 360 10 11 1.75…1. Push button travel to change electrical state 9 Operating forces (typical) 2. 5 mA min. 12 mA (DC) 31 mA 24 mA 6 mA 6 mA 50/60 Hz.4 N Dual circuit contact block 5…6.O.75 mm2) may not hold in terminal securely. 5 mA.C.Bulletin 800F 22. R150. www.C.7…0./10 G max. Q600 600V AC AC 15. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . are bold.) N.6 W Materials Springs 12 Electrical contacts Terminals 13 Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Standard Silver-nickel Low voltage Gold-plated over silver Screw Brass Spring-clamp Silver-plated brass 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. early make Double break / double make. Standard contact block ratings 5V.E. DC 13 to EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508 Low voltage contact block ratings 1 LED Module Ratings 2 Range Current Draw Frequency 20…132V AC/DC 10…29V AC 10…30V DC 102…132V AC 204…264V AC 15 mA (AC).

Bulletin 800F

22.5 mm Push Buttons
Specifications
Material Listing
Component
Panel gasket

For Use with

Material Used

All operators

Nitrile, TPE

Diaphragm seal

Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button

Automotive industry acceptable
silicone

K-seal

Selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop,
push/pull mushroom

Nitrile

Diaphragm retainer, return spring I

Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, momentary mushroom

Stainless steel

Return spring II

Reset, selector switch, key selector switch, alternate action, push/twist-to-release
E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom

Zinc-coated music wire

Button cap/mushroom head

Non-illuminated push button, momentary mushroom, reset, push/twist-to-release
E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom, multi-function

PBT/polycarbonate blend

2-color molded button cap

Non-illuminated push button

PBT/polycarbonate blend

Lens

Multi-function

Acetal

Lens, knob

Illuminated push button, illuminated momentary mushroom, illuminated selector switch Polyamide

Knob

Non-illuminated selector switch

Plastic bezel/bushing I

Non-illuminated push button, illuminated push button, momentary mushroom, selector
switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull
Glass-filled polyamide
mushroom, multi-function, reset

Plastic bezel/bushing II, jam nut

Pilot light, reset jam nut, reset pushers

Metal bezel/bushing

All metal operators

Zinc

Diffuser

Illuminated push button, pilot light

Polycarbonate

Legend frames

Glass-filled polyamide

Plastic mounting ring

All plastic operators

Glass-filled polyamide

Metal mounting ring

All metal operators

Chromated zinc

Plastic latch

Glass-filled polyamide

Metal latch

Chromated zinc + stainless steel

Plastic enclosure

PBT/polycarbonate blend

Metal enclosure

Aluminum

Terminal screws

LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks

Zinc-plated steel with chromate

Terminals

LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks

Brass with silver-nickel contacts

Spring clamps

LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks

Stainless steel

0
1

Glass-filled polyamide

2
3

Glass-filled PBT

4

Lamp socket

Incandescent module

Brass

Housing

Incandescent module, LED module

Glass-filled polyamide

Low-voltage terminals

Contact blocks

Gold-plated silver-nickel
contacts

Low-voltage spanner

Contact blocks

Gold-plated silver-nickel
contacts

Spanner

Contact blocks

Brass with silver-nickel contacts

Boot

Toggle Switch, illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, multi-function
illuminated and non-illuminated

Automotive industry acceptable
silicone

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-69

Bulletin 800F

22.5 mm Push Buttons
Quick Selection

0

Quick Selection
Components
Operator Style

Description

Color

Non-illuminated, flush push button

Black

Non-illuminated, flush push button

Green

Non-illuminated, extended push button

1
Flush Operator
Cat. No. 800FP-F3

2

Black

Non-illuminated, flush push button

Green

Illuminated, flush push button

Plastic

800FP-F3
800FP-E4

800FM-F3

Metal

800FM-E4
800FP-LF3

Plastic

800FP-LE4

Illuminated, flush push button

Yellow

800FP-LF5

Illuminated, flush push button

Green

800FM-LF3

Red

Illuminated, flush push button

1

800FM-LE4

Metal

Yellow

4

800FM-LF5

Green
Red

Diffused pilot light

5

800FP-P3

Plastic

800FP-P4

Yellow

800FP-P5

Green

800FM-P3

Red
Diffused Pilot Light
Cat. No. 800FP-P7

1

800FM-P4

Metal

Yellow

800FM-P5

Non-illuminated, 2-position, maintained selector switch

6

800FP-SM22

Non-illuminated, 3-position, maintained selector switch

800FP-SM32

Plastic

Non-illuminated, 3-position, spring return from both
positions selector switch
Non-illuminated, 2-position, maintained selector switch

7

800FM-F2

1

Red

Red

Illuminated, extended push button
Flush Operator
Cat. No. 800FM-LF4

Cat. No.
800FP-F2

Green

Illuminated, extended push button

3

Pkg. Quantity

Red

Non-illuminated, flush push button

Non-illuminated, extended push button

Construction

800FP-SB32

Black

Non-illuminated, 3-position, maintained selector switch
Selector Switch
Cat. No. 800FP-SM32

Non-illuminated, 3-position, spring return from both
positions selector switch

800FM-SB32
800FP-MT44

Plastic

Non-illuminated, 40 mm push-pull maintained mushroom
Non-illuminated, 40 mm twist-to-release maintained
mushroom (metal)

800FM-SM22
800FM-SM32

Metal

Non-illuminated, 40 mm twist-to-release maintained
mushroom (plastic)

8

1

800FP-MP44

Red

1

800FM-MT44

Metal

9

40 mm Trigger Action Twist-to-Release
Mushroom
Non-illuminated, 40 mm push-pull maintained mushroom
Cat. No. 800FP-MT44
Back of Panel

Description

800FM-MP44

Pkg. Quantity

Cat. No.

Metal latch

10

800F-ALM

Plastic latch

800F-ALP

10

Normally open contact block

800F-X10

Normally closed contact block

11

800F-X01

Integrated LED module with plastic latch — Red LED

1

800F-PNxR

Integrated LED module with plastic latch — Green LED

1

800F-PNxG

1

800F-PNxW

Integrated LED module with plastic latch — White LED

Power Module with Latch
Cat. No. 800F-MN3G

12

800F-MNxR

Integrated LED module with metal latch — Green LED

1

800F-MNxG

Integrated LED module with metal latch — White LED

1 800F-MNxW

1 To complete the cat. no., replace the x with one of the following voltage codes: 3 = 24V, 5 = 120V, 7 = 240V.

13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-70

1

1

Integrated LED module with metal latch — Red LED

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Bulletin 800F

22.5 mm Push Buttons
Quick Selection
Complete Devices1
Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (Screw Terminal Connections)

0

Type of
Contact
Description

N.O.

N.C.

Color
Green
Black

Flush

1

Cat. No. 800FP-F3PX10

Green

Construction

Pkg.
Quantity

Cat. No.
800FP-F3PX10

Plastic operator/plastic latch

Metal operator/metal latch

Black

800FP-F2PX10

1

800FM-F3MX10

2

800FM-F2MX10

3
Extended

1

Red

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-E4PX01

4

1

Cat. No. 800FM-E4MX01
Green/
Red

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-E4MX01

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-U2E4F3PX11

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-U2E4F3MX11

5
6

Multi-function
(Flush/extended)

1

1
Green "1"/
Red "0"

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-U2EFFEPX11

7
Cat. No. 800FP-U2E4F3PX10

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-U2EFFEMX11

8
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Screw Terminal Connections)
Type of
Contact
Description

N.O.

Style

Construction

1

2-position
maintained

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-SM22PX10

1

1

2-position
maintained

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-SM22PX11

1

2-position
maintained

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-SM22MX10

1

1

2-position
maintained

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-SM22MX11

2

3-position
maintained

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-SM32PX20

3-position
maintained

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-SM32MX20

Standard lever, black

Cat. No. 800FP-SM22PX10

Pkg.
Quantity

N.C.

2

Cat. No.

9
10

1

11

1 For complete devices not listed and configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software (http://www.ab.com/raise).

12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-71

Bulletin 800F

22.5 mm Push Buttons
Quick Selection

0

Complete Devices, Continued1
Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop Operators, Ø 40 mm, Red (Screw Terminal Connections)
Type of
Contact
Description

Pkg.
Quantity

N.O.

N.C.

Construction

1

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-MT44PX01S

1

Metal operator/metal latch

800FM-MT44MX01S

1

1

Plastic operator/plastic latch

1

1

Metal operator/metal latch

1
Twist-to-Release

1

Cat. No.

800FP-MT44PX11S

2
Cat. No. 800FP-MT44PX01S

3
4

800FM-MT44MX11S 

Self-monitoring contact block included when N.C. is specified.

Pilot Lights with Integrated LED Modules (Screw Terminal Connections)
Voltage

Style

5
24V AC/DC

6

Construction

Pkg.
Quantity

800FP-P3PN3G

Red

800FP-P4PN3R

Yellow

800FP-P5PN3Y

Blue

800FP-P6PN3B

White

800FP-P7PN3W

Green

800FP-P3PN5G

Red
120V AC

Yellow

7
240V AC

8

Cat. No. 800FP-P7PN3W

800FP-P4PN5R

Plastic operator/plastic latch

800FP-P5PN5Y
800FP-P6PN5B

White

800FP-P7PN5W

Green

800FP-P3PN7G

Red

800FP-P4PN7R

Yellow

800FP-P5PN7Y

Blue

800FP-P6PN7B

White

800FP-P7PN7W

9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

1

Blue

1 For complete devices not listed and configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software (http://www.ab.com/raise).

10-72

Cat. No.

Green

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Non-Illuminated — Flush.  Assortment pack contains one cap of each color. No. No. not available in BP packaging. nos. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. 800FP-F3 Extended Operator Cat. Guarded 0 1 Flush Operator Cat. Extended. 800FP-F2 800FM-F2 800FP-E2 800FM-E2 800FP-F3 800FM-F3 800FP-E3 800FM-E3 800FP-F4 800FM-F4 800FP-E4 800FM-E4 Pkg. 800FP-G6 Flush Plastic Color Green 1 Red Plastic 2 Metal Cat. No.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-73 . Type 4/4X/13) 0 Orange Blank 1 per package 1 White BP 10 per package‡ M Round metal operator (IP66. are bold. Quantity Black Extended Metal 800F P – F 3 – a c a b d c Operator Construction 4 d Color Cap Packaging Code Description Code Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. Type 4/13) 2 Black 3 Green b 4 Red Operator Type 5 Yellow Code Description 6 Blue F Flush 8 Grey1 E Extended 9 No cap G Guarded X Assortment pack 3 5 6 7 1 Available in flush only.ab. Cat. No. 800FM-E4 Guarded Operator Cat. No. Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ‡ Only available with no color cap (9 from Table c).Bulletin 800F 22. Cat. No.

R Black FORWARD. ‡ Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Text 9 10 11 12 Extended Caps Color Flush Caps White FORWARD. § Legend button cap supplied loose for customer installation. R →. STOP. ♣ Available for flush only. REVERSE. No. O. No. No. REVERSE. nos.→ . Cat. REVERSE. All other color caps have white text.→ Yellow FORWARD. Type 4/13) 2 Black 02 STOP 3 Green 05 O b 4 Red 06 I Operator Type 5 Yellow 08 6 Blue Code Description 09 → Forward♣ F Flush 10 Reverse♣ E Extended 11 R G Guarded 1 For custom laser-engraved legend cap.R Green FORWARD. Quantity STOP 1 O – – 800FP-E405 800FM-E405 → 800FP-F208 800FM-F208 800FP-E208 800FM-E208 4 5 6 7 Extended Plastic 800F P – F 3 01 a c d b a c Operator Construction Color Cap d Legend Text1‡§ Code Description Code Color Code Text P Round plastic operator (IP66. No. START. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Orange Blank No Text 1 White 01 START M Round metal operator (IP66. → . STOP. 8  White and yellow caps have black text. order “no cap” option on page 10-73 plus custom laser-engraved cap on page 10-115.→ → Red FORWARD.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. START 800FP-F301 800FM-F301 – – I 800FP-F306 800FM-F306 – – 800FP-F402 800FM-F402 800FP-E402 800FM-E402 Legend Text 3 Pkg. No. are bold. REVERSE.ab. REVERSE. → . R R →. START.com/catalogs 10-74 Preferred availability cat. O. → STOP. O. 800FP-F301 2 Flush Button Color Text Color Green White Red White Black White Metal Plastic Metal Cat. I. REVERSE. Non-Illuminated — with Two-Color Molded Legend Caps 0 1 Flush Operator Cat. I. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . → → Blue FORWARD. Cat. Cat.Bulletin 800F 22.→ .R 13 www.

8 Push-to-Test Push Button Device Schematic Illuminated push buttons may be wired as a push-to-test device by using the following schematic and Cat. nos. No. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Amber Blank 1 per package 3 Green BP 10 per package‡ Round metal operator (IP66. No. No. 800F-XD7 Diode module from page 10-111. Cat. Cat. .  When using LED for illumination.Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. 800FP-LG3 Flush Plastic Color Red 1 Yellow Clear Plastic Cat. Quantity Green Extended Metal 5 6 7 1 For custom laser-engraved operator. 120V AC/DC X1 L1 - Signal Segnale Sinal Senãl 24V AC/DC LED Cat _ _-N5_ Cat _ _-N7_ Cat _ _-Q5_ Cat _ _-Q7_ AC DC X3 X2 X4 X1 - 11 + X3 X2 12 13 www. No. No. a white LED is recommended. Illuminated — Flush. Cat. Extended. No.ab. see page 10-115. + + X2 Cat _ _-D _ C X2 AC 9 X1 Cat _ _-N3_ Cat _ _-Q3_ L2 X4 6. No. No. order operator with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser. 800FM-LF3 800FP-LE3 800FM-LE3 800FP-LF4 800FM-LF4 800FP-LE4 800FM-LE4 800FP-LF5 800FM-LF5 800FP-LE5 800FM-LE5 800FP-LF7 800FM-LF7 800FP-LE7 800FM-LE7 800F P – LE 3 – a c b a c d Operator Construction Color Cap 1 Packaging Description Code Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. Type 4/13) 4 Red 5 Yellow b 6 Blue Operator Type 7 Clear 9 No cap Code Description LF Flush LE Extended LG Guarded 3 4 d Code M 2 Metal 800FP-LF3 Pkg.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 120V AC/240V AC LED X1 Test Essai Prova Teste Ensayo X2 X1 + X3 X2 X4 - - X4 - X2 X3 - + X1 + X3 X4 L2. ‡ Only available with no color cap (9 from Table c). 800FM-LF4 Extended Operator Cat. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-75 . Guarded 0 1 Flush Operator Cat. 800FP-LE3 Guarded Operator Cat. - 10 X4 X1 + X3 L1. .

No.C.com/catalogs 10-76 Preferred availability cat. Type 4/4X/13) FA Non-illuminated. 800FM-FA3 800F M – FA a 2 3 4 5 b 3 c a b c Operator Construction Operator Type1 Color Cap Code Description Code Description Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP66.Bulletin 800F 22. flush. alternate action 0 Orange 1 White M Round metal operator (IP66. No. Type 4/13) § Must use N. 800FP-LFA3 800F 8 9 10 P – LFA 3 a c b a b c Operator Construction Operator Type§♣ Color Cap® Code Description Code Description Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP66. ♣ LED module required for illumination.  For custom laser-engraved legend cap. or N. alternate action 0 Amber 3 Green M Round metal operator (IP66. ® For custom laser-engraved operator. can not use incandescent module.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Alternate Action Operators — Non-Illuminated 0 1 Cat. 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 9 No cap X Assortment pack Alternate Action Operators — Illuminated 6 7 Cat. contacts. order operator with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser on page 10-115.ab.M. are bold.  Use of a white LED is recommended.O.M. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 7 Clear 9 No lens 11 12 13 www.E. flush. Type 4/4X/13) LFA Illuminated.E. order "no cap" option plus custom laser-engraved cap on page 10-115.O. contacts.C. nos. or N. Type 4/13) 1 Must use N.

are bold.Bulletin 800F 22. Type 4/13) 4 Red 5 Yellow b 6 Blue Operator Type 7 Clear 9 No lens Description P Diffuser 3 d a Code 2 4 5 6 1 For custom laser-engraved pilot light. Type 4/4X/13) 0 Amber Blank 1 per package 3 Green BP 10 per package M Round metal operator (IP66. 800FP-P3 800FM-P3 800FP-P4 800FM-P4 800FP-P5 800FM-P5 P – P 3 – a c b c d Operator Construction Lens Cap1 Packaging Code Description Code Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. No. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 800F Plastic Metal Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-77 .5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Operators1 0 1 Plastic Pilot Light Cat.ab. order pilot light with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser on page 10-115. 800FM-P4 Pkg. nos. No. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. 800FP-P7 Color Metal Pilot Light Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. a white LED is recommended. Cat.  When using LED for illumination. No.

5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Operators. X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open § Contact selection is limited to the following options. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options.O. O X N. ‡ For use in vertical mount Bul. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. 800F enclosures. Type 4/13) b L2 Operator Type Code Description S Standard knob H Knob lever Spring return from right (60° switching angle) R2 Packaging Code Description Blank 1 per package BP 10 per package♣ d Knob/Insert Color Code Knob Color Insert Color 2 Black White  30 mm hole spacing will not work if knob lever is used. 4 5 Operator Type Standard Knob Pkg. No. nos. No. are bold. Cat. See page 10-125 for recommended operator panel spacing. No. Quantity Cat. Type 4/4X/13) Code Type Code Maintained (60° switching angle) Blank Standard N 90° offset‡ M2 Round metal operator (IP66. 800FP-HM22 Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position1 Contact Type§ 3 N. P – S a 6 2 c d b – e f a c e Operator Function Orientation Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. Black with White Insert 1 800FP-SM22 800FM-SM22 1 Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. No.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Description f Spring return from left (60° switching angle) 9 10 M2 Operator Construction Code M 8 Metal Color 800F 7 Plastic . 800FP-SM22 2 Knob Lever Cat. ♣ Not available with 90° offset orientation.ab. 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800F 22.com/catalogs 10-78 Preferred availability cat.

Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 3 4 Metal Cat. Cat. nos. Type 4/13) b Code Knob Color Maintained (60° switching angle) 0 Amber® White 3 Green White 4 Red White 5 Yellow® Black 6 Blue® White 7 Clear Black Spring return from left (60° switching angle) L2 Operator Type Code Description LS Standard knob LH Knob lever♣ 7 Type Spring return from right (60° switching angle) R2 Insert Color e 9 Orientation Code  LED module required for illumination. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-79 . Operator Type Standard Knob Plastic Color Pkg.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Type 4/4X/13) M2 M Round metal operator (IP66.C. 800FP-LSM26 Switching Angle 2 Target Table and Operator Position1 Contact Type® N. Illuminated § 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. Please consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. No. No. 800FP-LSM23 800FM-LSM23 800FP-LSM24 800FM-LSM24 800FP-LSM25 800FM-LSM25 5 1 Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. § Crevices may exist on product that may be unsuitable for certain applications. ® Use of a white LED is recommended.Bulletin 800F 22. X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open ® Contact selection is limited to the following options.O. ♣ Only available in clear. ‡ For use in vertical mount enclosures. No. 8 Description Blank Standard N 90° offset‡ 10 11 12 13 www. O X N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Operators.ab. 800F P – LS a M2 3 c d b 6 e a c d Operator Construction Operator Function Knob/Insert Color Code Description Code P Round plastic operator (IP66. are bold. can not use incandescent module. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options.

No. No. 4 Right X X O Center O X O Center CL‡ O X X Center CR‡ X X O N. Type 4/13) b 10 11 P – S Knob Lever Plastic Code Description S Standard knob H Knob lever1 Code Knob Color Insert Color 2 Black White M3 e Orientation Spring return from left L3 Code Operator Type Code Type Maintained Spring return from right Description Blank Standard N 90° offset R3 f Spring return from left and right B3 Operation Code Description Blank Standard 1 30 mm hole spacing will not work if knob lever is used. No. See page 10-125 for recommended operator CL Center left‡ panel spacing.ab. Type 4/4X/13) M Round metal operator (IP66. 800FP-SM32 2 Knob Lever Cat. No. by specifying center left (CL) or center right (CR) option.O. 800FP-SM32 800FM-SM32 800FP-HM32 800FM-HM32 800FP-SB32 800FM-SB32 800FP-HB32 800FM-HB32 M3 2 c d b e f a c d Operator Construction Operator Function Knob/Insert Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66.com/catalogs 10-80 Preferred availability cat. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. 800FM-HM32 Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position (60° Switching Angle) Position on Mounting Latch Contact Type♣ 3 Left X O O Right O O X Center X O X Center CL‡ X O O Center CR‡ O O X Left O X X N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Operators.  For use in vertical mount enclosures. Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. ‡ The center contact block can have the same target output as the left or right contact block. 5 Note: X = Closed/O = Open ♣ Contact selection is limited to the following options. No. are bold. No.C. nos. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . CR Center right‡ 13 www. 6 7 Operator Type Standard Knob Color Pkg. Cat. Quantity Black with White Insert 1 800F 8 9 a 12 Metal Plastic Metal Cat. Cat.

 For use in vertical mount 800F enclosures. 6 Description Blank Standard N 90° offset 11 12 13 www. Type 4/13) L3 M M3 b Operator Type Code Description LS Standard knob LH Knob lever§ Type Maintained Spring return from left R3 Spring return from right B3 Spring return from left and right Code Knob Color Insert Color 0 Amber® White 3 Green White 4 Red White 5 Yellow® Black 6 Blue® White 7 Clear Black e Code 8 9 10 Orientation 1 LED module required for illumination.Bulletin 800F 22.O. Cat. Left X O O Right O O X Left O X X Right X X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open ♣ Contact selection is limited to the following options. ‡ Crevices may exist on product that may be unsuitable for certain applications. No. Cat.ab. No. No. Cat. nos. can not use incandescent module. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-81 . Illuminated ‡ 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. § Only available in clear. 800FP-LSM33 800FM-LSM33 800FP-LSM34 800FM-LSM34 800FP-LSM35 800FM-LSM35 800FP-LSR33 800FM-LSR33 800FP-LSR34 800FM-LSR34 800FP-LSR35 800FM-LSR35 800FP-LSL33 800FM-LSL33 800FP-LSL34 800FM-LSL34 800FP-LSL35 800FM-LSL35 800FP-LSB33 800FM-LSB33 800FP-LSB34 800FM-LSB34 800FP-LSB35 800FM-LSB35 800F P – LS 3 4 5 1 a 3 c d b 7 e a c d Operator Construction Operator Function Knob/Insert Color Code Description1 Code P Round plastic operator (IP66. Type 4/4X/13) M3 Round metal operator (IP66. are bold. Operator Type Green Pkg. No. ® Use of a white LED is recommended. No. Please consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. N. Cat. No. Quantity Red Yellow Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Cat. 800FP-LSM37 Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position (60° Switching Angle) 2 Position on Mounting Latch Contact Type♣ N. Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Operators. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. No.C.

B. Cannot use N. or N.. 800FP-SM42 Target Table and Operator Position1 Contact Type§ 2 Position on Mounting Latch N.C.O.L.B.E. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Cat. No.C.com/catalogs 10-82 Preferred availability cat. Type 4/13) Code Description S Standard knob H Knob lever Description f d b Operator Type 11 O Note: X = Closed/O = Open § Contact selection is limited to the following options. contact blocks with 4-position selector switch.E.Bulletin 800F 22.  For use in vertical mount enclosures. or N. are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 4-Position Selector Switch Operators. No. Pkg..E.C. Type 4/4X/13) 10 M4 Operator Construction Code M Code Type Code Maintained (45° switching angle) Blank Standard N 90° offset M4 Round metal operator (IP66. 3 N. nos.ab. Quantity Black with White Insert 800FP-SM42 800FM-SM42 1 800F 8 P – S a 2 c d b e f a c e Operator Function Orientation Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. by specifying center left (CL) or center right (CR) option. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Cat. 6 9 Left Right Operation Knob/Insert Color Code Knob Color Insert Color 2 Black White Code Description Blank Standard CL Center left‡ CR Center right‡ 1 Must use N. 5 O X X O O O O Center X O X O Center CL O O X O Center CR X O O O Left O O O X Right O X O O Center CL O O O X Center CR O X O O Left X X O X Right O X X X Center O X O X Center CL X X O X Center CR O X X X Standard Knob — Maintained 7 Plastic Metal Color Cat.L.B. No.C. N. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. 12 13 www.C. ‡ The center contact block can have the same target output as the left or right contact block.M. contact blocks only.O.B. 4 N.O.

No. Operator Type Key Selector Switch Operators Key Removal Position Pkg. nos. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. are bold. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Key Selector Switch Cat. www. ♣ For replacement Ronis keys. Quantity Left 4 Plastic Metal Cat. Type 4/13) Blank 3825 (Standard) R 455 M Round metal operator (IP66. page 10-111. X O 3 Note: X = Closed/O = Open ® Contact selection is limited to the following options. P Round plastic operator (IP66. see Accessories. No. 800FP-KM21R Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position1 2 Contact Type® N. § Not intended for high security applications. Type 4/13.Bulletin 800F 22.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Key-Operated Selector Switches.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-83 13 . ‡ Keyed operators are IP66. O X N. 800FP-KM21 800FM-KM21 800FP-KM23 800FM-KM23 1 Both 5 1 Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table.O.ab.C. Type 4/13) 01R 3801 02R 3802 03R 3803 04R 3804 05R 3805 Maintained (60° switching angle) 06R 3806 27R 4001 KL2 Spring return from left (60° switching angle) 28R 4002 Spring return from right (60° switching angle) 29R 4003 KR2 30R 4004 31R 4005 32R 4006 33R 4007 Master Key System Key Code b Operator Type Code KM2 Type c Key Removal Position Code 7 8 9 10 Position 1 Left 2 Right 3 Both 11 No Master Key 12  Key removal in maintained positions only. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Cat. 800F M – KM2 a b 1 c 6 d a d Operator Construction Ronis Key Lock‡§♣ Code Description Code Key No.

ab.  Keyed operators are IP66. 13 www. see Accessories. No.C. Type 4/13) KR3 Spring return from right KL3 Spring return from left KB3 Spring return from both 10 3 Description Code Type 1 Left 3 All 4 Center 5 Left/center 7♣ Center/right 11 d See page 10-83 for optional key codes‡§ 12 1 Key removal in maintained positions only.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Key-Operated Selector Switches. Type 4/13. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Right O O X Center X O X Left O X X 3 Right X X O Center O X O N. Cat. No. No.O. are bold.com/catalogs 10-84 Preferred availability cat. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Key-Operated Selector Switch Cat. ♣ Key removal position only valid with operator types 800F_-KM3 and 800F_-KL3. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . nos. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. § For replacement Ronis keys. Type 4/13) KM3 Maintained M Round metal operator (IP66. 800FP-KM31R 2 Key-Operated Selector Switch Cat. 800FP-KM31 800FM-KM31 800FP-KM33 800FM-KM33 Center 800FP-KM34 800FM-KM34 Center 800FP-KB34 800FM-KB34 Key Removal Position Pkg. Operator Position 5 Key Selector Switch Operators Plastic Metal Cat. 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open ® Contact selection is limited to the following options. No. Quantity Left 6 All 1 7 800F a 8 9 M – KM3 b c d a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Key Removal Position1 Code Description Code P Round plastic operator (IP66. 800FM-KM31R Switching Angle Target Table and Operator Position Contact Type® Position on Mounting Latch Left X O O N. page 10-111. ‡ Not intended for high security applications.Bulletin 800F 22.

800FP-MT34 800FM-MT34 — — 800FP-MT44 800FM-MT44 800FP-MP44 800FM-MP44 800FP-MT64 800FM-MT64 — — 3 4 Illuminated — Twist-to-Release.Bulletin 800F 22. Cat. 800FP-LMT44 40 mm Mushroom Push/Pull Cat. 800FM-LMP44 Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) Color Size Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Pkg. No. No. Cat. are bold. No. ‡ LED module required for illumination. No. 800FP-MK44 800FM-MK44 11 1 All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. 12 13 www. can not use incandescent module. Quantity Cat. NCLB. Push-Pull 0 1 60 mm Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. No. No. 800FP-MT64 40 mm Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Cat. No. see page 10-88.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Emergency Stop Operators1 Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release.  For key options. Cat. No. No. No. No. Cat. Quantity 1 Metal Cat. Quantity 30 Red 40 1 60 2 Push-Pull (Trigger Action) Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Cat. Push-Pull‡ 5 40 mm Illuminated Twist-to-Release Cat. No. Cat. No. No. nos. No. or self-monitoring contact blocks. 800FP-MP44 Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) Color Size Pkg. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-85 .ab. — — 800FP-LMP34 800FM-LMP34 1 800FP-LMT44 800FM-LMT44 800FP-LMP44 800FM-LMP44 800FP-LMT64 800FM-LMT64 800FP-LMP64 800FM-LMP64 30 Red 6 Push-Pull (Trigger Action) 40 60 7 8 Key Release Mushroom Operator 9 40 mm Non-Illuminated Key Release Cat. Cat. 800FP-MK44 10 Ronis Key Lock (Trigger Action) Plastic Color Red Size 40 mm Pkg.

No. or self-monitoring contact blocks. No. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values. are bold. Non-Illuminated — Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action). No.ab. latch. 9 10 11 12 13 www. red. No. ♣ Only available on red. for these devices. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .com/catalogs 10-86 Preferred availability cat. 8 Color  E-Stop operators. No. 800FP-MT44 2 40 mm Trigger Action Push-Pull Mushroom Cat. Type 4/13) MT4 40 mm color cap 4 Red MT6 60 mm color cap 5 Yellow 6 Blue M Push-Pull 6 Code Type MP4 40 mm color cap Half-Dome Push-Pull 7 Code Type MP9 90 mm color cap Code d‡§♣ Engraving Code Description Blank No engraving on cap LE EMO laser engraved E EMO printed 1 All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E.  Limit of four contact blocks max. § Only available on 40 mm color cap. 800FP-MP44 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Twist-to-Release Color Red 3 Pkg.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Operators. ® Only available with red color cap. nos.Bulletin 800F 22. Push-Pull (Trigger Action)1 0 1 40 mm Trigger Action Twist-to-Release Mushroom Cat. see page 10-109. Twist-to-Release® Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. 800FM-MT44 Cat. twist-to-release operator type (MT44). Type 4/4X/13) Code Type 2 Black MT3 30 mm color cap 3 Green Round metal operator (IP66. No.  Half-dome operators only available with black. NCLB. 800FM-MP44 800F 5 90 mm Half-Dome Cat. 800FP-MT44 Cat. 40 mm push. and yellow color caps. 800FP-MP94 P – MT4 4 a c b d a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Color Cap Push. 800FP-MP44 Cat. ‡ For EMO guards. No. Quantity 1 4 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Push-Pull Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Cat.

Cat. nos. ® Use of a white LED is recommended.  Half-dome operators only available with red and yellow lens cap colors. No. Cat. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Type 4/4X/13) M Round metal operator (IP66. 800FP-LMT44 800FM-LMT44 800FP-LMP44 800FM-LMP44 800F P – LMP4 3 a c b 3 a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Lens Cap Color Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Operators. 30 and 40 mm versions have white arrows.  Limit of four contact blocks max.Bulletin 800F 22. No. No. Twist-to-Release‡§ Push-Pull Code Type LMP3 30 mm color cap LMP4 40 mm color cap LMP6 60 mm color cap 2 4 5 6 Half-Dome Push-Pull Code Type LMP9 90 mm color cap 7 1 LED module required for illumination. Push-Pull (Trigger Action)1 0 1 40 mm Illuminated Twist-to-Release Cat.  All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. § 60 mm version has black arrows. latch. Illuminated — Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action). are bold. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-87 . 800FP-LMT44 40 mm Mushroom Push/Pull Cat. Cat. for these devices. No. can not use incandescent module. NCLB. Type 4/13) Code Color Code Type 3 Green LMT4 40 mm color cap 4 Red LMT6 60 mm color cap 5 Yellow® 6 Blue♣ Push.  E-Stop operators. 800FM-LMP44 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Twist-to-Release Plastic Color Red Pkg. No. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values.ab. ‡ Only available with red color cap. Quantity 1 90 mm Half-Dome Cat. No. 800FP-LMP94 40 mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Push-Pull Metal Plastic Metal Cat. or self-monitoring contact blocks. ♣ Only available with 40 mm Push-Pull color cap (LMP4 from Table b).

No. nos. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values. page 10-111.ab. ‡ Not intended for high security applications. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. are bold. 3 800F 4 5 4 a c b a b c Operator Type Lens Cap Color Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. 02R 3802 03R 3803 04R 3804 05R 3805 06R 3806 27R 4001 28R 4002 29R 4003 30R 4004 31R 4005 32R 4006 33R 4007 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Type 4/13) Key Release Mushroom Code Type MK4 40 mm Code Color 4 Red d Round metal operator (IP66. page 10-111. latch. 800FP-MK44 Cat. Quantity 1 Plastic Metal Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Non-Illuminated Operators — Mushroom.  Keyed operators are IP66. ♣ E-Stop operators. see Accessories. Blank 3825 (Standard) R 455 1 All emergency stop operators are EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard NC. Key release mushroom operators use key no. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 800FP-MK44 2-Position (Trigger Action) 40 mm Mushroom Key Release 2 Color Red Pkg. NCLB. § For replacement Ronis keys. or self-monitoring 01R 3801 contact blocks. 3825. Type 4/13) Ronis Key Lock‡§ 6 7 d Operator Construction Code M P – MK4 Code Key No. Type 4/13. No. 800FM-MK44 Note: For replacement Ronis keys. Key Release (Trigger Action)1♣ 0 1 40 mm Key Release Mushroom Cat. see Accessories. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E.Bulletin 800F 22. No.com/catalogs 10-88 Preferred availability cat.

N.O. No.E.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.O.ab.E. X O O N. Momentary in 2 Black§ 3 Green b Operator Type Code Description Blank Non-illuminated L Illuminated Momentary out. 11 12 13 www. Maintained center. Maintained center.M. 800FM-LMP44E3 Operator Function 0 Contact Type Out Center N.B. contact blocks with 3-position push-pull operators.C. Type 4/13) 4 800FM-LMP43E3 Blue‡ b 3 800FM-LMM43E3 Red Green 2 Cat. Quantity Non-Illuminated Momentary Out. No.C. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-89 . nos. Maintained Center. Not available as a composite catalog number.Bulletin 800F 22. Maintained Center. Illuminated & Non-Illuminated — Mushroom♣ Target Table and Operator Position1 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. X X O In Note: X = Closed/O = Open  Contact selection is limited to the following options. Operator Type Color Non-Illuminated Momentary Out.B. are bold. O O X N. or N.  Use of white LED is recommended. 1 Must use N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Push-Pull Operators. ‡ Available in illuminated only. No.C.L.B. contact blocks only. Cannot use incandescent module.. Maintained in MP d 4 Red 6 Blue‡ 7 Clear‡ Description 4 40 mm plastic 6 8 9 f Cap Size Code 5 7 Operator Construction Round metal operator (IP66.C.. or N.C.O.L. Order Cat. Cannot use N. § Available in non-illuminated only.  LED module required for illumination.B. 800F-AMP4. Momentary In Pkg. ® Replacement caps are available for this device.E. Maintained In 800FM-MM42E3 Green 800FM-MM43E3 Red® 800FM-MM44E3 Amber‡ 800FM-LMM40E3 1 Illuminated 800F M – L a 800FM-LMM44E3 Blue‡ 800FM-LMM46E3 Clear‡ 800FM-LMM47E3 Black§ 800FM-MP42E3 Green 800FM-MP43E3 Red® 800FM-MP44E3 Amber‡ 800FM-LMP40E3 1 Red 800FM-LMP44E3 800FM-LMP46E3 Clear‡ 800FM-LMP47E3 MM 4 4 E3 c d e f a c e Operator Function Cap Color Description M Code Description Code Description 0 Amber‡ MM Momentary out. Black§ Green Illuminated Code 1 10 Positions Code Description E3 3-position ♣ Sold as stand-alone operator only.

ab. 800FM-MM42 60 mm Mushroom Cat.  Only available with black.Bulletin 800F 22. No. and yellow cap colors. Black 800FP-MM42 800FM-MM42 800FP-MM62 800FM-MM62 Green 800FP-MM43 800FM-MM43 800FP-MM63 800FM-MM63 800FP-MM44 800FM-MM44 800FP-MM64 800FM-MM64 Yellow 800FP-MM45 800FM-MM45 800FP-MM65 800FM-MM65 Blue 800FP-MM46 800FM-MM46 800FP-MM66 800FM-MM66 Color 3 60 mm Mushroom Plastic Pkg. No. 800FP-MM63 2 90 mm Mushroom Cat. red. No. Cat. Type 4/13) MM9 90 mm momentary 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue M 1 Momentary mushroom operators are IP65 rated. Quantity Red 1 4 800F 5 6 7 P – MM4 3 a c b a b c Operator Construction Size and Operator Type Color Cap Code Description Code Type Code P Round plastic operator (IP65.com/catalogs 10-90 Preferred availability cat. No. nos. are bold. Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Type 4/4X/13) MM4 40 mm momentary 2 Black MM6 60 mm momentary 3 Green Round metal operator (IP65. No. Non-Illuminated — Mushroom1 0 1 40 mm Mushroom Cat. 800FP-MM94 40 mm Mushroom Metal Plastic Metal Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Color . Cat.

5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators. 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 7 Clear 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-91 . Type 4/4X/13) LMM4 40 mm momentary 3 Green M Round metal operator (IP65. a white LED is recommended. 800FP-LMM43 40 mm Mushroom Plastic Metal Cat. No. Cat. Green 800FP-LMM43 800FM-LMM43 Red 800FP-LMM44 800FM-LMM44 800FP-LMM45 800FM-LMM45 Blue 800FP-LMM46 800FM-LMM46 Clear 800FP-LMM47 800FM-LMM47 Color Pkg. Type 4/13) 1 Momentary mushroom operators are IP65 rated. No. Quantity Yellow 1 2 3 4 800F P – LMM4 3 a c b 5 a b c Operator Construction Size and Operator Type Lens Cap Color Code Description Code Type Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP65.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Illuminated — Mushroom1 0 1 40 mm Mushroom Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. nos.  When using LED for illumination. are bold.ab.

Type 4/4X) 1 White 1 White M Metal operator (IP66.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator.  For custom-engraved caps.ab. 800FP-U2E4F3 2 Position A Color Type Red Extended Position C Text Color Type Green Flush Plastic Text Blank STOP 800F P – U2 a 4 800F P – U2 a 5 6 4 F 3 c d e f X b 800FP-U2EBFA (with button caps) 1 a d f Operator Construction Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A‡ Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C‡ Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic operator (IP66. order “no caps” option plus custom engraved caps on page 10-115. No. Blank O 3 Pkg. are bold. No.com/catalogs 10-92 Preferred availability cat. I — Red — STOP. O Green START. ‡ Valid color cap/legend text codes include: 11 12 Text Color Flush Caps White START. Quantity Description F Flush E Extended 1 Position 1 of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. Position 2 of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. O 13 www.Bulletin 800F 22. nos. I Extended Caps — Black — STOP. Non-Illuminated 0 1 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator Non-Illuminated Cat. Type 4) 2 Black 2 Black 3 Green 3 Green 4 Red 4 Red 5 Yellow 5 Yellow Code Description U2 Two-function 6 Blue 6 Blue A Green with “Start” text A Green with “Start” text c B Red with “Stop” text B Red with “Stop” text Operator Type — Position A1 C White with “Start” text C White with “Start” text Code Description D Black with “Stop” text D Black with “Stop” text F Flush E Green with “I” text E Green with “I” text E Extended F Red with “O” text F Red with “O” text X No caps (all positions) G White with “I” text G White with “I” text H Black with “O” text H Black with “O” text 9 e Operator Type — Position C1 Code 10 800FP-U2E4F3 c b 8 800FP-U2EFFE (without button caps) Operator Type 7 1 I START E b Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .

Type 4) 2 Black 2 Black 3 Green 3 Green 4 Red 4 Red 5 Yellow 5 Yellow b Operator Type1 Code Description LU2 Two-function Illuminated 3 6 Blue 6 Blue A Green with “Start” text A Green with “Start” text c B Red with “Stop” text B Red with “Stop” text Operator Type — Position A C White with “Start” text C White with “Start” text Code Description D Black with “Stop” text D Black with “Stop” text F Flush E Green with “I” text E Green with “I” text E Extended F Red with “O” text F Red with “O” text X No caps (all positions)‡ G White with “I” text G White with “I” text H Black with “O” text H Black with “O” text 6 7 8 9 e Operator Type — Position C Code Description F Flush E Extended 10 1 LED module required for illumination. Quantity Blank O 2 Plastic Text 800FP-LU2EBFA (with button caps) 4 (without button caps)  5 a d f Operator Construction Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A§ Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C§ Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic operator (IP66. § Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Text Color Flush Caps White START. Type 4/4X) 1 White 1 White M Metal operator (IP66. ‡ For custom-engraved caps. Position 2 of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-93 . 800FP-LU2E2E1 Position A Color Type Red Extended Position B Text Position C Type Color Type White Pilot Light Green Flush Blank STOP E 4 F 3 a c d e f 800F P – LU2 X a c b Cat. O Green START.Bulletin 800F 22.  Position 1 of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. 1 800FP-LU2EFFE 800FP-LU2E4F3 I START 800F P – LU2 b Pkg. Illuminated1 0 1 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator Illuminated Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Function Momentary Multi-Operator. Position 3 of the latch (center position) is reserved for the power module. O 11 Extended Caps 12 13 www. I — Black — STOP. No. No. order “no caps” option plus custom engraved caps on page 10-115. I — Red — STOP. can not use incandescent module.ab. are bold.

(position B) center cap available as red. nos. I — Red — STOP. O Green START. are bold. Quantity 1 Text Blank (without button caps) b 6 Type Flush Code Description 1 White 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue Description Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C§ Code Description 1 White 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 1 Position 1 of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. 800FP-U3F3F34 c c 7 Plastic Pkg.Bulletin 800F 22. Non-Illuminated 0 1 3-Function Momentary Multi-Operator Non-Illuminated Cat. O 13 www. 800FP-U3E4F34 2 Position A Color Green Position B Type Flush Text Blank Color Red Position C Type Extended Text Blank Color Green 3 800F P – U3 E 4 F 3 4 c d e f g 800F P – U3 X a 4 5 a b b a d (cont'd) f (cont'd) Operator Construction Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A§ Operator Color Cap/Text — Position C§ Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic operator (IP66.  For custom-engraved caps. Position 3 of the latch (center position) corresponds to position B of the operator. § Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Text Color Flush Caps White START. I Extended Caps — Black — STOP.com/catalogs 10-94 Preferred availability cat.ab. Type 4) Operator Type Code Description U3 Three-function B Red with “Stop” text B Red with “Stop” text C White with “Start” text C White with “Start” text D Black with “Stop” text D Black with “Stop” text E Green with “I” text E Green with “I” text F Red with “O” text F Red with “O” text G White with “I” text G White with “I” text H Black with “O” text H Black with “O” text Operator Type — Position A1 Code Description F Flush E Extended X No caps (all positions)‡ 11 12 e g Operator Type — Position C1 Operator Color Cap/Text — Position B1‡ Code Description Code F Flush 4 Red E Extended B Red with “Stop” text f F Red with “O” text d Operator Color Cap/Text — Position A§ 10 (with button caps) Code 8 9 Cat. ‡ For “no caps” option. order “no caps” option plus custom engraved caps on page 10-115. No. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Type 4/4X) A Green with “Start” text A Green with “Start” text M Metal operator (IP66. Position 2 of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Function Momentary Multi-Operator. no text only.

no contacts allowed in center position. nos. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-95 . No. No. § Rod is threaded along its entire length for ease of cutting to desired length. they must have a minimum rod length of 55 mm for one level of contact blocks and 85 mm for two levels of contact blocks. 800F-ATR19L Threaded Reset Rod Rod Length [mm]‡ Rod Length Adjustability [mm] 40 10 mm Pusher 35 mm Pusher Cat. Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Reset Operators — Mechanical and/or Electrical Reset 0 1 Reset Operator Cat.ab. Type 4/13) 6 Blue d 1 Will accept latch and up to four single circuit contact blocks or two dual circuit contact blocks. No. Quantity R Blue 1 No Legend 2 Plastic 3 800F M – R a b a 6 11 c d b Operator Construction 4 c Operator Type Color Cap Code Description Code Type Code Color P Round plastic operator (IP66. Cat. 800FP-R611 Flush — Round Button Color Legend Text Metal Cat.Bulletin 800F 22.  11 mm reset stroke length. Quantity 1 § 800F-ATR19 § 9 10 800F-ATR19L ‡ If contact blocks are used. 5 Legend Text Code Text Blank No text 11 R 6 7 Threaded Reset Rod Reset Operators 8 Threaded Reset Rod with 35 mm Pusher Cat. 34…52 800F-ATR01 800F-ATR01L 55 50…67 800F-ATR02 800F-ATR02L 85 80…98 800F-ATR04 800F-ATR04L 115 110…128 800F-ATR06 800F-ATR06L 145 141…159 800F-ATR08 800F-ATR08L 315 34…326 Pkg. No. 11 12 13 www. 800FP-R611 800FM-R611 800FP-R6 800FM-R6 Pkg. No. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. are bold. Type 4/4X/13) R Reset1 1 White 2 Black M Round metal operator (IP66.

SensEjectTM Patented Spring-Loaded Key Ejection System 6 7 8 9 10 2-Position Switching Angle Operator Construction Round Metal Operator — SensEject is IP6X (dust-tight) Type 1 11 Operator Type 2-Position Maintained 3-Position Spring Return from Both Key Eject Position 3-Position Switching Angle Key Option§ Spare Keys Zadi Key 06Z 800F-AKE006 Left with Key Eject Zadi Key 01Z Contact Blocks Cat. No. ♣ Not stocked.com/catalogs 10-96 Preferred availability cat. Series A Cat. Key Operated Selector Switch . Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations.Bulletin 800F 22. This operator is used with Type "J" potentiometers only.4 mm (0.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Single Turn Potentiometer Assembly‡§ 0 1 Series B Resistive Element Series A Series B Cat.C.® None 800FM-KEM2106Z 1 N.. 12 13 www. ‡ A latch is not needed.25 in.0 mm (1. Longer lead-time. 2 W max. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .23 in.0 mm 4 5 (0. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. 800FP-POT is a complete operator assembly supplied without the resistive element.  Rated 300V AC/DC. 3 N. nos. § Additional hole spacing required for potentiometers.). No. used with potentiometers having a shaft diameter of 6. See page 10-125 for panel hole spacing requirements. or a shaft diameter of 6.C.ab.) and a shaft length of 50. No. ® Includes latch and spacer block.5 mm (0..O.97 in. 1 N. No.) and a shaft length of 22.). 800FM-KEM2106ZMX11 None 800FM-KEB3401Z 2 N.88 in. 800FM-KEB3401ZMX23 800F-AKE001 Center with Key Eject § Not intended for high security applications. are bold.♣ None (Operator Only)1 800FP-POT 800FP-POTA 150 Ω 800FP-POT1 800FP-POT1A 2 3 500 Ω 800FP-POT2 800FP-POT2A 1000 Ω 800FP-POT3 800FP-POT3A 2500 Ω 800FP-POT4 800FP-POT4A 5000 Ω 800FP-POT5 800FP-POT5A 10000 Ω 800FP-POT6 800FP-POT6A 1 The Cat.O.

Center X O X O 3 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open Target Table and Operator Position (3-Position) 5 Contact Type Position on Mounting Latch Selector Left Free Selector Left Depressed Selector Center Selector Center Free Depressed Selector Right Free Selector Right Depressed N.C.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.O. Center O X O X N. No. Right X X X O X O N. 800F P – SJ 2 a c b 6 7 8 2 d c a 9 Operator Function Operator Construction Code Description Code Description P Round plastic operator (IP66. Type 4/13) 10 d b Color Cap Operator Type Code Description Code Description 2 Black SJ Selector jog 3 Green 11 1 Buttons cannot be engraved. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. 12 13 www.C.O. Left O X O O N. are bold.C.C. nos.O.ab.O. Center X O X O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open  Contact selection is limited to the following options. Right O O O X N.O.O. Left X O X O X X N. Left X O X X N. Right X X X O N. Center O X O X O X N. Type 4/4X/13) 2 2-position 3 3-position M Round metal operator (IP66. Right O O O X O X N.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-97 .5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Push Button Operators1 0 1 Selector Jog Operator Cat.C.Bulletin 800F 22. Left O X O X O O N. 800FM-SJ23 Target Table and Operator Position (2-Position) Selector Left Free Position on Mounting Latch Contact Type 2 Selector Left Depressed Selector Right Free Selector Right Depressed N.

No. Cannot use N. momentary 1 Use legend plates 800F-34_ and 800F-35_.B.C. Center O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open Target Table and Operator Position (4-Position)‡ 5 Contact Type§ Position on Mounting Latch Toggle Up Toggle Left Center Toggle Right N.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Left X X O 3 4 Toggle Right N. Center X O X N.O. contact blocks only.O.C. Left O X X X X N.L.  Silicone boot comes standard with toggle switch.M. 8 800F M – a 9 10 J M2 b c a b c Operator Construction Operator Type Operator Function Code Description Code Description Code Description M Round metal operator (IP66. ‡ Must use N.O. Left X O O O O N.B.com/catalogs 10-98 Preferred availability cat. Center X X O O N.C.O..B. Right O O O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open § Contact selection is limited to the following options.E.O. Type 4/13) J Toggle switch M2 2-position.C. are bold. Center O O X X N.B.ab. 800FM-JM2 Target Table and Operator Position (2-Position) 2 Contact Type§ Position on Mounting Latch Toggle Left Center N. or N. momentary 11 12 13 www.L.. Right X O O N.B. Left O O X N.C. maintained R4 4-position.C. or N.B.O. nos.Bulletin 800F 22.E. please see page 10-108 for replacement boots. Right X O X X X X N.C. contact blocks with 4-position toggle switch.C. Right O X O O O O 6 7 Toggle Down N. M4 4-position. maintained R2 2-position.C. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. N.O.E.B.L.E.L. Right O X X N.C.O. Left O O O O X N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Toggle Switch Operators1 0 1 Toggle Switch Operator Cat.

self-monitoring 4 5 Power Modules with Latch — Composite 800F – M a N 3 G b c d 6 7 a c d Style Voltage Lamp Color Code Description Code P Plastic latch M Metal latch b Power Module Type‡§ Code Description D Incandescent module. and momentary mushroom operators only.C. § Four circuits maximum allowable when power module is used. 11 12 13 www.O. nos.Bulletin 800F 22.O. ® Only available for integrated LED module.C.C. Specialty Contact Block(s) Code Description Blank Standard blocks V Low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ E N.O. screw termination N Integrated LED module. 6 6 N. Contact blocks cannot be stacked on power module.C.C. late break B N. 6 6 N. 1 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-99 . spring-clamp termination Description Code Description 0 No bulb♣ C Incandescent 1 6V AC/DC♣ R Red LED 2 12V AC/DC♣ G Green LED 3 24V AC/DC Y Amber LED 4 48V AC/DC♣ W White LED 5 120V AC B Blue LED 7 240V AC® 8 9 10 ‡ LED modules for use with all illuminated operators.  For best illumination results.O. screw termination Q Integrated LED module. ♣ Only available for incandescent module.O.C. momentary push buttons. 2 2 N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components Contact Blocks with Latch — Composite 800F – P X 0 1 E a b c d e 0 1 a c d Style N. 3 3 N. 2 2 N.C. 5 5 N. 3 3 N. 4 4 N.C. (Normally Closed) Circuits Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic latch 0 No contact 0 No contact M Metal latch 1 1 N. LED color should match lens color. b Contact Block(s) Termination Style1 Code Description X Screw termination Q Spring-clamp termination 2 3 e 1 Six circuits maximum allowable. early break S N. early make L N.ab. 5 5 N. 4 4 N.O. For yellow operator.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. select a white LED. are bold. Incandescent module for use with pilot lights.O.C.C. (Normally Open) Circuits N.O.

self-monitoring 1 Four circuits maximum allowable when power module is used.C. G Green LED 2 2 N. 4 4 N. Y Amber LED 3 3 N. ‡ Only available for incandescent module.C. B Blue LED b Power Module Type1 3 4 Code Description D Incandescent module. push buttons.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 0 Back-of-Panel Components. spring-clamp termination c 5 6 Description 0 No bulb‡ 1 6V AC/DC‡ 2 12V AC/DC‡ 3 24V AC/DC 4 48V AC/DC‡ 5 120V AC 7 240V AC§ Specialty Contact Block(s) Code Description Description Blank Standard blocks X Screw termination V Low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ Q Spring-clamp termination E N.C. 2 2 N. LED should match lens color.C. L N. Continued Power Modules with Contact Blocks and Latch — Composite 1 2 800F – P N 5 R X 1 0 E a b c d e f g h a d g Style Lamp Color♣ N.C. early make Contact Block(s) Termination Style Code Voltage Code h e f N. 3 3 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . late break B N.ab.O. screw termination N Integrated LED module.O. select a white LED.O.Bulletin 800F 22.C.C.C. (Normally Closed) Circuits Code Description Code Description Code Description P Plastic latch C Incandescent 0 No contact M Metal latch R Red LED 1 1 N. are bold. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.O. (Normally Open) Circuits Code Description 0 No contact 1 1 N. Incandescent module for use with pilot lights. § Only available for integrated LED module. For yellow operator.O. Contact blocks cannot be stacked on power module. 7  LED modules for use with all illuminated operators. ♣ For best illuminated results. nos.O.com/catalogs 10-100 Preferred availability cat. and momentary mushroom operators only. early break S N. W White LED 4 4 N. screw termination Q Integrated LED module.

Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces. 4-position toggle switch. with stab terminals 800F-X10T N. No.M.L.B. Latch not included.E.O. spring clamp 800F-Q01L N.C. Note: Sold only in multiples of 10. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces.O.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-101 . 100 800F-ALM-BP Plastic Mounting Latch Note: Sold only in multiples of 10.C. 10 800F-ALP Note: Sold only in multiples of 100.O.C. ‡§ 800F-R10 Ring lug N. ‡§ Note: Sold only in multiples of 100. 4 800F-R01 800F-X10-BP 100 6 7 8 9 10 800F-X01-BP ♣ For use with Cat.C.B.O. 800F-ALP Description Contact Type Pkg. 5 800F-X10N 800F-X10E ® N. 800F-X01 N.C. spring-clamp low-voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-Q01V N. 800F-X10 800F-X10M 800F-X01L N.E. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No.O.-1 N. Quantity Cat. No. 10 800F-X01B N. No. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ 800F-X10V N.  Cannot stack. Continued Other Cat.B. § Replacement screws are available (Cat.E. N. Quantity Cat. No. 800FP-CC_ operators.M.C. Contact Block Note: Sold only in multiples of 10.B. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 800FP-CB_ and Cat. 800F-X10 N.C. No. 1 Self-Monitoring  800F-X01S Dual circuit of 2 N. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ 800F-X01V ♣ N.C. N.C. 100 800F-ALP-BP Description 1 2 3 Cat.O.  800F-X20D  800F-X02D  800F-X11D Dual circuit of 2 N. N.E.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.E. No.O. Latch not included. N.L. Cat.O.C. 800FP-CC_ operators. spring-clamp 800F-Q10E N.O.Bulletin 800F 22. ® For use with Cat.O.L.E. spring-clamp 800F-Q01 N.ab. ‡ Cannot be used in a composite catalog number.C. 1 Only for use with 4-position selector switch.O.O. spring-clamp 800F-Q10 N. Dual circuit of 1 N. spring-clamp low-voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-Q10V N. spring-clamp 1 800F-Q01B Ring lug N. 10 800F-ALM Note: Sold only in multiples of 100. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces. Metal Mounting Latch These are zinc-plated. 800F-ALM 0 Pkg. No. 800F-ARS1) 11 12 13 www.M.C.M. No. metal die cast mounting latches. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. with stab terminals 800F-X01T N.O. nos. or 3-position push-pull operator.C. are bold. N.

Note: Sold in multiples of 10. No. R = Red. G = Green. B = Blue.O. No. use yellow LED. Quantity 24V AC/DC Base Mounted Integrated LED Module Base mounted modules can be used in plastic or metal enclosures. W = White.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 0 Back of Panel Components. 1 2 Cat. Quantity Cat. 800F-ARS1) 10 11 12 13 www.. No. No.C. 800F-BN3R 120V AC 240V AC 10 Cat.Bulletin 800F 22. Continued Other Description Incandescent Module For use with pilot lights. 800F-BX01L N.C. Latch not included.O. are bold. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 800F-D3C 4 Cat. Note: Sold only in multiples of 10.B. ‡ Replacement screws are available (Cat. Quantity Cat.O. LED should match lens color. 800F-N3G Description 5 Base Mounted Contact Block Base mounted contact blocks can be used in plastic or metal enclosures. No bulb 120V AC/DC Integrated LED Module For use with all illuminated devices. No. 9 800F-D3C 10 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . push buttons. LED should match lens color. 3 Volts Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No.M. 800F-BX10E N. 800F-BX01 N. For amber operators. Note: Sold in multiples of 10. N. Latch not included. For best illumination results. 6 Pkg. Note: Sold in multiples of 10. 800F-BX01 800F-D0C 6V AC/DC 800F-D1C 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 800F-D2C Description 48V AC/DC 800F-D4C 800F-D5C 24…120V AC/DC 1 800F-NUx 24V AC/DC 1 800F-N3x 120V AC 1 800F-N5x 240V AC 1 800F-N7x 1 800F-Q3x 1 800F-Q5x 240V AC spring-clamp 1 800F-Q7x 24V AC/DC ring lug ‡ 800F-R3x 24V AC/DC spring-clamp 10 120V AC spring-clamp Contact Material Pkg. low voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-BX10V N. Latch not included. spring-clamp 800F-BQ10 Volts 800F-BQ01 Pkg.C.  Cannot be used in a composite catalog number. and momentary mushroom operators. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 800F-BX10 N. no. replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: Y = Amber. 1 800F-BN3x 1 800F-BN5x 1 800F-BN7x 1 To complete the cat.O.com/catalogs 10-102 Preferred availability cat. nos.L. low voltage — QuadConnect™ 800F-BX01V 10 N. spring-clamp 7 8 Cat. For best results.E. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. No.C.ab. Latch not included.

No.C. Quantity PG Conduit Knockouts Metric Conduit Knockouts PG Conduit Openings Cat. 4/4X) Type Pkg. 800F-1PP2M92 800F-1PM2M92 Black Push Button 1 N. Grey Plastic ↑ (Flush Black) O (Extended Red) ↓ (Flush Black) 4 N. 800F-1PP3 800F-1PM3 "OFF-ON" 2-Position Selector Switch Illumination Voltage 9 10 Non-illuminated ↔ (Flush Black) 1 N. nos. Metric (M16/20) § Knockouts: PG (PG16). 800F-1PP2 800F-1PM2 1 N. are bold. No.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Plastic and Metal Enclosures 0 1 Plastic Enclosure Cat. 800F-3PM Metal Enclosure Cat./1 N. ‡ Knockouts: PG (PG11/16).C. Metric (M25) ♣ Openings: PG (PG16).O. Cat./1 N. Grey Plastic Operator Type Contact Configuration PG Knockouts Metric Knockouts 1 N.C.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No.O. 1-hole 1‡ 800F-1PP 1‡ 800F-1PM ♣ 800F-1MP ♣ 800F-1MM 2-hole 1‡ 800F-2PP 1‡ 800F-2PM ♣ 800F-2MP ♣ 800F-2MM 3-hole 1‡ 800F-3PP 1‡ 800F-3PM ♣ 800F-3MP ♣ 800F-3MM 4-hole 1‡ 800F-4PP 1‡ 800F-4PM ® 800F-5MM — 5-hole 6-hole 1-hole (yellow) 1 1-hole (yellow) dual circuit ® — 1§ 800F-6PP 1§ 800F-6PM 1 800F-1YP 1 800F-1YM 1-hole (yellow) latch only —  — 800F-1YPD  — 800F-5MP — — — ♣ 800F-1MYP ♣ 800F-1MYM ♣ 800F-1LYP ♣ 800F-1LYM 800F-1YMD 4 — 5 6 — 1 Can only use single deep contact block.C.C. 4/13) Plastic (IP66. / 1 N. Metric Conduit Openings Cat. 800F-1PP1 800F-1PM1 “0-1” 2-Position Selector Switch 1 N.C. 800F-1YP3M94 800F-1YM3M94 Black 90 mm momentary 1 N. No.O.  Can stack contact blocks two deep or one dual circuit contact block. Metric (M32) 7 8 Assembled Stations Cat.Bulletin 800F 22.O. 800F-3PP1 — 11 12 13 www./1 N. No. CSA Certified  Feed-through design  Accepts two-piece snap-in legends  Includes base mount adapter 2 3 Enclosures Metal — Die Cast (IP66.O. Enclosure Material 1-Hole. Yellow Plastic 1-Hole. 800F-5MM Plastic Enclosures (Latch or Base Mounting) Metal Enclosures (Latch or Base Mounting)  Accepts two-piece snap-in legends  One-hole enclosure accepts 60 mm emergency stop legends  UL Listed. 800F-2PP1 — 3-Hole. Metric (M20) ® Openings: PG (PG16).O. No./1 N.ab. Grey Plastic Start and Stop Push Buttons 1 N. 800F-1YP2M94 800F-1YM2M94 2 N.O. No. 800F-1YP1M94 800F-1YM1M94 Red 90 mm momentary 1 N.C. 800F-1PP4 — 2-Hole. Cat.O. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-103 .

nos. 800F-1YP4 800F-1YM4 1 N. — 800F-1MYMQ5 Twist-to-Release 40 mm 240V AC 1 N. — 800F-1YMQ1 1 N.C. — 800F-1MM6 Twist-to-Release 40 mm 6-pin 9 800F-1YMQ3 — 1 N. 800F-1YP1 800F-1YM1 1 N. / 1 N.C. No.C. — 800F-1YMQ4 120V AC 1 N. 800F-1YP8 — — 800F-1YML1 — 800F-1YML2 1 N. — 800F-1MM5 Key Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 2 N. — 800F-1YMQ6 Twist-to-Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection 1-Hole Enclosure E-Stop Station 0 1 Cat. / 1 N. / 1 N.C. 800F-1YP1HD 800F-1YM1HD 1 N. — 800F-1MM3 Key Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N.O.C. 800F-1YP6 800F-1YM6 2 N. / 2 N.C.ab. Mini Receptacle 1 2 N.C.C.C.O.C.C. 120V AC 240V AC Non-illuminated 5 PG Knockouts 24V AC/DC N/A Red half dome Yellow Plastic — 800F-1YML3 1 N./1 N.C. / 1 N. 800F-1YP2 800F-1YM2 2 N. — 800F-1MM2 Twist-to-Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 2 N.Bulletin 800F 22.O.C./1 N.C. 800F-1YP7 — 1 N./1 N.C. / 1 N.C.O.C.O. 800F-1YP2HD 800F-1YM2HD 2 N.O. / 1 N. 800F-1YP3 800F-1YM3 1 N. / 1 N.C. — 800F-NX1 1 N.O.O.C. 120V AC 240V AC 6 AC Micro1 5-pin Non-Illuminated 6-pin Non-Illuminated/EMO/Guard 7 DC Micro1 4-pin Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release Non-Illuminated/EMO/Guard 40 mm 5-pin Non-Illuminated 10 N/A Grey Metal 11 12 800F-1YMQ3VEG — 800F-1YMQ3V — 800F-1YMQ41 24V AC/DC 1 N.com/catalogs 10-104 Preferred availability cat.O.C.C. 800F-1YP5 800F-1YM5 2 N. — Non-Illuminated 4-pin 8 Cat. 800F-1YP3HD 800F-1YM3HD — 800F-1YML1HD — 800F-1YML2HD — 800F-1YML3HD 2 N.C. — 800F-1MM4 Key Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N./1 N. — 800F-1YMQ44 24V AC/DC 1 N. — Low voltage — 800F-1YMQ53V 1 N.C. / 1 N. — 800F-1MYMQ4 Mini Twist-to-Release Receptacle 6-pin 40 mm 120V AC 1 N. — 800F-1MM1 Twist-to-Release 40 mm Non-Illuminated 1 N.O.C. — 800F-1YMQA 1 N. 800F-1YP4 Enclosure Material Quick Connect 2 Operator Type Illumination Voltage Twist-to-Release 40 mm Key Release 40 mm 3 Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release 60 mm Twist-to-Release 40 mm 4 Metric Knockouts 1 N. Contact Configuration 24V AC/DC 1 N.C.C./1 N.O. No.O.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . — 800F-1YMQ2 24V AC/DC 1 N.C. are bold.C. / 2 N.C.C.C. — 800F-1MYMQ6 1 1 Please reference Assembled Station Pin Out Chart on page 10-126 13 www.O.O.O.C. — 800F-1YMQ5 240V AC 1 N.

Q. This device contains up to two physical external I/O connectors. Also see footnote ‡ ‡ Operator Types L. and T from Table c may be used as emergency stops. T. M.M and T. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 4 10-105 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 . selector switch V 2 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop block H Non-illuminated 3-pos. 2 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to the other connector. and U from Table c are not available with legend frames. key selector switch 1 Selector Switches in a vertical mount enclosure are mounted with a horizontal orientation. P. M. Valid options are L. P 3-pos. If more than 3 A of current is needed or if there are two E-Stop strings.  Cannot be ordered with "No Cap" (9 from Table d . R. nos.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.ab.Color/Text). An E-Stop connector also must be chosen from Table e. and U receive only one contact block for the external E-Stop string. T. www. where a yellow round E-stop legend plate is provided.  Operator Types K. maintained selector switch Z Illuminated 40 mm mushroom  Enclosure Style/Legend option H from Table b can only select one operator from Table c. L. are bold.Bulletin 800F 22. These connectors are rated 3 A. These versions receive two contact blocks.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Assembled Stations with DeviceNet 2-Hole 0 800F – a b c d c (Hole 1 c+d) 3-Hole d e Hole Hole Hole Hole 4 3 1 2 (Hole 2 c+d) Hole 1 800F – a b c d c (Hole 1 c+d) 4-Hole d c (Hole 2 c+d) d b c d c (Hole 1 c+d) d c (Hole 2 c+d) a 4-Hole Assembled Station Cat. If an EStop connector is used. ♠ Only available with non-illuminated push-pull operator (M from Table c). L. Also see footnote  § Potentiometer allowed in first hole position only. To be valid as an E-Stop. selector switch W 2 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop block J Pilot light (diffused) X 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sinking) Y 2 input + 1 input/1 output (sourcing) K Hole plug L Non-illuminated TTR E-stop‡ M Non-illuminated push pull‡ N 2-pos. ® This is an 8-in/4-out device. maintained selector switch Y Illuminated 3-pos. key selector switch R Non-illuminated 40 mm mushroom T E-stop key release‡ U Potentiometer§ W Illuminated push pull X Illuminated 2-pos. M. operators must use color/text option 4 from Table d and it must be placed in the last hole position in the enclosure. 4-in and 2-out are assigned internally and up to 4 unassigned I/O points can be assigned to external connectors. No. The "+" symbol in the Description field of table e indicates that two external connectors exist. 800F-VHA3A4J3J4J 2 e d (Hole 3 c+d) c d e (Hole 4 c+d) d 3 e I/O Version® Color/Text Mounting Orientation 1 (Hole 3 c+d) 800F – a Hole 2 Code Description Code Description Code Description V Vertical1 1 White Blank No external I/O H Horizontal 2 Black A 1 input/1 output (sinking) b 3 Green B 1 input/1 output (sourcing) 4 Red C 2 input 5 Yellow D 2 output (sinking) 6 Blue E 2 output (sourcing) 7 Clear F 1 E-stop block 8 Grey♣ G 2 E-stop block 9 No cap H 2 input/2 output 0 Amber J 2 input/2 output (sinking) K 2 input/2 output (sourcing) L 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block M 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block N 1 input/1 output (sinking) + 2 E-stop block P 1 input/1 output (sourcing) + 2 E-stop block Enclosure Style/Legends Code Description A 2-hole/legend frames B 3-hole/legend frames C 4-hole/legend frames D 2-hole/no legend frames E 3-hole/no legend frames F 4-hole/no legend frames H 2-hole/E-stop only no legend frames Code A Green with "Start" text B Red with "Stop" text C Black with "→" symbol c D Black with "←" symbol Operator Types E Black with "↑" symbol Description F Black with "↓" symbol 5 A Non-illuminated flush button G Green with "I" symbol B Non-illuminated extended button H Red with "O" symbol C Non-illuminated guarded button L Blue with "R" text Q 2 input + 1 E-stop block D Illuminated flush button M Red with yellow metal guard♠ R 2 input + 2 E-stop block E Illuminated extended button N Yellow with yellow metal guard♠ F Illuminated guarded button T 2 output (sinking) + 1 E-stop block U 2 output (sourcing) + 1 E-stop block G Non-illuminated 2-pos. N. If a 2hole enclosure is selected. This allows for 6 A of switching or for two E-Stop strings.  External I/O Versions F. use External I/O Versions G. 2-in and 1-out are assigned to each hole position in the enclosure. V and W. ♣ Available in flush only.

com/catalogs 10-106 Preferred availability cat.C. contact. contact.C.O.O. 10 11 12 13 www. contact 800F-P254 2 flush black push buttons (no text). contact 800F-P253 Green flush (with "Start" text) with 1 N.C. Green flush (no text) in face with 1 N. Black flush (with "Reverse" text) with 1 N. No. No. contact. contact. Black flush (with down arrow — ↓) with 1 N. for ordering information.O.C.O./1 N. 800F-PN2 6 Pre-Wired Pendant Station with Mini Quick Disconnect Connector Push Button and Contact Selection 7 8 Cat. 24V DC 800F-PND2 1 Can only use single deep contact block. Red pilot light in bottom with 1 N.O.ab. contact./1 N. page 10-107. No. Red flush (with "Stop" text) with 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 800F-P25 Pendants Yellow Plastic (IP66./1 N. 24V AC/DC 800F-PN2 White flush (with up arrow — ↑) with 1 N.C. each with 1 N. No.O. nos. Black flush (with "Off" text) with 1 N. contact 800F-P252 Black flush (with "On" text) with 1 N.O. Quantity 1 hole in face 2 holes in face 1 1 hole in bottom 1 hole in face / 1 hole in bottom 3 4 Cat. contact 800F-P251 Black flush (with "Forward" text) with 1 N. See Accessories. 1 Pendant Station Cat. red pilot light in bottom. contact. Green flush push button in face. contact 800F-P255 DeviceNet Pendant Station with Mini Quick Disconnect Connector 9 Options Cat.O.Bulletin 800F 22. are bold. No.C. 800F-P15 800F-P25 800F-P35 800F-P45 Assembled Two-Hole Pendant Stations1 5 Pendant Station Cat. 4/4X/13) 2 Type Pkg./1 N.O.5 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Pendant Stations (Latch Mounting)1 0  Blank legend cap marking  Connector not included.

No. Note: Sold only in multiples of 100. Quantity Cat. 800F-ARP Material Plastic 888N-M5AF1-1F Pkg. Order (quantity of) 100 to receive one package of 100 pieces. No. No. No. 800F-ALR1 Snap-In Marker This item can be used for circuit identification on all back-of-panel components.Bulletin 800F 22. 800F-AGS1 11 10 Ground Screws This accessory is used for grounding on Bulletin 800F plastic enclosures only. Quantity Cat. Metal Pkg.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. Quantity 10 Metal Description Cat. No.ab. See instruction sheet for details. Cat. 9 Cat. — 1 100 800F-ATK2 8 Cat. Minimum spacing requirements apply. No. 800F-ATK2 10 Ground Screws These are self-tapping #6-32 (M3.5 mm Hole Size Adapter This adapter allows a 22. 13 www. No. 0 800F-AHA1 1 Cat. Note: Comes with anti-rotation washer (800F-ALC1). are bold. No.5 mm to 22. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 888N-M4AF1-1F 4-pin 888N-M4AF1-1F 5-pin Description Replacement Mounting Rings Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous Description Type 30.  Sold only in multiples of 10.5 mm push button operator to be installed in a panel with existing 30. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-107 . 800F-AGS2 1 See Terminal Block section for ordering information. 5 Mounting Ring Wrench This mounting ring wrench is used to tighten plastic or metal mounting rings quickly and securely. No. No.5) ground screws for metal latches. 2 3 800F-ARP 4 800F-ARM Pkg. 1492-MS5X9 Stab Terminals Can be used with all single circuit contact blocks.5 mm mounting holes. 800F-AW2 800F-AW2 6 1 Bulb Removal Tool For quick and easy removal of lamps from incandescent modules. No. nos. 800F-AHA1 1 Quick Disconnect Male receptacle for pendant stations. Cat. 800F-ALR1 7 Cat. 800F-AGS1 Cat. 800F-AGS2 12 Cat.

800F-ATW1 Cat.5 mm holes. nos.ab. 800F-ACP 11 ‡ Sold only in multiples of 10. 800F-ALC1 Panel Thickness with Legend Plates Pkg.com/catalogs 10-108 Preferred availability cat. 6 Replacement Boot for Toggle Switch Silicone 800F-ABJS 7 Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. It is required when using metal enclosures with base-mounted contact blocks or basemounted power modules. Quantity 1…4 mm 1…5 mm Description 2 10‡ Cat. 9 Cat. Continued 0 Description 1 Locking Washer (Anti-Rotation Washer) This item provides an extra anti-rotation feature for rotary operators such as selector switches. 800F-ABZ1 Description Material Pkg. 800F-A3BA Square Bezel Gives round operator a square appearance. No.Bulletin 800F 22. No. 800F-ATW1 3 Replacement Base Mount Adapter This accessory comes standard with all metal enclosures. This item is made of plastic. 10 Cat. 5 800F-ABZ1 Cat. It must be used if using base-mounted contact blocks/power modules without legend plates. No. No. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10‡ 800F-ACP . 800F-N2 Black plastic 800F-N2 Grey plastic 800F-N8 Selector Switch Tabs Changes functionality of selector switch from normal to CenterLeft or CenterRight. No. No. 800F-ABJS Nitrile 1 800F-ABJN 8 Hole Plug used to plug 22. Cat. Cat. 800F-ALC1 800F-ALC2 Pkg. 12 13 www. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous. Quantity Cat. Quantity Replacement Trim Washer This accessory comes standard with all enclosures. 4 10‡ 800F-A3BA Cat. No. No. No. Not for use with toggle switch operators.

800F-AMMG Clear silicone Protective Boot used on illuminated and nonilluminated. Shiny metal 800F-AMRG Black 800F-AMRGB Yellow Metal 800F-AMRGY 0 1 2 Yellow. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-109 . 800F-AMEGY Narrow Plastic Guard for use with the following operators:  Illuminated and non-illuminated momentary mushroom operators (40 mm) only  Bul. 9 10 11 12 13 www.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Guards Description Protective Ring for use with non-illuminated 2-position maintained and illuminated/non-illuminated 3-position mushroom operators (40 mm only) Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces.ab. Flush push button 800F-AB7 Extended push button 800F-ABE7 3-position multi-function 2-position multi-function Protective Boots 10 7 800F-AUB1 800F-AUB2 8  Sold in multiples of 10. nos. No. 800F-AMRG Plastic Guard for use with the following operators:  40 mm E-stop (SEMI Standards Compliant)  40 mm illuminated/non-illuminated alternate action and momentary operators  60 mm illuminated/non-illuminated momentary operators  Selector switches (standard knob and key operated)  Potentiometers Type Pkg. Shiny Metal 4 800F-AMEGY 5 800F-AMMG 6 Cat. No. No. round 800F-A6PR5 3 1 Cat. No. 800FD monolithic E-stops (SEMI standards compliant)  Flush/extended/guarded push buttons  Alternate action operators  Selector switches (standard knob and key operated)  Potentiometers Yellow 40 mm Protective Guard used with illuminated and non-illuminated momentary mushroom operators (40 mm) only. Quantity Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800F 22. flush and extended operators. are bold. 800F-A6PR5 Cat. No.

C. nos. Quantity Cat. No. 800F-AML1 5 6 Cat. No. 800F-AL01 12 13 www. 800F-ASL2L 9 Selector Switch Locking Attachment Ability to put two locks on standard knob selector switch. — 1 800F-AL01 . nonilluminated 800F-AFL1 Extended momentary.ab.Bulletin 800F 22. No. contacts are open -N. 10 Pkg.or 3position selector switches. No. No.O. 800F-AFL1 2 3 Cat. Quantity Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Type Pkg. all positions 800F-ASL3C 800F-ASL23A Cat. nonilluminated 800F-AEL1 Cat. 800F-ASL2L 1 2.L. No.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments Description 0 1 Type Pkg. contacts may or may not be open -N.O. are bold.C. Flush momentary. extended and guarded momentary and alternate action operators. Quantity Cat. and standard knob selector switch operators. center lock Cat.B. No.com/catalogs 10-110 Preferred availability cat. No. No. -N. contacts may or may not be closed -N. left lock Selector Switch Locking Attachment Locks standard knob selector switch in specified position 8 3-position selector switches. 800F-ASL23A Description Locking Cover Used on flush. 800F-AML2 Lock Position Description 7 2-position selector switches.E.M contacts are closed 4 1 Momentary mushroom 800F-AML1 Maintained mushroom 800F-AML2 Cat. 800F-AEL1 Locking Attachments are used to lock push button in the depressed position. 11 Cat. No.

8 9 Replacement Lamps for Incandescent Module Lamp Type Full Voltage Incandescent Cat. 800F-30WN 10‡ Potentiometer Legend Plate Graphical scale 800F-30WG 6 Cat. (Std) Cat. No. 150 Ω 7 800F-AC3 800F-AC4 5000 Ω 800F-AC5 10000 Ω 800F-AC6 PQ = Pkg.5 mA/6. 800F-30WG Description Resistance PQ 800F-AC1 500 Ω 800F-AC2 1000 Ω Replacement Resistive Elements for the 800FP Potentiometer operator. 800F-N240 LED 50 mA 6V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N318x 12 mA/17 mA 32V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N363x 9 mA/14 mA 48V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N364x 4. 1 Cat. no. No. White LEDs only available in 6V and 130V. 800F-AC1 Cat. 3825 800F-AKR3825 39101 800F-AKR3910 455 800F-AKR455 39201 800F-AKR3920 3801 800F-AKR3801 4001 800F-AKR4001 3802 800F-AKR3802 4002 800F-AKR4002 3803 800F-AKR3803 4003 800F-AKR4003 3804 800F-AKR3804 4004 800F-AKR4004 3805 800F-AKR3805 4005 800F-AKR4005 3806 800F-AKR3806 4006 800F-AKR4006 39011 800F-AKR3901 4007 Description 800F-AKR4007 Volts PQ Diode Module For lamp checking circuits. nos. 4 800F-30WN 5 Cat. are bold. 1 2500 Ω Cat. See page 10-83 for details.2 mA 130V AC/DC — ♣ 800T-N321x § Sold in multiples of 10. No. No. 800F-N130 Typical Current Voltage ANSI No. replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: A = Amber. W = White. No.ab.  Standard package quantity is one set with two keys. No. 800F-XD7 Description PQ Potentiometer Legend Plate Scale 1…10 Cat. No. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-111 12 13 . Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 800F-AKR3825 Key No. Quantity 800F-N65 Cat.. Quantity 1 Master key. Key No. (Std) Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Other Accessories Description PQ Replacement Ronis Key Standard replacement key is Cat. ‡ Sold only in multiples of 10. No. 80 mA 12V AC/DC 756 800F-N141 800F-N157 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 800F-N48 22 mA 130V AC/DC 949 800F-N130 2 mA 240V AC — 10 11 10§ Neon 800F-N240 Cat. R = Red. No. Cat. G = Green. 0 1 2 800F-XD7 up to 600V AC Null Block For wire terminations only. B = Blue.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. No. 150 mA 6V AC/DC 755 Pkg. www. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. 800F-AKR3825. ♣ To complete the cat.Bulletin 800F 22. No. Latch not included. No. 3 10‡ 800F-NX70 Cat.

800F-AD2 10 800F-AD3 Cat. Accessory Color Caps (without Text) Color Caps. No. Cat. Cat. Quantity Illuminated Push Buttons — Flush 12 Pilot Lights Cat. Non-Illuminated1 Flush Color 5 Pkg. No. Orange 800F-AE0 800F-AF0 800F-AFA0 White 800F-AE1 800F-AF1 800F-AFA1 Black 800F-AE2 800F-AF2 800F-AFA2 Color 2 Pkg. Quantity Green Alternate Action Flush 800F-AE3 800F-AF3 800F-AFA3 Red 800F-AE4 800F-AF4 800F-AFA4 Yellow 800F-AE5 800F-AF5 800F-AFA5 Blue 800F-AE6 800F-AF6 800F-AFA6 Grey — 800F-AF8 — 10 3 4 Accessory Color Caps — Multi-Function Operators (without Text) Color Caps. No. Non-Illuminated1 1 Momentary Extended Momentary Flush/Guarded Cat. Lenses 0 Color caps listed below are for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. Alternate Action 8 Color 9 10 Pkg. Guarded Pilot Light Lenses1 — Standard Lens Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Caps.Bulletin 800F 22. nos. Quantity Extended Cat. Cat. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. No. Cat. Cat. are bold. White 800F-AFU1 800F-AEU1 Black 800F-AFU2 800F-AEU2 Green 800F-AFU3 800F-AEU3 Red 800F-AFU4 800F-AEU4 Yellow 800F-AFU5 800F-AEU5 Blue 800F-AFU6 800F-AEU6 10 6 7 Accessory Color Lens Caps and Pilot Light Lenses (without Text) Illuminated Color Lens Caps1 — Flush.  Includes diffuser. 800F-AD3 Illuminated Push Buttons — Extended. No. Diffusers. No.ab. Quantity Illuminated Color Lens Caps1 — Extended. No.com/catalogs 10-112 Preferred availability cat. Guarded 13 www. No. Amber 800F-ALF0 800F-ALE0 800F-AP0 Green 800F-ALF3 800F-ALE3 800F-AP3 Red 800F-ALF4 800F-ALE4 800F-AP4 10 Yellow 800F-ALF5 800F-ALE5 800F-AP5 Blue 800F-ALF6 800F-ALE6 800F-AP6 Clear 800F-ALF7 800F-ALE7 800F-AP7 1 Sold only in multiples of 10. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 800F-AD4 . Operator Diffusers (without Text) 11 Diffusers Description Pkg. No.

REVERSE. EMERGENCY STOP D112 M112 § Sold only multiples of 10. R Black FORWARD. R STOP. No.ab. NÖD-STOP 11 12 13 www. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. REVERSE. O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ‡ Valid color cap text codes include: 2 3 4 Text Color Flush Caps Extended Caps White FORWARD.5 mm mounting hole)® 16Y 90 mm round (22. → STOP.  White and yellow caps have black text. NOT HALT L112 NEYÐARSTOPP. R Green FORWARD. ® Not for use with base mounted contact blocks.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Two-Color Molded Legend Caps — Non-Illuminated Push Buttons 800F – AF a 3 01 b c 0 1 Cat. STOP. START. NEYÐARSTOPP H112 NÖD-STOP. R →.Bulletin 800F 22. ARRÊT D’URGENCE. R 5 6 Emergency Stop Legend Plates§ 800F – 15YS a a 22. EMERGENCY STOP E112 EMERGENCY STOP A112 NØDSTOP F112 ARRÊT D’URGENCE S112 PARADA DE EMERGENCIA B112 EMERGENCY STOP. REVERSE. 800F-15YSE112 a Button Cap Type b c Color Cap Legend Text‡ Code Description Code Description AF Flush 1 White Code Description AE Extended 2 Black 01 START 3 Green 02 STOP 4 Red 05 O 5 Yellow 06 I 6 Blue 08 09 → FORWARD1 10 REVERSE1 11 R English 1 Available in flush only.5 mm mounting hole b b Description Code 15Y 60 mm round (30. →. →. →. ARRESTO EMERGENZA. ARRÊT D’URGENCE.  Not available on 15YS version. HÄTÄ-SEIS.  Text printed on the 15YS & 16Y versions only. nos. O. R →.5 mm mounting hole) 15YS 60 mm round (22. ARRÊT D’URGENCE 9 10 EMERGENCY STOP. REVERSE. I. All other color caps have white text. PARADA DE EMERGENCIA G112 NOT HALT T112 ARRESTO EMERGENZA N112 NÖDSTOPP.  Text printed on the 15Y version only. REVERSE. → → Blue FORWARD.5 mm mounting hole)® 8 b (cont'd) Text Size/Color (Yellow) Code Text Description Code Description Blank No text W112 NØDSTOPP. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-113 . REVERSE. →. → → Red FORWARD. are bold. 7 NOODSTOP NOT HALT. I. → Yellow FORWARD. O. START.

800F-34 x No. see RAISE product selection software. www. Font size is automatically determined by the number of characters. No. for the appropriate legend size and color from the Selection Tables on this page. nos. of Lines Font Size Max. No. with STARTER text entered into memo text on order. Type of Legend Plate One-Piece 7 8 10 Two-Piece Max. No. font code L = 0. 30 x 50 mm snap-in legend plate and frame with custom text STARTER engraved in small font. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces. for the appropriate legend size and color from the Selection Tables on this page. No. selected from pages 10-116…10-119. S. § For configuration assistance. Char. 30 x 40 mm snap-in legend plate and frame with AUTO engraved on it. no.  Font code K = 0. No. Legends with standard text/symbols or custom 13 text are packaged in quantities of 1.com/catalogs 10-114 Preferred availability cat. No. Complete the cat. 800F-11WE101 identifies a white. per 30 x 30 x per 30 x or per of Line 40 mm 50 mm Line 40 mm 30 x 60 mm Line Lines K (small) 16 2 5 15 2 5 7 3 S (standard) 14 2 3 13 1 3 6 3 L (large) 9 Special MultiFunction 10 1 3 9 1 3 4 2 3. Description Red with white text 30 x 40 mm 2-piece White with black text snap-in Black with white text plate and frame Aluminum with black text Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 Legend Plates Ordering Information1§ Standard Text/Symbols Selection Tables♣ 1. Select the cat.Bulletin 800F 22. Complete the cat. of Lines Max. 30 x 50 mm Char. 4 5 Custom Text (text found on pages 10-116…10-119) 1. No. No. Do not add the font code to the cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .14 in. as shown in the following table. by adding custom text to the order item’s memo text or notes field.ab. Type Cat. ‡ Three snap-in plates are required for each legend frame.10 in. no. (Blank) Cat. no. Max. by adding the appropriate suffix no.08 in. of Characters 2 3 Font Size One-Piece Legend Plate Two-Piece Legend Plate Special Multi-Function Legend Plate K (small) >14 >13 >6 S (standard) ≤14 ≤13 ≤6 Type Example: Cat. 6 2. Add E100 followed by the font code (K. Example: Cat. 30 x 40 mm 800F-110 30 x 60 mm 800F-200 30 x 50 mm 800F-120 Special multifunction‡ 800F-400 1 Blank legend frames sold only in multiples of 10. (with Text Symbols) 800F-11RE100 800F-11R❑❑❑❑ 800F-11WE100 800F-11W❑❑❑❑ 800F-11BE100 800F-11B❑❑❑❑ 800F-11AE100 800F-11A❑❑❑❑ 30 x 50 mm White with black text 2-piece Black with white text snap-in plate and Aluminum with black text frame 800F-12WE100 800F-12W❑❑❑❑ 800F-12BE100 800F-12B❑❑❑❑ 800F-12AE100 800F-12A❑❑❑❑ 30 x 60 mm White with black text 2-piece Black with white text snap-in plate and Aluminum with black text frame 800F-20WE100 800F-20W❑❑❑❑ Special White with black text multiBlack with white text function 4piece snapAluminum with black text in plates and frame 30 x 40 mm 1-piece 800F-20BE100 800F-20B❑❑❑❑ 800F-20AE100 800F-20A❑❑❑❑ 800F-40WE100 — 800F-40BE100 — 800F-40AE100 — Red with white text 800F-34RE100 800F-34R❑❑❑❑ White with black text 800F-34WE100 800F-34W❑❑❑❑ 800F-34B❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-34BE100 Aluminum with black text 800F-34AE100 800F-34A❑❑❑❑ Red with white text 800F-35RE100 800F-35R❑❑❑❑ White with black text 800F-35WE100 800F-35W❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-35BE100 800F-35B❑❑❑❑ Aluminum with black text 800F-35AE100 800F-35A❑❑❑❑ Red with white text 800F-17RE100 800F-17R❑❑❑❑ White with black text 800F-17WE100 800F-17W❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-17BE100 800F-17B❑❑❑❑ Aluminum with black text 800F-17AE100 800F-17A❑❑❑❑ 30 x 50 mm 1-piece 30 x 40 mm snap-in plate only White with black text 30 x 50 mm Black with white text snap-in plate only Aluminum with black text 800F-18WE100 800F-18W❑❑❑❑ Special multifunction snap-in plate only‡ White with black text 800F-42WE100 800F-42W❑❑❑❑ Black with white text 800F-42BE100 800F-42B❑❑❑❑ Aluminum with black text 800F-42AE100 800F-42A❑❑❑❑ Yellow with black text 800F-37YE100 800F-37Y❑❑❑❑ 30 x 66 mm 1-piece 11 800F-18BE100 800F-18B❑❑❑❑ 800F-18AE100 800F-18A❑❑❑❑ Legend Plate Frame — 2-Piece Snap-In1 12 Type Cat. identifies a white. no. font code S = 0. Select the cat. L) from the following table. Char. no. are bold. Max. 1 2. 800F-12WE100K. No. Max. ♣ Plate dimensions found on pages 10-122…10-123.

No. no.Bulletin 800F 22.  Standard font is Arial Narrow.ab. of Characters Max. No. 800F-AD3CU100 1 Package quantity of one for all laser-engraved caps and diffusers.) 7 1 Code Description 5…6 1 0 Amber J (large) (20 pt. Select the cat. J). no. nos. 2. with FILL text entered into memo text on order. Multi-Function Caps No. ‡ Seven characters maximum allowable. ‡ Do not add a font code to the cat. 3. Complete the cat. of Characters 800F – A F 1 a b C 3 a Custom Text (text found on pages 10-116…10-119) Type 1. by adding custom text to the order item’s memo text or notes field. Font size is automatically determined by the number of characters. Please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales office to submit the graphic. no. green cap with custom-engraved text ON. 800F-AF3CE166 identifies a flush. based on the number of custom characters. 1 Example: Cat. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page. Example: Cat. 3. Position A Multi-Function Cap Positions 3. Example: Cat. Add U100 to identify the custom symbol or graphic. of Lines Code Description E Push button extended cap F Push button flush cap FA Alternate action cap FAU Multi-function flush cap (for position A) EAU Multi-function extended cap (for position A) FCU Multi-function flush cap (for position C) ECU Multi-function extended cap (for position C) b G (small) (12 pt. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-115 . 7 16 pt. H. Select the cat. no. 8 Pilot Light Diffuser 800F – AD3C 9 Illuminated Push Button Diffusers 800F – AD2C 800F – AD4C 10 (Flush or Alternate Action) (Extended and Guarded) 11 12 13 www. No. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page. 800F-AF3CE100J.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Custom Laser-Engraved Caps and Diffusers Ordering Information1§ Standard Text/Symbols Configurator Tables Position C 0 1. Select the cat. green push button cap with custom laser-engraved text FILL in large font. 5 Color H (standard) (16 pt. no. § For configuration assistance. selected from pages 10-116…10-119.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.) Custom Symbols/Graphics (symbols found on page 10-116) 4 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 6 7 2. see RAISE product selection software. by adding the appropriate suffix no. 1…4 2 Push Button. identifies a flush. Add E100 followed by the font code (G. Font Size No.) 1…4 1 1 White 1. 5…6 20 pt. no. Complete the cat. No. 2. Font Size 12 pt.

 Not available on -11 or -17 legend plates. CONTINUOUS CYCLE§ — U706 ACOUSTIC WARNING EQUIPMENT DIN 155 U854 — — — CONTINUOUS ROTATION TO RIGHT§ 12 Std. or pilot light diffusers.Bulletin 800F 22. ‡ Not available on -12. nos. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps. 13 www. Suffix No. -18. or -20 legend plates.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 Legend Texts Standard Symbols1 Marking Description Std. RIGHT® 3 4 Suffix No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .§ CONTINUOUS ROTATION TO LEFT ISO 7B U708 INTERRUPTED ROTATION TO LEFT — U710 INTERRUPTED ROTATION TO RIGHT — U711 DIRECTION OF SPINDLE SPEED — U717 FEED ISO 16 U720 REDUCED SPEED — U723 RAPID FEED — U724 NORMAL FEED — U725 LONGITUDINAL FEED — U726 U227 O STOP — U228 TRANSVERSE FEED — U727 I STEP 1 — U229 RAPID TRANSVERSE ISO 26 U728 II STEP 2 — U230 THREADING — U729 O-I STOP-START® — U231 ISO 28 U730 I-O START-STOP® INCREASE — U232 ISO 29 U731 I-II —® DECREASE — U233 I-O-II —® — U234 CONVENTIONAL MILLING — U736 —® — U236 —® — U237 6 —® — U240 CONTINUOUS MOTION — U241 CONTINUOUS MOTION — U242 CLIMB MILLING — U737 ELECTRIC MOTOR ISO 41 U800 TURNING SPINDLE — U803 DRILLING SPINDLE — U804 MILLING SPINDLE — U805 GRINDING SPINDLE — U806 PUMP ISO 48 U807 COOLANT PUMP — U808 CONTINUOUS MOTION — U243 III STEP 3 — U249 —® — U256 I-O-I START-STOP-START® — U282 0-1-2 —® — U285 LUBRICATION PUMP — U809 IV STEP 4 — U604 V STEP 5 — U605 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS PUMP — U810 CONTINUOUS MOTION ISO 1 U700 HYDRAULIC MOTOR — U811 LINEAR MOTION TWO DIRECTIONS ISO 2 U701 8 9 10 TRACER — U812 ISO 91 U850 VERTICAL MOTION — U702 SHEAR PIN CONSTRUCTION INTERRUPTED MOTION§ — U703 ATTENTION/DANGER DIN 131. ® Not available on -42 legend plates. ISO 7A — U707 1 Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. — I-II-III 11 U226 Description CONTINUOUS MOTION UP. ♣ Not available on -35 legend plates. (Blank) Blank — U100 — — U112 START‡§♣ ISO 71 U219 —‡§♣ ISO 72 U220 START‡§♣ ISO 5232 U221 1 2 CONTINUOUS MOTION LEFT.com/catalogs 10-116 Preferred availability cat. DOWN® 5 7 — Marking DIN 100. ISO 92 U851 LIMITED MOTION§ ISO 4 U704 CAUTION ISO 93 U852 ISO 94 U853 LIMITED MOTION AND RETURN§ ISO 5 U705 MAIN SWITCH OSCILLATING MOTION. are bold. illuminated push button diffusers. § Not available on -34 legend plates.ab.

nos. ISO 108 U883 SUCTION UNIT DIN 264. ISO 106 U880 OVERFLOW DIN 258. ISO 75 U914 ENGAGE TRACE — U917 DISENGAGE TRACE — U918 CHANGE SPEED ONLY IN STOPPED POSITION — U919 CHANGE SPEED ONLY WHEN IN MOTION — U920 CONTINUOUS ADJUSTMENT ISO 62 U921 AUTOMATIC OR SEMIAUTOMATIC CYCLE DIN 267 U922 RESET — U924 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10  Not available on -11 or -17 legend plates. Suffix No.ab. ISO 104 U878 FULL LEVEL — U879 DRAIN DIN 257.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800F 22. § Not available on -34 legend plates. ISO 107 U882 BLOWING UNIT DIN 263.§ SETUP DIN 986 U855 COOLANT FLUID ISO 101 U875 LIGHT ISO 139. 11 12 13 www. Continued Marking R Description Std. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-117 . ISO 105 U881 OIL LUBRICATION DIN 175.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Symbols. 102 U876 WEIGHT — U877 REFILLING DIN 256. ISO 109 U884 STEPLESS OPERATION ISO 61 U900 CLAMP OR TIGHTEN ISO 63A U901 CLAMP OR TIGHTEN — U902 LOOSEN ISO 64A U903 LOOSEN — U904 BRAKE ON ISO 65 U905 BRAKE RELEASE ISO 66 U906 AUTO CYCLE — U907 MANUAL DIN 35 U908 START ISO 69 U909 STOP ISO 70 U910 TAKE ACTION WHEN CONTROL IS OPERATING — U912 ENGAGE DIN 46. ISO 74 U913 DISENGAGE DIN 45.

 Not available on -11 or -17 legend plates.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Legend Texts. Continued Standard Text1 English Marking Suffix No. ♣ Not available on -35 legend plates. Marking Suffix No.ab. are bold. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps. 13 www. nos. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . § Not available on -34 legend plates. RELEASE§® E262 STOP-CYCLE® E213 AUTO-HAND® E102 LOW-OFF-HIGH® E150 PUSH-TO-TEST E181 STOP-RESET® E214 AUTO-MAN-OFF® E103 LOW SPEED E151 RAISE E182 STOP-START® E215 AUTO-MANUAL® E286 LOWER E152 RAISE-LOWER® E183 AUTO-OFF-HAND® E104 LOW-OFF-RAISE® E153 RAISE-OFF-LOWER® E184 SUMMER-OFFWINTER® E216 BLOWER E268 LOWER-RAISE® E154 READY E185 SUMMER-WINTER® E217 BRAKE MANUAL E155 RESET E186 SUPPLY ON E218 MAN-O-AUTO§♣® E238 RETURN E187 TEST E219 FORWARD-AUTOREVERSE® FORWARD-OFFREVERSE® E121 E122 FORWARD-STOPREVERSE® E123 E105 FORWARDREVERSE® E124 BYPASS-OFFDRIVE§♣® E297 FULL SPEED E125 BYPASS ON§♣® E295 HAND E126 MAN-AUTO® E258 REV-FOR® E260 TRANSFER® E220 BYPASS START§♣® E299 HAND-I-AUTO§♣® E239 MANUAL-AUTO® E156 REVERSE E188 TRIP E221 BYPASS STOP§♣® E298 HAND-O-AUTO® E283 MAN-OFF-AUTO® E259 UNCLAMP E222 CLAMP E106 HAND-AUTO® E127 MANUAL-OFFAUTO® E157 UP E223 UP-DOWN® E224 UP-OFF-DOWN® E225 REVERSEFORWARD® E189 CLOSE E107 HAND-OFF-AUTO® E128 MOTOR RUN E158 CYCLE START E108 HAND OFF E264 MOTOR RUNNING E159 REVERSE-OFFFORWARD® E190 DECREASE® E109 HAND ON E263 MOTOR START E160 RIGHT E191 DRIVE-START® E287 HAND START E265 MOTOR STOP E161 RIGHT-LEFT® E192 DRIVE-STOP® E288 HAND STOP E266 MOTOR STOPPED E162 ROTATE CW E246 DOWN E110 HEAT E270 NO FLIP E275 ROTATE CCW E247 DOWN-OFF-UP® E111 HIGH E129 OFF E163 RUN E193 DRIVE ON§♣® E296 HIGH-LOW® E130 OFF CIRCUIT E244 RUN-JOG® E194 EMERG STOP E251 HIGH-OFF-LOW® E131 OFF-COOLANT-ON® E164 RUN-SAFE-JOG® E195 EMERGENCY® E248 IN E132 OFF-LIGHT-ON® E272 RUNNING E243 EMERGENCY OFF® E294 IN-OUT® E133 OFF-ON® E165 SAFE E196 EMERGENCY STOP® E112 INCH E134 ON E166 SAFE-RUN® E197 ENABLE E279 INCH-REV® E257 ON CIRCUIT E245 SETUP E198 ENTER E277 INCH-REVERSE® E135 ON-OFF® E167 SETUP-RUN® E302 ERROR E273 INCH-RUN® E136 ON-OFF-AUTO® E168 SETUP-SERVICE® E199 EXHAUSTER® E269 INCREASE® E137 ON-STOP-SAFE® E169 SEQUENCE-TEST® E200 FAULT E113 INSPECT E274 OPEN E170 SLOW E201 FAST E114 JOG E138 OPEN-CLOSE® E171 SLOWER E202 FAST-OFF-SLOW® E289 JOG-FOR® E255 OPEN-OFF-CLOSE® E172 SLOWEST E203 FASTER E115 JOG-FORWARD® E139 OUT E173 SLOW-FAST® E204 FEED START E116 JOG-OFF-RUN® E140 OVERLOAD® E267 SLOW-OFF-FAST® E205 FEED STOP E117 JOG-REV® E256 OVERLOAD TRIP® E174 SLOW-STOP-FAST® E206 FEEDER OFF E118 JOG-REVERSE® E141 OVERLOAD RESET® E175 SLOW-OFF-START® E207 FEEDER ON E119 JOG-RUN® E142 POWER OFF E177 SLOW SPEED E291 FIFO E276 JOG-SAFE-RUN® E143 POWER ON E178 SOFT STOP E292 FOR-AUTO-REV® E252 JOG-STOP-RUN® E144 PULL TO START E180 SPEED E293 1 Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates.com/catalogs 10-118 Preferred availability cat. ® Not available on -42 legend plates. or pilot 12 light diffusers.Bulletin 800F 22. illuminated push button diffusers. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. (Blank) E100 FOR-OFF-REV® E261 LAST STOP E278 PULL TO RESET E176 START E208 I-O-AUTO§♣® E235 FOR-REV® E253 LEFT E145 PUMP STOP E290 START CYCLE E209 ACCU-STOP® E284 FOR-STOP-REV® E254 LEFT-RIGHT® E146 PURGE E271 START-JOG® E210 AT SPEED E285 FORWARD E120 LOCAL-REMOTE® E147 PUSH TO STOP E179 START-STOP® E211 AUTO E101 LOW E148 STOP E212 AUTO-O-HAND§♣® E250 LOW-HIGH® E149 PUSH TO STOPTWIST OR PULL. Marking Suffix No.

LENTE F287 F296 HORS CIRCUIT F244 — — VITESSE F291 F292 HORS-EN® F248 — — — — 1 2 3 4 Spanish Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps. ABBASSARE® T152 ALTO T129 AVANTI-DISINSINDIETRO® T122 APRIRE T223 AVANTI-INDIETRO® ARRESTO T212 ARRESTO EMERGENZA® Italian DISCESA T110 IN SERVIZIO® T243 MARCIA-ARRESTO® T211 DISINS-INS® T165 LENTO T201 PREPARARE® T198 T124 DISINSERITO® T163 MANUALE T126 RAPIDO T114 BASSO T148 DISTURBO® T113 MANUALE-AUTO® T127 ROTAZIONE CW® T246 T112 BASSO-DISINSALTO® T150 EMERGENZA® T248 T128 ROTAZIONE CCW® T247 DESTRA T191 INDIETRO® T188 MANUALE-DISINSAUTO® SALITA T182 AUTOMATICO® T101 CHIUDERE® T107 INSERITO® T166 MARCIA T208 SINISTRA® T145 AVANTI T120 — — — — — — — — Marking Suffix No. are bold. AB G110 EINRICHTEN® G198 LANGSAM G201 ÖFFNEN G170 VOR G120 AUF G223 HAND G126 LINKS G145 RECHTS G191 VOR-AUS-ZURÜCK® G122 AUS G163 HAND-AUS-AUTO® G128 LINKS-RECHTS® G146 SCHNELL G114 VOR-ZURÜCK® G124 AUS-EIN® G165 HAND-AUTO® G127 NIEDRIG G148 SENKEN G152 ZU G107 G150 STÖRUNG G113 ZURÜCK G188 BETRIEB G243 HEBEN G182 NIEDRIG-AUSHOCH® EIN G166 HOCH G129 NOT AUS G112 — — — — Marking Suffix No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-119 12 13 . or pilot light diffusers. illuminated push button diffusers. Continued1 French Marking Suffix No. 0 Marking Suffix No. Continued Standard Text.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. D-ENTR F283 GAUCHE ARRÊT-MARCHE® F165 DEMAR. www.5 mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Texts. § Not available on -34 legend plates.ab.-MAN. Marking Suffix No.  Only available on legend plates and AD2 or AD4 diffusers. ® Not available on -42 legend plates. Marking Suffix No. A-COUPS F138 ACCU-STOP® F280 AVANT-ARRÊTARRIÈRE® F122 ARRIÈRE F188 AVANT-ARRIÈRE® F124 Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. ABRIR S170 ARRANQUE S166 DERECHA S191 MARCHA S208 PARADA-MARCHA® S165 ADELANTE® S120 ATRÁS S188 EN SERVICIO® S243 MARCHA-PARO® S211 PARO S163 ADELANTE-ATRÁS® S124 BAJADA S152 IZQUIERDA® S145 PARADA S212 SUBIDA S182 BAJAR S110 MANUAL S126 SUBIR S223 CERRAR S107 MANUAL-AUTO® S127 PARADA DE EMERGENCIA® — — ADELANTE-PARADAATRÁS® S123 S112 5 6 German Marking Suffix No.Bulletin 800F 22. Marking Suffix No. DESCENDRE® F110 HORS MANUEL F249 MARCHE-ARRÊT® F211 DROIT F191 LENT F201 MONTER F182 EN F247 LENT-ARRÊT-VITE® F205 OUVRIR F170 ARRÊT F163 AV-ARR® F290 EN CIRCUIT F245 M FORCEE F284 PANNE F113 ARRÊT D’ENTR F289 AV-HORS-ARR® F253 EN MANUEL F250 MANUEL F126 RAP-HORS-LENT® F285 ARRÊT DOUX F288 BAS F148 FERMER F107 RAPIDE F114 RÉGLER F198 SURCHARGE® F254 VARIATEUR ALIMENTɧ♣® F293 VIT. BACK N188 HÖGER N191 NERN 110 UPP N223 VÄNSTER N145 FRAM N120 — — — — — — — — 7 8 9 10 11 Swedish 1 Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. ATTEINT F281 ARRÊT D’URGENCE® F112 BAS-ARRÊT-HAUT® F150 FREINAGE® ARRÊT-MANUEL F251 DEMAR. Marking Suffix No. ARRÊT POMPE F286 DÉRIV-ARRÉTEFN§♣® F294 AUTO F101 DÉRIV ARRÉT§♣® AUTO-MANUAL® F282 DÉRIV MARCHE§♣® F120 DÉRIVATION ALIMENTɧ♣® AVANT F252 HAUT F105 MANUEL-ARRÊTAUTO® F128 F145 MANUEL-AUTO® F127 F129 MANUEL-HORSAUTO® F157 HAUT-HORS-BAS® F131 F295 HORS F246 MARCHE F166 VIT. nos. ♣ Not available on -35 legend plates. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No.

Bulletin 800F 22. 3 4 5 Non-Illuminated Guarded.9 9 10 Toggle Switch Operators Selector Jog Operators 11 12 13 www.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions 0 Dimensions in millimeters. Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Momentary Flush Push Button Operators Illuminated Momentary Guarded Push Button Operators Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Momentary Extended Push Button Operators Reset Operators with Reset Rod 1 2 . nos. Refer to RAISE software for additional dimensional information.8 .ab. Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Alternate Action Push Button Operators Pilot Light Operators 90 mm Half Dome Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Momentary Mushroom Operators 40 mm and 60 mm 6 7 90 mm Mushroom 30.com/catalogs 10-120 Preferred availability cat.8 60 mm 59.8 89.. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Operator A 40 mm 39.1 26 8 89. are bold.

6 2 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Knob Selector Switch Operators 3 Non-Illuminated Knob Lever Selector Switch Operators 4 5 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release Operators 30 mm. Illuminated and Non-Illuminated 2-Position Multi-Function Operators Non-Illuminated 3-Position Multi-Function Operators Potentiometer Operator 0 22. nos.5 1 29.0 60 mm 60. and 60 mm 6 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators 30 mm.Bulletin 800F 22. are bold. and 60 mm 7 8 Operator A 30 mm 30.0 40 mm 40.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-121 .com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.0 Key Selector Switch and Key Ejected SensEject Operators 9 10 Mushroom Key Release Operator 40 mm 11 12 13 www. 40 mm. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.ab. 40 mm.

551) Dimensions in millimeters (inches).4 (0.com/catalogs 10-122 Preferred availability cat. a (Ø Dia.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.4 mm 13 www.4 mm 12 Plate 27. 0 Back-of-Panel Components — Incandescent Module with Latch Back-of-Panel Components — LED Module with Latch Back-of-Panel Components — Contact Cartridges with Latch Back-of-Panel Components — Dual Circuit Contact Block or Self Monitoring Contact Block (Max.224) b (Length) 24 (0.232) 5.945) 32 (1. 6. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .9 (0. of 1 Deep) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Customer Supplied Resistive Element Potentiometer with Resistive Element 7 46 a 23. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.1 mm x 6.ab.252) 5.1 b 8 Max.) 30 x 40 mm Snap-In Legend Plate 11 Plate 27.1 mm x 16. are bold.7 (0. 40 30 x 50 mm Snap-In Legend Plate 9 10 Min.Bulletin 800F 22.26) 14 (0. nos.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-123 13 . nos.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.12 11 36 66 29.ab.3 3. Panel thickness reduced to 4 mm (standard anti-rotation washer) or 5 mm (thin anti-rotation washer) when optional legend plates are used.6 12 Note: Panel thickness range is 1. 60 mm Round Legend — 15Y 60 mm Round Legend — 15YS 30 x 60 mm Snap-In Legend Plate 0 1 90 mm Round Legend Potentiometer Legend Plate (Series A) 2 3 Plate 27.0…6.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. www. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800F 22.8 10 Hole Plug 1.0 mm maximum. are bold.5 mm Hole Adapter 8 9 Base Mount Adapter 30 x 66 mm One-Piece Legend Plate 29.4 mm 40 Special Multi-Function Snap-In Legend Plate 4 Trim Washer Anti-Rotation Washer 5 6 7 30 x 40 mm One-Piece Legend Plate 30 x 50 mm One-Piece Legend Plate 30 mm to 22.1 mm x 16.

2 69.5 13 88 www.2 20.4 22.2 8 9 42.Bulletin 800F 22.ab. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.5 43 4 52.4 3. are bold.6 52.3 11 24. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .5 5 6 38 Narrow Guard 5 Protective Ring 7 46.7 54.2 10 Plastic Guard 44.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. 0 Locking Cover 1 Maintained Mushroom Locking Attachment Momentary Mushroom Locking Attachment 41.2 19.4 57 54.6 54.4 54. nos.com/catalogs 10-124 Preferred availability cat.2 2 41 3 33 Extended Non-Illuminated Locking Attachment Flush Non-Illuminated Locking Attachment Selector Switch Locking Cover (Same for all Lock Positions) 33.3 12 22.2 42.

2 mm diameter Instruction Sheet 4 +0.4 Nm 40 lb-in B A No.75 .5 mm2 (#18 .1.7 .  Mounting screw — pan head with diameter ≤ 7 mm. Ø40 5 Ø60 A Metal Enclosures + 6 GE ER N CY EM B ST OP ø60.0. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-125 .5 800F-3M1 3 174 137 37.4.5 4.2 –0 mm OPTIONAL EN OPTION OPTIONAL OPCIONAL OPZIONALE +0.2. of Units (Holes) 7 mm METAL METALL MÉTAL METALLO 2 0. No.1 –0 +0. ø90 40 50 40 50 40 / 60 50 / 60 70 50 30 50 60 / 90 30 D 48 40 / 60 1.5 0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos.5 mm 8 mm 1 M3. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. A B D 800F-1M1 1 99 62 — 800F-2M1 2 137 100 37. 800F-1P1 800F-1Y1D Mounting Holes No.75 . are bold. No.ab.6 mm 1.5 mm2 (#18 .4 mm Cat.5 800F-6P1 6 248 87 64 31 55 224 Note: Cable opening = 21.9 Nm 6 .3 –0 A .4 24.7 Nm 15 lb-in 2 1. of Holes 1 A B C D W L 85 89 58 — 58 59 85 89 74 — 58 65 800F-2P1 2 124 79 58 31 48 102.#12 AWG) 0.#14 AWG) 9 1 2 1 10 3 0. Pendant Stations Plastic Enclosures 0 W 1 D L D 2 3 Cat.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters.2 3.6 mm 1 P = PG conduit holes or M = Metric conduit holes 3.4 = 22.8 mm 5 "Clic" 4 "Clic" 4 3 2 6 5 "Clic" 1 "Clic" 7 1 3 PLASTIC PLASTIK PLASTIQUE PLÁSTICO PLÁSTICA 8 1.8 lb-in 2 3 1.5 800F-3P1 3 155 79 58 31 48 133 800F-4P1 4 186 79 58 31 48 164.5 800F-5M1 5 249 212 37.2 Nm 10 lb-in 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800F 22.8 mm D 1.2.

No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . are bold.5 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Assembled Station Pin Out Chart 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Cat.Bulletin 800F 22.com/catalogs 10-126 Preferred availability cat. of Pins Location 1 800F-1YMQ53V AC Micro / 5-pin BX01V 1 2 BX01V 4 5 — — — 3 800F-1YMQA AC Micro / 6-pin BX01 1 5 BX01 2 6 BX10 3 4 — Location 3 E to F to G to Pin # Pin # Pin # BX01 1/4 2/3 — — — — — — — BX01 1/4 2/3 — — — — — — — — BX10V 2 4 BX01V 1 3 — — — 800F-1YMQ3 BX01V 1 3 BX01V 2 4 — — — — 800F-1YMQ3VEG BX01V 1 3 BX01V 2 4 — — — — 800F-1YMQ41 800F-1YMQ44 DC Micro / 4-pin DC Micro / 5-pin Mini Receptacle / 4-pin BX01V 1 2 BX01V 4 5 — — — 3 BX01 2 4 — — — — — — — J BX10 1 J BX01 2 4 BN3R 3 J 800F-1YMQ4 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN3R 2 J J 800F-1YMQ5 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN5R 2 J J BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN7R 2 J J BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN3R 2 J J 800F-1MYMQ5 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN5R 2 J J 800F-1MYMQ6 BX10 1 J BX01 6 5 BN7R 2 J J 800F-1YMQ6 800F-1MYMQ4 9 C to D to Pin # Pin # 800F-NX1 800F-1YMQ3V 8 Location 2 800F-1YMQ1 800F-1YMQ2 7 A to B to Pin # Pin # Mini Receptacle / 6-pin J = Jumper 10 11 12 13 www. Connector Style / No. nos.ab.

. EN 60947-5-5  IP65/IP66. contact blocks are horizontal. and 9-button configurations  1-.. . and 3-speed operators can be mounted with either our standard Cat. For the 3-hole enclosure.. If the contact blocks are mounted vertically the operator is mounted vertically in the enclosure.. CSA C22.. with the black operator being located in position 2 and the white operator being located in position 3... are bold... 2-.. 800F extended push buttons  Electrical and mechanical interlocks Product Selection .9-hole enclosures. The easiest way to visualize the operator orientation is by observing the contact block direction attached to the operators . .... the white operator will be located in position X of the mechanical interlock and the black operator will be located in position X+1 of the mechanical interlock. 10-132 Accessories. .2 No. Vertical mounted operators are only found in position 2 & 3 of the 3hole enclosure.. Horizontal mounted operators are found in position 1 of the 3-hole enclosure and all positions of the 5-. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-127 11 12 13 . 5-. Operators in Positions 2 & 3 are mounted vertical. . . . and 3-speed push buttons  IP66.... www.. Position 9 5-Hole Enclosure 7-Hole Enclosure 9-Hole Enclosure 3-Hole Enclosure1 1 Operator in Position 1 is mounted horizontal..Bulletin 800FC 22. the mechanical interlock can only be located in positions 2 & 3. 2 Pos. 2-. If the contact blocks are mounted horizontally the operator is mounted horizontally in the enclosure... nos..... 10-134 Specifications.ab...... the mechanical interlock can be located in any two adjacent positions.. 7-. No. 800F-ALP latch or a mechanical interlocking latch (Cat. NEMA Type 4/4X/13  Finger-safe contact blocks  Buttons are flush-mounted with the enclosure to reduce accidental operation  Use of standard Bul.. No. and 3-Speed Operators Certifications UR/UL. .. UL 508...... contact blocks are horizontal.. CE Standards Compliance NEMA ICS-5. 14. EN ISO 13850... Position 5 .... .. EN 60947-5-1. . 10-136 Approximate Dimensions 1 ...Vertical vs.. contact blocks are vertical.. The 1-.. CCC. 3 Position X+1 MultiOperator 9 10 Position 1 Position 1 Position 1 . 10-128 Catalog Number Explanation . Horizontal Definition Operator Sequence when using a Mechanical Interlock Due to the design of the enclosures.. 4 5 6 7 Operator Assembly Sequence and Mounting Orientation Vertical Mount Operators 1 Product Certifications Mechanical Interlock  1-..... CSA...  Operators in all positions are mounted horizontal. .. It is necessary to know this when ordering individual operators for populating at the customer location. 2-. Position 7 Position 1 Position 3 Position 2 . and 3-speed operators  Screw-down mounting  3-across x 1 deep contact blocks  Snap-down contact blocks  Bifurcated and Quad Connect contact blocks  Color-coded contact blocks 0 Horizontal Mount Operators Position X 8 Multi-Operator Pos..com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800FC-ALP). . 2-.. NEMA Type 4/4X/13  Engineering grade thermoplastics  Chemical-resistant for harsh environments  Booted operator Terminal Identification RoHS 2 3 EN/IEC 60947-1  Operator Mounting . operators are mounted in both a vertical and horizontal orientation.. . For the 5-…9-hole enclosures... EN 60947-1..5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Overview Bulletin 800FC — Configured Pendant Stations Table of Contents  3-... For the 5-…9-hole enclosures.. 10-138 Bulletin 800FP — 1-..

hanger ring. cable clamp. LEFT.Bulletin 800FC 22. C Vertical Mounting Horizontal Mounting Black with White Arrow White with Black Arrow White with Black Arrow Black with White Arrow Blank Blank Blank Blank One-Speed Operators  Proper contact block assembly of these devices is required. ‡ Text (DOWN. No. U241 DOWN UP — — U243 — — RIGHT LEFT b U244 REVERSE FORWARD — — Cap Color U246 — — FORWARD REVERSE DOWN A Code Description U700 LEFT RIGHT UP 1 White U261 DOWN FAST UP FAST — — Black U263 — — RIGHT FAST LEFT FAST REVERSE FAST FORWARD FAST — — U266 — — FORWARD FAST REVERSE FAST U260 LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST UP FAST DOWN FAST 2 U264 7 Cat. Quantity 3-hole 800FC-3Z 5-hole 1 Pendants — Yellow Plastic IP66 Cat. UP. 800FC-7Z Arrow Direction Chart UP FORWARD RIGHT D Two-Speed Operators 8 U271 2-speed DOWN 2-speed UP U273 — — 2-speed REVERSE 2-speed FORWARD — — — — 2-speed FORWARD 2-speed REVERSE 2-speed UP 2-speed DOWN U274 B U276 9 U270 2-speed LEFT 2-speed RIGHT — — 2-speed RIGHT 2-speed LEFT Three-Speed Operators 10 DOWN REVERSE LEFT 3-speed DOWN U291 3-speed UP U293 — — U294 3-speed REVERSE 3-speed FORWARD C U296 11 U290 3-speed LEFT 3-speed RIGHT — — 3-speed RIGHT 3-speed LEFT 3-speed FORWARD 3-speed REVERSE 3-speed UP 3-speed DOWN Note: Please see page 104 for proper latch and contact block configurations. B.1 800FC-5Z 1 7-hole 800FC-7Z 9-hole 800FC-9Z 1 Housings supplied with cable sleeve. No. ♣ Booted style of operators for pendant stations. 12 13 www.ab. wire guides.) indicates arrow direction.com/catalogs 10-128 Preferred availability cat.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection 0 Product Selection Enclosures Enclosure Type Pkg. No. 800FC-ALP (mechanical interlock latch) can be used with these operators. 800FC-3Z 1-. No. No. 2 and gasket. Cat. 800F-ALP (standard latch) and Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . nos. Text is not printed on operators. § Cat. 2-. and 3-Speed Operators §♣ 800FP – C A a 3 1 U243 b c a c Operator Type 4 5 6 Symbol Code Description A 1-speed single arrow D 1-speed double arrow B 2-speed C 3-speed Description‡ Valid with Code Table a Selections: U100 A. Please see contact block information on page 104. etc. are bold.

No./ Composite Cat. 800FP-E5PX10V. No.ab. No. No. No. No. 10 Bul. Guard Cat. Keyed Operator Cat. Composite Cat.Bulletin 800FC 22. No. Green 800FP-LE3 800FP-LE3PN§GX10 Red 800FP-LE4 800FP-LE4PN§RX10 Yellow 800FP-LE5 800FP-LE5PN§WX10 Blue 800FP-LE6 800FP-LE6PN§BX10 Clear 800FP-LE7 800FP-LE7PN§WX10 § Select 3 for 24V AC/DC or 5 for 120V AC. Twist-to-release — Red 800FP-MT44PX01 — Twist-to-release — Red. monolithic with guard. No. Example: Cat. monolithic 800FD-MT44X01 800F-AMEGY 1 2 § Select 3 for 24V AC/DC or 5 for 120V AC. add V for low voltage contact blocks. No. Composite Cat. No 800FP-SM22 800FP-SM22PX11 Yes 800FP-KM21 800FP-KM21PX11 No 800FP-SM32 800FP-SM32PX20 Yes 800FP-KM34 800FP-KM34PX20 2 3  For 24V AC/DC units./ No Electrical Electrical Interlock Interlock — — 800FP-E2PX10 800FP-E2PX11 800F-AE208 800FP-E208 800FP-E208PX10 800FP-E208PX11 800F-AE2CU244 800FP-E2U244 800FP-E2U244PX10 800FP-E2U244PX11 800F-AE2CU261 800FP-E2U261 800FP-E2U261PX10 800FP-E2U261PX11 800F-AE2CU264 800FP-E2U264 800FP-E2U264PX10 800FP-E2U264PX11 — — 800FP-E1PX10 800FP-E1PX11 LEFT FAST or DOWN FAST Double arrow 0° REVERSE FAST Double arrow 45° Blank — UP or RIGHT Single arrow 0° 800F-AE108 800FP-E108 800FP-E108PX10 800FP-E108PX11 FORWARD Single arrow 45° 800F-AE1CU244 800FP-E1U244 800FP-E1U244PX10 800FP-E1U244PX11 UP FAST or RIGHT FAST Double arrow 0° 800F-AE1CU261 800FP-E1U261 800FP-E1U261PX10 800FP-E1U261PX11 FORWARD FAST Double arrow 45° 800F-AE1CU264 800FP-E1U264 800FP-E1U264PX10 800FP-E1U264PX11 Blank — — — 800FP-E3PX10 START/ALARM Start/Alarm 800F-AE3CU222 800FP-E3U222 800FP-E3U222PX10 START Start symbol 800F-AE3CU909 800FP-E3U909 800FP-E3U909PX10 Blank — 800FP-E4 — — 800FP-E4PX10 STOP Stop symbol 800FP-E9 800F-AE405 800FP-E405 800FP-E405PX10 Blank — 800FP-E5 — — 800FP-E5PX10 ALARM Alarm 800FP-E9 800F-AE5CU223 800FP-E5U223 800FP-E5U223PX10 Blank — 800FP-E6 — — 800FP-E6PX10 R Reset symbol 800FP-E9 800F-AE611 800FP-E611 800FP-E611PX10 White Green Symbol Definition Red Yellow Blue 800FP-E1 800FP-E9 800FP-E3 800FP-E9 — 5 6 7 8 9  For 24V AC/DC units. 1 Mechanical interlock is not allowed. No. Cap Cat. nos. No. 800FP-E5PX10 becomes Cat. are bold.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800F Two-Position Twist-to-Release and Twist-to-Release/Push-Pull Operators 0 Description Operator Cat. illuminated 800FP-LMT44PN§RX01 — Keyed twist-to-release — Red 800FP-MK44PX01 — Twist-to-release or push-pull — Red.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. Composite Cat. monolithic 800FD-MT44X01 — Twist-to-release or push-pull — Red. 800F Push Button Operators — Extended & Illuminated 1 4 11 Number of Positions Lens Color Operator Cat. No. No. www. No. 1 Mechanical interlock is not allowed. Bul. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-129 12 13 . 800FP-E5PX10 becomes Cat. No. 800FP-E5PX10V. add V for low voltage contact blocks. 800FP-E2 Blank — LEFT or DOWN Single arrow 0° REVERSE Single arrow 45° Black 800FP-E9 Complete Operator Cat. 800F Push Button Operators and Caps — Extended & Non-Illuminated 1 3 Cap Color Description Operator Cat. 800F Selector Switch Operators — Maintained & Non-Illuminated Bul. Example: Cat.

Bulletin 800FC 22. No.ab. nos. 800F-AEU2 800F-AEU1 800F-AECU2CU241 800F-AECU1CU241 800F-AECU2CU700 800F-AECU1CU700 800F-AECU2CU244 800F-AECU1CU244 800F-AECU2CU261 800F-AECU1CU261 800F-AECU2CU260 800F-AECU1CU260 800F-AECU2CU264 800F-AECU1CU264 800F-AECU1CU241 800F-AECU2CU241 800F-AECU1CU242 800F-AECU2CU242 800F-AECU1CU245 800F-AECU2CU245 800F-AECU1CU261 800F-AECU2CU261 800F-AECU1CU262 800F-AECU2CU262 800F-AECU1CU265 800F-AECU2CU265 Back of Panel Cat. No.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. Position C Cap Cat. Example: Cat.  For 24V AC/DC units. No. are bold. 1 Mechanical interlock is not allowed. 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 Vertical Mounting 3 4 5 6 7 8 UP (white)/DOWN (black) Single arrow 0° RIGHT (white)/LEFT (black) Single arrow 90° FORWARD (white)/REVERSE (black) Single arrow 45° UP FAST (white)/DOWN FAST (black) Double arrow 0° RIGHT FAST (white)/LEFT FAST (black) FORWARD FAST (white)/REVERSE FAST (black) 10 Double arrow 45° 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 Horizontal Mounting LEFT (black)/RIGHT (white) Single arrow 90° DOWN (black)/UP (white) Single arrow 0° REVERSE (black)/FORWARD (white) Single arrow 45° LEFT FAST (black)/UP FAST (white) Double arrow 90° DOWN FAST (black)/UP FAST (white) 9 Double arrow 90° Non-Illuminated REVERSE FAST (black)/FORWARD FAST (white) Double arrow 0° Double arrow 45° Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 11 12 13 www. 800F Multi Operators and Caps— Extended ‡1 0 C B A 1 A B C Vertical Mounting 2 Description Symbol Definition Blank (black and white cap) — Horizontal Mounting Illumination Operator Cat. No.com/catalogs 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 800F-PX20 § Select 3 for 24V AC/DC or 5 for 120V AC. 800F-PX20V ‡ Electrical interlock cannot be performed within the pendant enclosure. add V for low voltage contact blocks. No. Non-Illuminated 800FP-U2X Illuminated 800FP-LU2X Position A Cap Cat. 800F-PX20 becomes Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 800F-PN§WX20 . No. 10-130 800F-PX20 800F-PN§WX20 Preferred availability cat.

2-. No. nos. No. and positions 1 and/or 9 for a 9-hole enclosure. two pieces of each contact block must be ordered. 800F Pilot Lights — Monolithic Bul.ab. Latch Cat. No. ‡ For proper operation. No. No.Bulletin 800FC 22. No. and 3-Speed Contact Block Assemblies 7 8 Cat. No. 13 www. Bul. — 800F-X10E 9 10 800F-X10N (Speed 2) 800F-X10E (Speed 1) 11 800F-X10E (Speed 2) 800F-X10M (Speed 1)‡ 12  Contact blocks come preassembled onto latch. No. 800F-N2 6 1-. Contact Block Location 3 Cat. 24V AC/DC 800FD-P3N3 120V AC 800FD-P3N5 24V AC/DC Red 120V AC Yellow Blue Clear Resistive Element (Ω) Cat. Positions 1 and/or 5 for a 5-hole enclosure. § When ordering separate components. No. 800F Hole Plug 3 4 Color Black plastic 5 Cat. 800F Potentiometer Operators1 0 Lens Color Green Lamp Voltage Cat. No interlock 800F-PX10E 800F-ALP — Electrical interlock 800F-PX11C 800F-ALP 800F-X01B Mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX20C 800FC-ALP — Electrical & mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX22C 800FC-ALP 800F-X01B No interlock 800F-PX20C 800F-ALP — Electrical interlock 800F-PX21C 800F-ALP 800F-X01B Mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX40C 800FC-ALP — Electrical & mechanical interlock§ 800F-LX42C 800FC-ALP 800F-X01B  800F-PX30C 800F-ALP 800F-X10N Mechanical interlock§  800F-LX60C 800FC-ALP 800F-X10N (Speed 3) No interlock 3-speed Contact Block Location 2 Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-131 . one for each operator. Contact Block Location 1 Cat. Positions 1 and/or 7 for a 7-hole enclosure. are bold.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800F-X10M must be mounted in position 3 of either the mechanical or standard latch. Cat. 150 800FP-POT1 500 800FP-POT2 1000 800FP-POT3 2500 800FP-POT4 5000 800FP-POT5 10 000 800FP-POT6 800FD-P4N3 800FD-P4N5 24V AC/DC 800FD-P5N3 120V AC 800FD-P5N5 24V AC/DC 800FD-P6N3 120V AC 800FD-P6N5 24V AC/DC 800FD-P7N3 120V AC 800FD-P7N5 1 2 1 Only available in Position 1 for a 3-hole enclosure.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. No latches are required. No. 800F-ALP Separate Catalog Numbers Operator Type 1-speed 2-speed Interlock Type Composite Cat. No. 800FC-ALP Cat.

O/H CRANE. 4 f f1 Pos.  Monolithic style device provided. LEFT FAST O/H CRANE. 2 Pos. 8 k k1 Pos. REVERSE. a trim washer or Cat. UP FAST Two-Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡11 Code Description B2 Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (up) BB BD BL B1 BF BR BU Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank 1-2 SPEED.  Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = S (electrical interlock. no additional boots Electrical interlock. DOWN FAST O/H CRANE. additional rubber boot) is not allowed.. O/H CRANE. no. when a mechanical interlock (b1…k1 = M or B) is selected with a 1-…3-speed operator. O/H CRANE. HOIST..Bulletin 800FC 22. RIGHT FAST LIFT.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Catalog Number Explanation 0 Catalog Number Explanation Configured Pendant Stations 800FC – a b b1 Pos. 2 Voltage 3 24V AC/DC 120V AC 24V AC/DC 120V AC Legend Plate No Yes a b…k Enclosure Code Operator Type 3-Hole 5-Hole 7-Hole 9-Hole Code Code Code Code 2 4 6 8 Single Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡11 Code Description A2 Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (up) 3 5 7 9 A C E G AB B D F H AD AL A1 4 AF 5 6 7 8 9 1 Only available in position 1 of a 3-hole enclosure and in positions 1 & 2 of a 5-…9-hole enclosure. 6 Pos.com/catalogs 10-132 Description C2 Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (up) CB Interlock and/or Rubber Boot Code N E M B R S Code CD CL C1 CF CR CU Preferred availability cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank 1-2-3 SPEED. boots standard‡ Electrical and mechanical interlock. no additional boots) is not allowed. 10 AR AU Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank O/H CRANE. the white operator will be located in position X of the mechanical interlock and the opposite black operator will be placed in position X+1 of the mechanical interlock (Example: AFMABM or BUMBDM). additional rubber boot) is not allowed. FORWARD. the black operator will be located in position 2 of the enclosure and the opposite white operator will be placed in position 3 of the enclosure (Example: ABMAFM or BDMBUM).  Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = B (electrical and mechanical interlock) is not allowed. positions 1 and/or 7 for a 7-hole enclosure. DOWN HOIST. when a mechanical interlock (c1 & d1 = M or B) is selected with a 1-…3-speed operator. are bold. REVERSE LIFT. boots standard‡ No interlock. additional rubber boot www. LEFT Blank O/H CRANE. no additional boots) is not allowed. HOIST. 7 5-…9-hole j j1 Pos. FAST O/H CRANE.ab. 800F-36_ legend plate must be installed with this operator. no additional boots Mechanical interlock. ♣ Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = E (electrical interlock. additional rubber boot Electrical interlock. 5 g g1 h h1 Pos. O/H CRANE. 3 3-…9-hole e1 Pos. HOIST. 11 For proper installation. nos. RIGHT 1-2-3 SPEED. No. and positions 1 and/or 9 for a 9-hole enclosure. UP Fast Single Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡11 Code DB DD DL DF DR DU Description Black operator with double arrow (reverse fast — down/left) Black operator with double arrow (down fast) Black operator with double arrow (left fast) White operator with double arrow (forward fast — up/right) White operator with double arrow (right fast) White operator with double arrow (up fast) Legend Plate Text (When Selected) O/H CRANE. 1 1 c c1 d d1 e Pos. positions 1 and/or 5 for a 5-hole enclosure. LIFT. 9 Note: A code from Tables b…k and b1…k1 must be specified for each operator to create a valid cat. FORWARD 1-2-3 SPEED. DOWN 1-2-3 SPEED. § Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = N (no interlock. HOIST. ® Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = M (mechanical interlock) is not allowed. For a 5-. FORWARD HOIST. ‡ For a 3-hole enclosure. LEFT Blank 1-2-3 SPEED. UP Three-Speed Operators for use with Mechanical Interlock‡§♣11 11 b1…k1 12 13 Description No interlock. REVERSE 1-2 SPEED. DOWN 1-2 SPEED. REVERSE 1-2-3 SPEED. LIFT. UP . LEFT Blank 1-2 SPEED.  Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = R (no interlock. LIFT.9-hole enclosure. RIGHT LIFT. FAST LIFT. FORWARD 1-2 SPEED. LIFT. RIGHT 1-2 SPEED. ♠ Only available in position 1 for a 3-hole enclosure.

REVERSE LIFT. DOWN FAST O/H CRANE. with arrow (down & up) Black/white operator. with arrow (left & right) Black/white operator.Bulletin 800FC 22. 11 Interlock and/or Rubber Boot Description No interlock. DOWN HOIST.ab. with double arrows (reverse fast & forward fast) 1 2 Not provided 4 5 Pilot Lights♣® Code Description P0 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 Amber LED Green LED Red LED Yellow LED Blue LED Clear LED 3 Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank 6 7 Potentiometers♣®♠ Code Description 1P 2P 3P 4P 5P 6P Black operator — 150 Ω Black operator — 500 Ω Black operator — 1000 Ω Black operator — 2500 Ω Black operator — 5000 Ω Black operator — 10 000 Ω Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank 8 9 Hole Plug♣® Code Description N2 Black hole plug Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank 10 O-I b1…k1 I-O-II Code N E M B R S Note: Footnote explanations on previous page. with arrow (reverse & forward) Black/white operator with double arrows (down fast & up fast) Black/white operator with double arrows (left fast & right fast) Black/white operator with double arrows (reverse fast & forward fast) Black/white operator. with double arrows (left fast & right fast) Black/white operator. illuminated. LEFT FAST O/H CRANE. FAST Blank LIFT. RIGHT O/H CRANE. illuminated. are bold. illuminated.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. no additional boots Electrical interlock. RIGHT FAST O/H CRANE. additional rubber boot 12 13 www. FORWARD LIFT. continued Operator Type VV VW Not provided VX Standard Extended Push Buttons — Non-Illuminated® Code Description E2 ED EL FD Black operator (no text or symbol) Black operator with arrow (down) Black operator with arrow (left) Black operator with arrow (reverse — down/left) Black operator with double arrow (down fast) FL Black operator with double arrow (left fast) EB FU Black operator with double arrow (reverse fast — down/left) White operator (no text or symbol) White operator with arrow (up) White operator with arrow (right) White operator with arrow (forward — up/right) White operator with double arrow (up fast) FR White operator with double arrow (right fast) FB E1 EU ER EF FF E3 EQ EN E4 ES E5 EA E6 R6 White operator with double arrow (forward fast — up/right) Green operator (no text or symbol)♣ Green operator with Start/Alarm symbol♣ Green operator with Start symbol♣ Red operator (no text or symbol)♣ Red operator with Stop symbol♣ Yellow operator (no text or symbol)♣ Yellow operator with Alarm symbol♣ Blue operator (no text or symbol)♣ Blue operator with R♣ WV Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank LIFT. continued Operator Type Emergency Stop Operators1♣® 2. LEFT O/H CRANE.Function Multi-Operator Push Buttons♣® Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Code Description MT ME MK MM Red operator — twist-to-release Illuminated red operator — twist-to-release Red operator — keyed twist-to-release Red operator — twist-to-release/push-pull Red operator with guard — twist-torelease/push-pull MG b…k. illuminated. boots standard‡ Electrical and mechanical interlock. FORWARD. illuminated.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Catalog Number Explanation b…k. FAST Blank START. UP HOIST. UP FAST O/H CRANE. boots standard‡ No interlock. REVERSE. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-133 . illuminated. with double arrows (down fast & up fast) Black/white operator. no additional boots Mechanical interlock. ALARM START Blank STOP Blank ALARM Blank RESET Standard Extended Push Buttons — Illuminated♣® Code Description L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 Green operator (no text or symbol) Red operator (no text or symbol) Yellow operator (no text or symbol) Blue operator (no text or symbol) Clear operator (no text or symbol) Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Selector Switches♣® Code SH KH SJ KJ Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Description 2-position 3-position Standard-maintained Keyed-maintained Standard-maintained Keyed-maintained Code WW WX XV XW XX YV YW YX 0 Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Description Black/white operator with arrow (down & up) Black/white operator with arrow (left & right) Black/white operator with arrow (reverse & forward) Black/white operator. additional rubber boot Electrical interlock. nos.

No. ALARM  Custom text 800F-36§E1001 § For vertically mounted operators. FORWARD 800F-36§E405 O/H CRANE. nos. are bold. LIFT. O/H CRANE. Example: Cat.com/catalogs 10-134 Preferred availability cat. 9 Line 1 Line 2 10 11 Line 4 Line 3 Line 4 12 Line 1 Line 2 Vertical Mounting (V) Line 3 Horizontal Mounting (H) Font Size Max. FORWARD 800F-36§E411 O-I 800F-36§U231 1-2-3 SPEED. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Max. 1 Font code (K. DOWN 800F-36§E416 1-2 SPEED. Example: Cat. DOWN 800F-36§E409 O/H CRANE. No. No. No.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Accessories 0 Accessories Engraved Legend Plates Vertical Horizontal LIFT DOWN 1 L I F T 2 D O W N 3 7 8 Cat. For horizontally mounted operators. FORWARD 800F-36§E420 1-2 SPEED. No. LIFT. LEFT 800F-36§E401 LIFT. REVERSE 800F-36§E406 O/H CRANE. No. S. FAST 800F-36§E424 1-2-3 SPEED. RIGHT 800F-36§E415 STOP 800F-36§E212 LIFT. 800F-36VE186. DOWN FAST 800F-36§E417 1-2 SPEED. O/H CRANE. UP 800F-36§E418 1-2 SPEED.Bulletin 800FC 22. FAST 800F-36§E421 1-2 SPEED. O/H CRANE. LIFT. Characters Per Line Max. HOIST. L) must be selected from the following table. no. O/H CRANE. No. HOIST. Description Cat. 800F-36HE416 Description Cat. add an H to the cat. RIGHT FAST 800F-36§E425 4 6 D O W N LIFT DOWN Cat. 800F-36§E186 becomes Cat. REVERSE 800F-36§E412 I-O-II 800F-36§U234 ALARM 800F-36§E413 RESET 800F-36§E186 HOIST. LEFT FAST 800F-36§E422 1-2-3 SPEED. Blank 800F-36BE100 1-2-3 SPEED. REVERSE 800F-36§E423 1-2-3 SPEED. of Lines . REVERSE. LEFT 800F-36§E407 O/H CRANE. HOIST. DOWN 800F-36§E403 LIFT. FORWARD. LEFT 800F-36§E414 START 800F-36§E208 HOIST. Characters Per Line K (small) 16 4 9 4 S (standard) 14 4 8 4 L (large) 10 2 7 2 13 www. LIFT. add a V to the cat. UP FAST 800F-36§E419 1-2 SPEED. RIGHT 800F-36§E402 LIFT. No.  Please fill in the custom text fax sheet found on page 112 to ensure accuracy of legend plate engraving.ab. UP 800F-36§E426 START. 800F-36§E186 becomes Cat. No. HOIST. 800F-36HE186. of Lines Max. RIGHT 800F-36§E408 O/H CRANE. UP 800F-36§E404 O/H CRANE. 800F-36VE416 5 L I F T 800F-36§E410 1-2-3 SPEED. No. no.

R = Red. B = Blue. no. N..C. N. W = White. ♣ For proper operation. are bold. and 3-speed operators.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Accessories Description Pkg.  First contact closure of 1. ‡ Second contact closure of 2-speed operators and third contact closure of 3-speed operators.O.Bulletin 800FC 22. No. 2-. Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ® First contact closure of 3-speed operators. 800F-X10M must be mounted in position 3 of the mechanical or standard latch. 800F-X01 N. Quantity 800F-X10 N.5) 5-…9-hole (M32 x 1. No.  Not for use with 1-. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-135 . § To complete the cat. G = Green. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ 800F-X10V 800F-X01B NOEM 800F-X10E NOLM‡ 800F-X10N ♣ NOEEM® 3-hole (M20 x 1. and 3-speed operators.ab. replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: Y = Amber.C. nos. low voltage — QuadCONNECT™ Contact block 800F-N2 9 800F-AMEGY § 800F-N3x § 800F-N5x 10 11 1 Only for use with 1-.O. 12 13 www. Cable sleeve 5 Cat.C.and 2-speed operators.B.E. No.5) 2-position multi-operator Narrow plastic guard Yellow 1 10 120V AC 7 10 8 800FC-AS5  800F-ABE7  800F-AUB2 1 24V AC/DC Integrated LED module 800F-X10M 800FC-AS3 Extended push button Protective boot 6 800F-X01V 10 N. 2-. Quantity Cat. Plastic mounting latch 10 800F-ALP 0 1 1 Mechanical interlock latch 1 Replacement wire guide 10 800FC-AWG Replacement trim washer 10 800F-ATW1 Insulated side jumper 50 800FC-ALP 2 3 1492-SJ5A-24 1492-SJ5A-10 4 Hole plug Description 1 Type Pkg.  Wire guides are provided with enclosures.

 Plastic keyed operators are IP66. No. knob Illuminated push button Polyamide Knob Non-illuminated selector switch Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing I Non-illuminated push button. push/twist-to-release E-stop. selector switch. rated 75 °C min. UL Recognized to 55 °C (131 °F) .5 mm for the large cable sleeve (Cat. nos. push/twist-to-release. push/twist-to-release E-stop.7 N•m (15 lb•in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F)‡ Temperature range (short term storage) -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) Humidity 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. alternate action. key selector switch 300 000 Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop.fully populated 9-hole pendant enclosure 45 °C (113 °F) with 75 °C wire. TPE Diaphragm seal Illuminated push button. toggle switch Operating forces (typical with one contact block) Flush/extended = 5 N. Material Listing Component For Use with Material Used Panel gasket All operators Nitrile.25 N•m (2. 18…12 AWG. return spring I Illuminated push button.. key E-stop Nitrile Diaphragm retainer. key selector switch.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max.5…15 mm for the small cable sleeve (Cat. Note: Use UL Listed type S or SJ cords. key E-stop. key E-stop Zinc-coated music wire Button cap Non-illuminated push button. 1.Bulletin 800FC 22. 40 °C (104 °F) . non-illuminated push button Stainless steel Return spring II Selector switch.Incandescent module max. pilot light Polycarbonate Plastic mounting ring All plastic operators Glass-filled polyamide Plastic latch — Glass-filled polyamide Mechanical interlock latch — Glass-filled polyamide Plastic enclosure — PBT/polycarbonate blend Terminal screws LED module.2 lb•in) Mounting torque 1. illuminated push-pull E-stop. E-stop. contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Housing LED module Glass-filled polyamide Low-voltage terminals Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Low-voltage spanner Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Spanner Contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Boot Illuminated push button. no damage at 100 G IP66 (Type 4/4X/13) Degree of protection 10 000 000 Cycles Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) 2 3 Momentary push buttons 1 000 000 Cycles Multi-function.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Specifications 0 Specifications1 Front-of-Panel (Operators) Mechanical Ratings Description Plastic (Bulletin 800FP) Vibration (assembled to panel) 1 Tested at 10…2000 Hz. with an overall OD of 7. selector switch. key E-stop. ‡ Operating temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. non-illuminated push button. Type 4/13. key selector switch. multi-function illuminated and non-illuminated Automotive industry acceptable silicone 13 www. multi-function Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing II Pilot light Glass-filled PBT Diffuser Illuminated push button. E-stop = 36 N Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0. key selector switch. alternate action push buttons 100 000 Cycles Potentiometer. push/twist-to-release E-stop. no damage Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms. 800FC-AS3) and 9…22./10 G max. contact blocks Zinc-plated steel with chromate Terminals LED module. multi-function PBT/polycarbonate blend 2-color molded button cap Non-illuminated push button PBT/polycarbonate blend Lens Multi-function Acetal Lens.ab.com/catalogs 10-136 Preferred availability cat. 800FC-AS5). are bold. No. not Type 4X. non-illuminated push button Automotive industry acceptable silicone K-seal Selector switch. for 3 hr duration. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . illuminated push button. with a smooth outer jacket rated for wet locations use (marked W) and oil resistant outer covering (marked O) such as SOW or SJOW with copper wire.

B. 2.C.C.B./10 G max.M. early early make N. AC 15.E.O.M.O. early make Double break / double make.C.L.C.5 mm2) Max.O.75…2. late make Standard push button travel to change electrical state N. Q600 600V AC AC 15.L. 3 mm (0. are bold.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Specifications Back-of-Panel Components1 Electrical Ratings 5V. 5 mA.12 in. → N. (2) #14 AWG or (1) #12 AWG Wire capacity (screw terminal)‡ #18…14 AWG (0. www.E. R150.1 in. two spring clamps per terminal Wire capacity (spring-clamp terminal) Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals 3 0.  Low voltage contacts are recommended for applications below 17V. and N. early break — positive opening N. 1. 4 mm (0.E.7…0. 1.5 N Illumination LED Dominant Wavelength Green Red Yellow Blue White 525 nm 629 nm 590 nm 470 nm — LED Luminous Intensity Green Red Yellow Blue White 780 780 600 168 360 10 mcd mcd mcd mcd mcd 11 Materials Springs Electrical contacts Terminals Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Standard 12 Silver-nickel Low voltage Gold-plated over silver Screw Brass Spring-clamp Silver-plated brass 13 1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog.75…1. Contact durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) Slow double make and break Slow double make and break — positive opening N.L.B. Double break / double make.M. → 7 Double break / double make. Contact operation 6 Double break / double make. 1 mA DC min.75 mm2) may not hold in terminal securely. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-137 . C300.O.E. Standard contact block ratings 24V AC 24V DC 120V AC 240V AC Current Draw 10…29V AC 10…30V DC 70…132V AC 180…264V AC Thermal current 31 24 25 22 Frequency mA mA mA mA 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 10 A max. nos.O.O.) Multi-speed push button travel to change electrical state N. EN 60947-5-1 Insulation voltage (Ui) 1 2 Screw terminal = 690V. 9 7 mm (0.C.5 mm (0.O.E.) N. late break — positive opening N.5 mm (0. 6 hr Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms and no damage at 100 G max.E.ab. spring-clamp = 300V #18…12 AWG (0.5 mm2) One per spring clamp. and N.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max.) Single-circuit contact block 3.Bulletin 800FC 22. ‡ Wires less than #18 AWG (0.) N. DC 13 to EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508 Low voltage contact block ratings Range Nominal Voltage LED Module Ratings 0 A600.E.) N.28 in. enclosed (40 °C ambient) to UL508.9 N•m (6…8 lb•in) Dielectric strength (minimum) 2500V for one minute Standard blocks 10 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) Low voltage contact blocks 6 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) External short circuit protection Electrical shock protection 4 Finger-safe conforming to IP2X Mechanical Ratings Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz.M. DC 13 to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 and UL 508.B.M.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Operating forces (typical) 5 10 000 000 cycles N. → N.060 in.O. 17V.E.L.M. 5 mA min.4 N Dual-circuit contact block 5…6.C.16 in. 8 Double break / double make.

are bold. 13 www. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 73 . 7-.ab. of Holes A B 800FC-4/5/C/D 5 309 36 800FC-6/7/E/F 7 381 36 800FC-8/9/G/H 9 453 36 4 91 8 5 36 6 250 7 B B 104 8 34 B A B 33 9 B 10 B 11 78 12 1 For Bul. nos.Bulletin 800FC 22. and 3-Speed Operator Bul.5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Approximate Dimensions 0 Approximate Dimensions 1 Bul.4 2 3 Bul. 800FC Legend Plate 35. 800FC Pendant Station (5-.6 1 52 31. see page 10-120. 800FC 1-. and 9-Hole) Bul. No. 2-. 800F operator dimensions. No.com/catalogs 10-138 Preferred availability cat.6 13. 800FC Pendant Station (3-Hole) 88 76 8 Cat.

5 mm Configured Pendant Stations Fax/Scan Sheet Custom Text Fax/Scan Sheet Order/Item __________________________________ Vertical Mounting 0 Horizontal Mounting 1 2 3 4 Cat. No. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-139 . 800F-36VE100K Cat. No.ab. 800F-36HE100S Cat. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800F-36VE100L 13 www. 800F-36HE100L Cat. 800F-36HE100K 5 6 7 8 Cat.Bulletin 800FC 22. No. No. nos. No. 800F-36VE100S 9 10 11 12 Cat.

you can now order a fully assembled product for easy stocking and installation.... FORWARD. 800FD-F2X10 800FD-F2X01 800FD-F2X11 800FD-F3X10 800FD-F3X01 800FD-F3X11 800FD-F4X10 800FD-F4X01 800FD-F4X11 800FD – F 3 01 X 11 a b c d e 1 N.O.....O. 01 0 1 10 1 0 11 1 1 02 0 2 20 2 0 Text 12 13 Color Flush Caps White START.. REVERSE STOP. 10-145 Product Selection Momentary Push Button Operators..C.. FORWARD.Bulletin 800FD 22.C.. 10-142 Accessories..R ‡ "STOP" or "O" color cap/legend text are not available for "10" or "20" contact modules. O.. R STOP... 800F accessories and enclosures  Ring lug capability Push Buttons. R ‡ Green START.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Overview/Selection Bulletin 800FD Monolithic Push Buttons 0 1 2 3 4 Table of Contents With a single catalog number. 10-143 Specifications. REVERSE.... Number of N... Code Color 1 White 2 Black 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue e Contact Module 06 | 08 09 → FORWARD 10 REVERSE 11 R 1 White and yellow caps have black text. No... |..... REVERSE... are bold.→ .. FORWARD. 10-141 Selector Switches.  Ease of installation  Low back-of-panel profile (45... |......C. FORWARD. 10-144 Approximate Dimensions. this page Pilot Lights ....... FORWARD. Designed to meet worldwide standards......R Black →..→ ‡ Yellow →............7 mm)  Aesthetic design complements the Bul... → .. nos. Quantity Black Flush 1 N. www... No............O. R Extended Caps →. 10-142 Mushroom/E-Stops. REVERSE → Red →..  Valid color cap/legend text combinations are as follows: Code Number of N. 800F modular line  Anti-rotation tab provides accurate alignment and can be easily removed for use in panels without notches  Lowest cost of installation  Made of industrial-grade thermoplastic for superior chemical resistance  Designed to meet worldwide standards  Compatible with Bul.. the Bul. & 1 N. 800FD monolithic line includes Estops and pilot lights with either LED or incandescent options.. Pkg.. Non-Illuminated 5 Contact Configuration Operator Type Cap Color 6 Green 1 Red 7 8 Cat. R →. REVERSE → Blue →..ab.. Cat... No.. Code 9 10 1 N. FORWARD.. a c d Operator Type Legend Text1 Termination Style Description Code Text Code Description F Flush — No text (blank) X Standard screw E Extended 01 START R Ring lug b 02 STOP 05 O Color Cap 11 Cat. All other color caps have white text. REVERSE.. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . →. O..com/catalogs 10-140 Preferred availability cat.

Cat. are bold. 12 13 www. 800FD-P3N3 800FD-P3N5 800FD-P3N7 800FD-P4N3 800FD-P4N5 800FD-P4N7 800FD-P5N3 800FD-P5N5 800FD-P5N7 3 7 N a 1 2 3 b c a b c Lens Cap Voltage Termination Style Code Color Code Type Code Description 0 Amber 3 24V AC/DC Blank Standard screw 3 Green 5 120V AC R Ring lug 4 Red 7 240V AC 5 Yellow 6 Blue 7 Clear 4 5 6 Pilot Light Devices — Incandescent Voltage 24V AC/DC Lens & LED Color Pkg.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800FD-P3D3 800FD-P3D5 800FD-P4D3 800FD-P4D5 800FD-P5D3 800FD-P5D5 7 8 800FD – P 3 D a a 5 b c b Lens Cap 9 c Voltage Termination Style Code Color Code Type Code Description 0 Amber 0 No Bulb Blank Standard screw 3 Green 1 6V AC/DC R Ring lug 4 Red 2 12V AC/DC 5 Yellow 3 24V AC/DC 6 Blue 4 48V AC/DC 7 Clear 5 120V AC/DC 9 No lens1 10 11 1 Only valid with "no bulb" option. No. No. Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-141 . No. No.ab. nos.Bulletin 800FD 22. No.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Devices — LED 0 Voltage Lens & LED Color Pkg. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 800FD – P 24V AC/DC 120V AC 240V AC Cat. Cat.  Only valid with "no lens" option. Quantity Green Red 1 Yellow 120V AC Cat.

800FD-SM22X20 800FD-SM32X20 800FD-SM22X02 800FD-SM32X02 800FD-SM22X11 800FD-SM32X11 Contact Configuration 1 Maintained Pkg.C.O. No.ab. 3-position B3 Return from both. 800FD-MT44X01 Red 1 2 N. — 800FD-SB32X02 1 N.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Switch Operators. — 800FD-SB32X11 Spring Return From Both 800FD – S 3 L 3 2 a 4 5 11 b c a b c Operator Function Termination Style Contact Module Code Description Code Description Code Number of N. Quantity Cat. 3-position 20 2 0 R3 Return from right. 2-position X Standard screw 01 0 1 L2 Return from left.C. Non-Illuminated‡♣ 9 Color Contacts 10 Pkg. ‡ All E-stop operators are EN/ISO 13850 compliant when using at least one N.EMO 5 Yellow 6 Blue 1 E-stops must contain at least one N. & 1 N. 2 Black X Standard screw 01 0 1 3 Green R Ring lug 11 1 1 4 Red 02 0 2 4E Red . 1 N.O. are bold. 1 1 N.com/catalogs 10-142 Preferred availability cat.C. www. 2-position R Ring lug 10 1 0 R2 Return from right. & 1 N. Number of N.O.O. Quantity 2 N. nos. Cat. Number of N. 3-position 6 7 X  Only available for 2-position selector switch. 800FD-SM22X01 — 2 N.O.C.C. circuit. 2-position 11 1 1 M3 Maintained. 1 N. — 800FD-SB32X20 2 N. 800FD-SM22X10 — 1 N. contact block.C.O.C. 11 800FD – MT4 a 800FD-MT44X02 4 X 11 a b c Color Cap 12 13 b c Termination Style Contact Module1 Code Description Code Description Code Number of N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Non-Illuminated 0 Operator Type 2-Postition 3-Postition Cat. B10d values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR001_-EN-E. M2 Maintained. No.C. latch. No.Bulletin 800FD 22.C. 2 2 N. 3-position 02 0 2 L3 Return from left. and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for B10d values.O. ♣ E-Stop operators.C.C. 2-Position Selector Switch 3-Position Selector Switch Knob Position Knob Position Contacts/ Contact Position Left Right Left Right Contacts/ Contact Position Left Right Left Right Left 01 X — O — 11 O O X O X X 10 — O — X 02 O X X X X O 11 X O O X 20 X O O O O X 02 X X O O 20 O O X X 8 Right Note: X = Closed/O = Open Note: X = Closed/O = Open 2-Position Push-Pull/Twist-to-Release Mushroom Operators.

Bulletin 800FD

22.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons
Product Selection/Accessories
Plastic Enclosures — 1-Hole Only 
Feed-through design 
Knockout sizes: PG 11/16 
Not UL Listed or CSA Certified 
Monolithic or latch-mounted contact blocks

0 

Double insulated

1

Plastic Enclosures (IP66, NEMA 4/4X/13)1
Grey
Type
1-hole

Pkg. Quantity
1

Yellow

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

800FD-1P

800FD-1PY

2

1 Can only use single deep contact block.

Assembled Stations
Enclosure
Color

Quick Connect

Operator Type

N/A

Grey

Contact Configuration

Cat. No.

1 N.O.

800FD-1SP5

2-position selector switch

Yellow

N/A

Red 40 mm push-pull/twist-to-release

DC Micro 4-pin

800FD-1SP6

1 N.O./1 N.C.

DC Micro 4-pin

3

800FD-1SP6Q
800FD-1SYP2

1 N.O./1 N.C.

4

800FD-1SYP2Q

5

Accessories
Replacement Lamps
Lamp

Type

Full Voltage
Incandescent
Cat. No. 800F-N130

Typical Current

Voltage

ANSI No.

150 mA

6V AC/DC

755

Pkg. Quantity

800F-N65

Cat. No.

80 mA

12V AC/DC

756

800F-N141

70 mA

24V AC/DC

757

800F-N157

50 mA

48V AC/DC

1835

800F-N48

22 mA

130V AC/DC

949

800F-N130

10‡

Neon

2 mA

240V AC

6
7

800F-N240

8

Cat. No. 800F-N240

Replacement Lenses
Lens Color

Pkg. Quantity

Cat. No.

Amber

800FD-AP0

Green

800FD-AP3

Red

10‡

Yellow

9

800FD-AP4

800FD-AP5

Blue

800FD-AP6

Clear

800FD-AP7

10

‡ Sold in multiples of 10. Order (quantity of) 10 to receive one package of 10 pieces.

11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-143

Bulletin 800FD

22.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons
Specifications
Specifications1

0

Mechanical Ratings
Tested at 10…2000 Hz, 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./10 G max. for 3 hr duration, no
damage

Vibration (assembled to panel)
Shock

Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms; no damage at 100 G

Degree of protection

1

Mechanical durability per EN
60947-5-1 (Annex C)

IP66 (Type 3/3R/4/4X/12/13)
Selector switch

300 000 cycles

Push-pull/twist-to-release E-stop

2 000 000 cycles

Momentary push buttons

Operating forces

2

E-stop = 36 N

Operating torque
(typical application with one contact block)

Selector switch = 0.25 N•m

N.O.
Contact operation

3
Push button travel to change
electrical state

Slow double make and break
Slow double make and break positive opening

N.C.
N.O.

2.5 mm (0.1 in.)

N.C.

1.5 mm (0.060 in.)
Environmental

4

Temperature range (operating)

-25…+60 °C (-13…+140 °F)

Temperature range (short term storage)

-40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F)
50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F)

Humidity

Electrical Ratings

5

B300, R300
AC 15, DC 13
300 VAC
EN/IEC 60947-5-1 and UL 508, 17V, 5 mA min.

Standard contact block ratings
Nominal Voltage

6

LED module ratings

24V AC
24V DC
120V AC
240V AC

Range

Current Draw

20…26V AC
18…30V DC
102…132V AC
204…264V AC

Thermal current

32
24
22
22

300V

6.35 mm (0.250 in.) Max. outer diameter with 3.8 mm (0.148 in.) hole diameter

Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals

0.7…0.9 N•m (6…8 lb•in)

Dielectric strength (minimum)

2500V for one minute

External short circuit protection

5 A Type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class CC to UL 248-4)

Electrical shock protection

Finger-safe conforming to IP2X
Illumination

9
LED dominant wavelength

10
LED luminous intensity

11

Green

525 nm

Red

629 nm

Yellow

590 nm

Blue

470 nm

White

Green

780 mcd

Red

780 mcd

Yellow

600 mcd

Blue

168 mcd

White

360 mcd

Incandescent maximum wattage

2.6 W

1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog. 

Operating temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids.
‡ 3M MV018-R/S (#22…18 AWG) or 3M MVU14-6R/S (#16…14 AWG)

12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-144

50/60 Hz
DC
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz

#18…14 AWG (0.75…2.5 mm2)
Max. (2) #14 AWG, uses same size wire only

Wire capacity (screw terminal)
Recommendations for ring lug termination option‡

8

Frequency

5 A max. enclosed (40 °C ambient) to UL 508, EN/IEC 60947-5-1

Insulation voltage (Ui)

7

mA
mA
mA
mA

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Bulletin 800FD

22.5 mm Monolithic Push Buttons
Specifications, Approximate Dimensions, and Instruction Sheet Information
Specifications, Continued1
Materials
Springs

Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire

Electrical contacts

Lens (pilot light)

Brass with silver-nickel contacts

Terminals
Panel gasket

0

Acrylic

Bezel/bushing, housing

Glass-filled polyester

Brass and phosphor bronze

Legend frames

Glass-filled polyamide

Nitrile and polyester-based TPE

Mounting ring

Glass-filled polyamide

Seal

Nitrile

Button cap/mushroom head

Terminal screws

Polyester/polycarbonate blend

Zinc-plated steel with chromate

Lamp socket

1

Brass and Phosphor bronze

1 Performance Data — see page Important-3 of the Industrial Controls catalog.

Product Certifications
Certifications

2

UL, CSA, CCC, CE

Conformity to standards — CE Marked

UL 508, EN/ISO 13850, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-5

Terminal identification

EN/IEC 60947-1

3

Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Refer to RAISE software for additional
dimensional information.

Momentary Push Button
Operators — Flush

Momentary Push Button
Operators — Extended

Instruction Sheet

4
+0,2

3,2 –0

mm

+0,4

24,1 –0
+0,4
–0

22,3

Pilot Light Devices

,

2-Position Push-Pull/Twist- A
to-Release Mushroom
Operators
B

+

=

5
6
GE
ER N

CY

EM

11.3

A

OPTION
WAHL
OPZIONE
OPÇÃO
OPCIÓN

ST OP

7

ø60, ø90
30

40

50

40

50
60 / 90
40

30

Selector Switch Operators

1- 7,3 mm

1- 9,3 mm

1

3

PLASTIC
PLASTIQUE
PLASTIK
PLASTICA
PLÁSTICO

1,7 Nm
15 lb-in

1
2

9

2

A

Plastic Enclosures

B

1- 10,5 mm

8

1- 8,5 mm

7 mm

10

or
ou
oder
o

0,75 - 1,5 mm2
(#18 - #14 AWG)

2
1

0,7 - 0,9 Nm
6 - 8 lb-in

Use the same size wire only
Utiliser uniquement du fil de même dimension
Nur Draht derselben Größe verwenden
utilizzare solo cavi della stessa dimensione
use somente fios do mesmo tamanho
usar sólo el mismo tamaño de cable

ø 3,8 mm
ø 6,35 mm

50 mm

“R” option for ring connectors
option de “R” pour cosses à plage ronde
"R" Wahl für Ringkabelschuhe
opzione "R" per capicorda ad anello
opção de "R" para conectores do anel
opción de “R” para los conectadores del anillo

12

Plastic Enclosures
Cat. No.
800FD-1P
800FD-1PY

No. of Units
(Holes)
1

11

A

B

C

Weight

72
(2-27/32)

59
(2-5/16)

41
(1-5/8)

95 g
(3.5 oz)

www.ab.com/catalogs

13

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-145

Bulletin 800B

16 mm Push Buttons
Product Overview/Specifications
Bulletin 800B — 16 mm Push Buttons

Table of Contents 

Designed to worldwide standards (UL, CSA, CE, and CCC) 
Durable materials
− Operators are made of corrosion-proof plastic to ensure long push
button life
− Consistent coloring and illumination make these easy to identify for
the life of the operator 
Ease of installation 
Ergonomic design
− Contoured button surface 
Dependable sealing
− IP66 and Type 4/13
− Diaphragm seals: linear travel devices, pilot lights
− V-seals: selector switches, high pressure sealing
− K-seals: emergency stops, dual wiping action 
Reliable low voltage switching
− Gold-plated snap action contacts
− Reliable operation in applications below 24V DC, 5 mA down to
5V DC, 1 mA 
Enhanced E-stop functionality
− Anti-tease feature standard (trigger-action)
− EN13850 and EN 60947-5-5 compliant
− Direct Drive mechanism (positive actuation)

0
1
2
3
4

Product Selection ...... this page
Accessories.................. 10-149
Specifications.............. 10-150
Approximate
Dimensions................... 10-151

Standards Compliance
and Certifications
Certifications

UR, CSA, CCC,
CE

Standards
Compliance

UL 508,
EN ISO 13850,
EN 60947-1,
EN 60947-5-1,
EN 60947-5-5

Terminal
Identification

EN/IEC 60947-1

RoHS
Compliant 

Push Button & Pilot Light Operators1

5
6
7

Cat. No.

Operator Type

Round

Square

Rectangle

Large Square

Momentary, push button/
pilot light

800B-EPA

800B-EPB

800B-EPC

800B-EPD

Maintained, push button

800B-EAA

800B-EAB

800B-EAC

800B-EAD

Cat. No.
800B-ALA3

Cat. No.
800B-ALB4

Cat. No.
800B-ALC5

Cat. No.
800B-ALD6

Lens Color

Round

Square

Rectangle

Large Square

Green

800B-ALA3

800B-ALB3

800B-ALC3

800B-ALD3

Red

800B-ALA4

800B-ALB4

800B-ALC4

800B-ALD4

Yellow

800B-ALA5

800B-ALB5

800B-ALC5

800B-ALD5

Blue

800B-ALA6

800B-ALB6

800B-ALC6

800B-ALD6

White

800B-ALA7

800B-ALB7

800B-ALC7

800B-ALD7

Note: Package Quantity = 1
1 All operators are sold without a lens cap and diffuser.

Lens Cap with Diffuser§

8
9

Cat. No.

10
11

Note: Package Quantity = 1
§ For illuminated devices, LED bulbs are color specific. (Green LED bulb with green lens caps, red LED bulbs with red lens cap, white LED bulbs used with
yellow, blue, and white lens cap.) Incandescent bulbs can be used with any lens cap color.

12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-146

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Return from Both 800B-KM2A 800B-KR2A 800B-KM3A 800B-KB3A 1 Operator Type Cat. 10 11 12 13 www. Quantity Cat.C. X O O X — X N. Contact Block Location Bottom Top 800B-PS22 Bottom 800B-PT01 800B-PT02 800B-PT11 3 Contact Type Top 800B-PS11 3-Position Target Table NA — — — — N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-147 . Maintained Keyed.O.O. are bold. Green and red LED bulbs can be used to change the selector switch color. Maintained Return from Right Maintained Return from Both 800B-SM2A 800B-SR2A 800B-SM3A 800B-SB3A Keyed.C.C. No. X O X X O N. Emergency stop operator 1 800B-MT 8 9 Cat. X O O X X 4 5 6 Note: X = Closed/O = Open  To illuminate a selector switch.C.C.O. nos.C. contact blocks. 7 Emergency Stop Operators — Non-Illuminated. X O O X X N. Maintained Keyed. add either an LED or incandescent bulb. Return from Right Keyed. O X X O O Top NA — — — — — Bottom N. O X O O X N.ab. O X O O X Bottom N.O. Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action)‡ Description Pkg. No. No. 2 Note: Package Quantity = 1 Target Table and Operator Position 2-Position Target Table Contact Block Cat.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Switch Operators 2-Position Selector Switches 3-Position Selector Switches 0 Operator Type Cat. No. X O O X X Top N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. 800B-MT ‡ Operator is EN ISO 13850 compliant with standard N. All selector switches have a clear lens.C. O X X O O N. X O O X X X O X X O Top Bottom N.

No.C.C. 1 N. No./2 N. 10-148 Pkg.C. 800B-PT11 9 Replacement Bulbs Description 10 Lamp Color Green LED bulb1 11 Red White Incandescent bulb Clear 12 Lamp Voltage 120V AC 800B-N5G 12…24V AC/DC 800B-N3R 120V AC 800B-N5R 12…24V AC/DC 800B-N3W 1 120V AC 800B-N5W 6V AC/DC 800B-N1C 12V AC/DC 800B-N2C 24V AC/DC 800B-N3C 13 www. slow make/break 1 800B-PT11 Push Button/Selector Switch 1 Cat.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Product Selection Contact Block/Latch Module Description 0 Pkg.  Not available in 120V AC. nos. Quantity Cat.O. No./1 N.ab.O.C. No. No. 800B-PT01 6 7 Cat. 800B-PT02 8 Cat. No. are bold. snap action 1 800B-PS11 2 N./1 N.com/catalogs Cat. 800B-PS22 Pilot Light 3 Dummy block 4 Cat. Quantity 12…24V AC/DC Preferred availability cat. 800B-N3G 1 Not available in 6V AC/DC. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . slow make/break 1 800B-PT01 2 N. 800B-PS11 2 Cat. slow make/break 1 800B-PT02 1 N. 800B-PL Emergency Stop/Push Button/Selector Switch 5 Cat. snap action 1 800B-PS22 1 800B-PL 1 N.O. No.C. No.

800B-ARP Mounting ring wrench 1 800B-AW2 Bulb removal tool 1 800B-ALR1 Lens removal tool 1 800B-ALR2 3 Locking washer (anti-rotation) 10 800B-ALW1 4 Stab connector (insulated) 10 800B-ATK 5 Hole plug 10 800B-N2 Replacement key 1 800B-AK1 Printed circuit board pin socket 10 800B-APCB 8 Emergency stop legend plate 1 800B-15YE112 9 Square bezel 10 800B-ABZB Rectangle bezel 10 800B-ABZC Large square bezel 10 800B-ABZD Cat. 800B-N2 6 7 Cat. 800B-AW2 2 Cat. No. 800B-ABZD 13 www. No. No. No. 800B-ALW1 Cat. 800B-APCB Cat.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Accessories Accessories Description Pkg. 800B-ABZC 12 Cat. No. No. No. 800B-ABZB 11 Cat. are bold. 800B-AK1 Cat. 800B-ATK Cat. nos. No. 800B-15YE112 10 Cat. No. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.ab. No. No. 800B-ALR2 Cat. No. No. Quantity Cat. Replacement mounting ring 10 800B-ARP 0 1 Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-149 . 800B-ALR1 Cat.

52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./10 G max. 1. / N.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max. Slow make/break Push button travel to change electrical state 1.O. → N./10 G max.5 A/240V AC. are bold.5 mm Dielectric strength (minimum) 1500V 1 min. 1.22 A/125V DC Standard contact block ratings Nominal Voltage LED Module ratings 8 12…24V AC 12…24V DC 120V AC Current Frequency 12 mA 12 mA 9 mA 50/60 Hz DC 50/60 Hz Ith = 5 A (AC). no damage Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms. Ith = 1 A (DC) Thermal current Insulation voltage (Ui) 9 300V Stab termination 2. B300.2 W Materials Springs 12 Stainless steel and gold-plated. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .5 lb•in) Mounting torque 3 1.8 X 0. 6 hr Shock Tested at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms and no damage at 100 G max. high-carbon steel Electrical contacts Gold-plated silver Stab terminals Phosphor bronze with gold or nickel plating Lenses Polycarbonate 13 www.1 A/250V DC. No. 0.com/catalogs 10-150 Preferred availability cat. for 6 hr duration. Snap action Slow make/break positive opening N.ab. Type 4/4X/13 Degree of protection 1 2 Mechanical durability per EN 60947-5-1 (Annex C) 2 000 000 Cycles Push buttons – momentary 1 000 000 Cycles Push buttons – maintained 250 000 Cycles Selector switch 200 000 Cycles Key selector switch 200 000 Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop Extended = 5…8 N E-stop = 14…16 N Operating forces (typical with one contact block) Operating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch = 0.O. 1.06 in. nos. 800B-PS_) N. External short circuit protection – standard blocks 6 A type gL/gG cartridge fuse to EN 60269-2-1 or gN (Class J to UL 248-8 or Class C to UL 248-4) Electrical shock protection Illumination 10 11 Finger-safe conforming to IP2X LED Dominant wavelength Green Red White 525 nm 624 nm — LED Luminous intensity Green Red White 500 mcd 400 mcd 1000 mcd Incandescent maximum wattage 1.C. 0.C.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Specifications Specifications 0 Mechanical Ratings Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz. R300. no damage at 100 G IP66.4 mm (0. 3 A/120V AC DC 13.) 1 contact block = 3 N 2 contact blocks = 6 N Operating forces (typical) Electrical Ratings 7 AC 15. Contact durability 5 Contact operation 6 200 000 cycles (Cat.06 N•m (0.1 N•m (10 lb•in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) -25…+55 °C (-13…+131 °F) Temperature range (short term storage) -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) Humidity 50…95% RH from 25…60 °C (77…140 °F) 4 Mechanical Ratings — Contact Blocks Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at 10…2000 Hz.

7 +0 -0.4 54.1 -0 42.4 54.4 54.4 30 13 72.0 ±0.Ø1.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.4 www.4 12 10 .2 ±0.0 Square 5 13.10 7.4 40 3 36 18 24 40 12.2 -0 2 18 15 +0.3 4 42.12 0.4 0 Rectangle 18 18 1 18 Ø16 +0.87 24 7 6. are bold.4 ±0.0 4.20 Max 10.ab.12 18 Rectangle Large Square 8 9 24 10 24 42.0 ±0.4 54.4 12 18 6 0.4 54. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-151 .20 42.12 42. nos.65 ±0.7 Printed Circuit Board Pin Socket Max 18.Bulletin 800B 16 mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Round Hole Patterns Round & Square 18 12 24 1.12 14.4 14 Large Square Emergency Stop 24 56.1 42.0 12.25 ±0.4 12 11 Emergency Stop 26 12 42.30 18 Max 18.

...2. Class I... ..................... and no thicker than 2-1/2 in.... 10-155 Illuminated — Extended ...... 10-173 Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks..... Zone 1 locations... By utilizing either a sealing well or flanged sealing well..... shall be permitted............... UL1604 CSA 22.... are bold...................... In addition........... The sealing flange shown below may be purchased as an option or as an accessory..................................................................... No................................................. 10-165 Non-Illuminated........................... Push-Pull Non-Illuminated — 2...... 10-181 Appoximate Dimensions....... Division 2........................ A push button station with a sealed switch contact block is shown below....... Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations...14 NPSM barrel  Type 7 & 9  Explosion-proof operators See below.ab................ by the addition of a Type 3 sealing flange and an approved drain....................... 10-171 Covers .......... Sealing wells are also available with an integral Type 3 flange seal for outdoor applications... 10-167 Description Page Pilot Light Units....... Inc........ Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 operators are designed to meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code for Class I. 10-175 Knobs & Caps.. 10-157 Potentiometer ... E10314 Guide No.......... Sealing nuts are available as accessories (see page 10-179.......... NOIV) Stations: CSA (File No... Groups E.......... These components mount into a threaded hole (3/4 in............... Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Sealed Switch Contact Blocks ................ 10-157 Push Buttons.............. 4-Position....................... www...............and 3-Postition........ 10-161 Selector Switches Non-Illuminated........ A Type 4 rating can be achieved by using sealing nuts to seal the push button operators in addition to using the sealing flange.......... 10-159 Illuminated — 2................................. 2-Position............ In Class I.... The sealing wells shown below may be purchased as an option or as an accessory... while maintaining Type 7 & 9 integrity of the enclosure..................... Division 1 locations and Class I............................... 10-178 Miscellaneous ........... II & III Divisions 1 & 2  3/4 in.. Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations.... Type #316 stainless steel operating shafts and an O-ring seal for added corrosion resistance....... Class II......... E71673 Guide No........................ 10-176 Boots & Guards..... and Class I...........) Elimination of Conduit Seal Off Requirement Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 units may be installed with a variety of sealing options................................... The mounting rings in front of the panel are knurled to provide a second means of tightening each unit into the panel.................. 10-179 Replacement Lamps .............................................. meets Class I.................Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications 0 1 Bulletin 800H/Hazardous Location Push Buttons Table of Contents  Hazardous locations push buttons and stations  Classes I.................................................. F and G Hazardous Dust................... Type 3 Flange Seal Sealing Wells Preferred availability cat... including requirements for sealing.....-14 NPSM) in a suitable enclosure.................... Division 1 or Division 2.....and 3-Postition ............... from 800H to 800R....... LR11924) 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Description Page Specifications ..... Mushroom............ Long barrel devices are suitable for mounting in panel thickness greater than 1 in....... 10-172 Bases ................... A Type 3 rating is available......................... all wiring methods permitted for Class I..................... Sealed switch contact blocks are another way to eliminate the need for conduit seal fittings in most applications (subject to applicable codes and laws)................ Standard barrel devices are suitable for mounting in panel thickness up to 1 in... NNNY) Devices: UL Listed (File No.... Groups B.... Zone 2 locations........................................... Group B requirements................ Cat............................................................ shall be permitted........................... and........ 10-169 Ordering Information for Stations... Zone 2............4 of 1% copper content) die cast aluminum bushings and mounting rings....... Per National Electrical Code: Zone 1................................ the single gang shallow base. 10-183 Description Application Outdoor Use When properly mounted in a Type 7 & 9 enclosure........ 10-177 Plugs & Locking Attachments ..... including requirements for sealing................. Divisions 1 & 2.................................. Sealed switch contact blocks may be purchased as an option on assembled stations by changing the Bulletin No..................................................... This Type 7 & 9 equipment is listed by Underwriters Laboratories............... Extended............. Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations..... Both style operators offer a unique locking bracket which provides an anti-turn feature to guard against loosening............. No.............. In Class I........... Momentary Non-Illuminated — Flush.....com/catalogs 10-152 Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations and enclosures are not configured for outdoor use as standard........ Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 components are available in two basic formats: standard barrel (Bulletin 800H) and long barrel (Bulletin 800HL)................................................. 800H-IHZX7........... C & D Hazardous Gas.. these stations may be installed without a conduit seal off in most applications (subject to applicable codes and laws)................... nos..... Standards Compliance UL698................... Dual........ 14 Certifications Enclosures: UL Listed (File No............. Divisions 1 & 2.. 10-154 Push Buttons...................................... 10-153 Complete Assembled Stations ........... Operator Construction The Allen-Bradley line of hazardous location devices features copper-free (less than 0........................ 10-163 Non-Illuminated.................... all wiring methods permitted for Class I. Sealed switch contact blocks can be ordered as an accessory (see page 10-175). 10-180 Legend Plates................... 3-Position......

min.0 A DC.0 A Preferred availability cat.2 in•lb to return Illuminated Push Buttons and Push-to-Test Pilot Lights 2-Position Push-Pull 9 lb maximum push or pull 3-Position Push-Pull 12 lb maximum push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb maximum pull to out position) 800T-XA 5 1 lb Logic Reed Contact Blocks: 4 5.205 in.6 lb maximum 1 lb maximum Sealed Switch 3 lb maximum at 0. Bulletin 800H units with 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: Max. max. 0. Minimum DC: 5V.5 A AC 300 DC 150 AC-15 DC-13 C300 Q150 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break 120…300 1800VA 180VA 0…120 15 A 1. Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC NEMA AC 600 AC-15 B600 DC 300 DC-13 P300 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break 120…600 3600VA 360VA 0…120 24…300 0…24 9 30 A 3A 138VA Max. min. rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration 10…2000 Hz 1.  For applications below 24V and 24 mA.  External thread major diameter: 1.ab. (except Logic Reed) Shock 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G Degree of Protection Type 7 & 9 Explosion Proof (Type 3 and Type 4 ratings available with accessories) 1 Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons 250 000 minimum Potentiometers 100 000 minimum All other devices 2 200 000 minimum Shallow and mini contact blocks: slow double make and break Logic Reed & sealed switch contact blocks: snap-action Contact Operation Wire Guage/Terminal Screw Torque 3 # 18…12 AWG/6…8 lb•in Typical Operating Forces Operators without contact blocks: Flush. jumbo mushroom: 2. Sealed Switch Contact Ratings PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A. Should only be used with resistive loads. Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 units with 800T-XA contacts have ratings as follows: Maximum continuous current Ith 3 A.9 lb max.5 A 10 Logic Reed Contact Ratings Maximum: 150V AC. Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head: 3. 1.034 in.970 in. 8 VA and 30V DC./10 G Max.5 A 24…150 28VA 0…24 1. standard mushroom. Oprtnl. 8 Standard Contact Ratings Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 10 A AC/2.8 VA. Oprtnl.5 A AC/1. Volts Ue AC 300 Utilization Category IEC NEMA AC-15 C300 5. 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles 1 000 000 at max. Internal thread minor diameter: 0.com/catalogs DC-13 R150 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Break 120…300 1800VA 180VA 0…120 15 A 1. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-153 11 12 13 .958 in. Volts Ue AC 600 DC 600 Utilization Category IEC AC-15 DC-13 NEMA A600 Q600 Rated Operational Currents Volts Ue Make Max. PenTUFF™.024 in. plunger travel Stackable Sealed Switch 1 lb maximum 6 Environment Operating Temperature Range –4…+13 °F (–20…+55 °C) Storage –40…+185 °F (–40…+85 °C) Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. 0. Humidity 7 50% at +104 °F (+40 °C) 1 Performance Data — See page Important-3.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) Max. 200 000 at max..0 A DC 150 www. Logic Reed or stackable sealed switch contacts are recommended.5 A DC..Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Specifications1 Electrical Ratings Contact Ratings 0 Refer to the contact ratings tables below.0 in•lb maximum Spring Return Selector Switches: 5 in•lb to stop. rated load.95 lb maximum Maintained selector switch: 4. 1. Oprtnl. 1 mA Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2. Oprtnl. are bold. max. 0.06 A. extended. nos. Bulletin 800T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC NEMA Break 120…600 7200VA 720VA 72…120 60 A 720VA 24…28 60 A 10 A 28…600 69VA 24…28 2. 0.5 A 24…150 69VA 0…24 2. Dielectric Strength 2200V for one minute.15 A.

Dual Push Buttons 10 11 120V AC/DC Full Volt.O. Cat.C. No.ab. No. STOP 800H-1HA7 800H-1HA7P START 800H-1HB7 800H-1HB7P JOG 800H-1HJ7 800H-1HJ7P No Legends 800H-1HX7 800H-1HX7P START STOP 800H-2HA7 800H-2HA7P FOR REV 800H-2HB7 800H-2HB7P RAISE LOWER 800H-2HD7 800H-2HD7P OPEN CLOSE 800H-2HF7 800H-2HF7P No Legends 800H-2HX7 800H-2HX7P START STOP 800H-2HAM7 — ON OFF 800H-2HCM7 800H-R2HC7 OPEN CLOSE 800H-2HGM7 800H-R2HG7 RUN STOP 800H-2HJM7 — HAND AUTO 800H-2HLM7 800H-R2HA7 No Legends 800H-2HXM7 800H-R2HX7 HAND OFF AUTO — 800H-R3HA7 No Legends — 800H-R3HX7 No Legend START STOP — 800H-2HAD10R7 Marking other than listed .C.O. No.O. No. No. 800H-2HAD10R7 1 Operators have integral padlocking attachment. START is flush green. Cat. 800H-1HA7 3 1 N. 1 N.C. No. Maintained 6 Cat. A deep enclosure is required. 13 www./Red — 1 N. For stations with sealed switch contacts. 12  STOP is extended red. 800H-2HAM7 7 3-Position Selector Switch 8 1 N. 1 N.C. 1 N.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations (Supplied with 3/4 in.C. 1 N. all others are flush black. 800H-R3HA7 9 One Pilot Light. nos. Momentary 2 Cat. No. are bold. ‡ Supplied with standard shallow contact blocks. Dead End Conduit Entry — Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .O.consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor — 800H-2HXD10R7 1 One Push Button 1 N. No. change Bulletin number from 800H to 800R. Each Button Two Push Buttons Momentary 4 Cat. 1 N.com/catalogs 10-154 Preferred availability cat. — Cat. 800H-2HA7P Each Button 5 2-Position Selector Switch 1 N.O. 800H-1HZX7) 0 Operator Contact Action Contact Symbol Lever Type Actuator1‡ Component Type Buttons‡ Legend Marking Cat.

800H-AP1A Extended Head Unit Cat.O.1 Mushroom Head Cat.C.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 1 N. 800HL-AP1.C. 10 11 12 13 www. No. are bold. START (Flush/Green) STOP (Extended/Red) 800H-DPH16AAXX64 ON (Flush/Black) OFF (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX50 OPEN (Flush/Black) CLOSE (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX57 UP (Flush/Black) DOWN (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX66 Blank (Flush/Black) Blank (Flush/Black) 800H-DPH22AAXX  For long barrel versions. . No. No.1 Green 800H-AP1 800H-BP1 800H-DP1 Black 800H-AP2 800H-BP2 800H-DP2 Red 800H-AP6 800H-BP6 800H-DP6 Green 800H-AP1D1 800H-BP1D1 800H-DP1D1 Black 800H-AP2D1 800H-BP2D1 800H-DP2D1 Red 800H-AP6D1 800H-BP6D1 800H-DP6D1 Green 800H-AP1D2 800H-BP1D2 800H-DP1D2 Black 800H-AP2D2 800H-BP2D2 800H-DP2D2 Red 800H-AP6D2 800H-BP6D2 800H-DP6D2 Green 800H-AP1A 800H-BP1A 800H-DP1A Black 800H-AP2A 800H-BP2A 800H-DP2A Red 800H-AP6A 800H-BP6A 800H-DP6A Green 800H-AP1B 800H-BP1B 800H-DP1B Black 800H-AP2B 800H-BP2B 800H-DP2B Red 800H-AP6B 800H-BP6B 800H-DP6B 1 For long barrel versions.2 N. No. nos. No. 1 Mushroom Head Unit Cat. add an L to the cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units. 800H-DPH16AXX64 Contact Arrangement Type Legend Marking Contacts 2 N. 1 N. no. 2 N. No. No. add an L to the cat. No.1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-155 . No. 800H-BP6B Contact Type No Contact 1 N. No. no.O.O.O.1 Cat.C. 2 3 4 5 6 Dual Momentary Contact Push Button Units 7 8 9 Dual Push Button Unit Cat. Non-Illuminated 0 Flush Head Unit Cat. . Example: Cat. . Left Right Cat. 800H-DP6A Flush Head Extended Head Button Color Cat.C. Example: Cat. 800HL-DPH16AAXX64.2 N.

O.O. CV 4 N. C 4 N. .  To order with special marking.O. 6 Dual Push Button Units 800 7 8 H – DP H 16 AAXX 64 a c d e f b a d f Barrel Type Color of Button Marking Code Description Code Description H Standard barrel 16 Left green flush/right red extended HL Long barrel 22 Left black flush/right black flush 9 Code DP b e Operator Type Contact Block(s)1 Description Contact Arrangement Dual push button Left button for horizontal Top button for vertical Right button for horizontal Bottom button for vertical AAXX 1 N.2 N.C. .O.C.O.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units.O. AAAA 2 N.C.2 N. AV 1 N. .C. . D2V 1 N.1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .2 N.C. . see page 10-175.O.C.O. .C. (Mini) Standard Code Description 4 Grey AP Flush head D6 1 N.C.2 N. 4 B 2 N. 2 Black D2 1 N.O.1 N.O. .C.O.3 N.1 N. nos. 7 Blue DP Mushroom head A4 2 N.C.C.4 N. 12 13 www. BV 2 N. .C. 2 N. seven characters maximum per button.O. 9 Yellow DPX Mushroom head less color cap A 1 N. 1 N.com/catalogs 10-156 Preferred availability cat. 3 Orange D5 1 N.3 N. (Mini) 6 Red BP Extended head A2 2 N.O.4 N. . . Special Mushroom Head H 3 N. HV 3 N. are bold.C.ab. .O. single line only. Non-Illuminated 800 0 1 H – AP 1 a c b e a c e Color Cap Contact Block(s)1 Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel b Operator Type 3 d Barrel Type Code 2 A Code Description Blank Used only when ordering operator type DPX (Table b) Code Description Blank No contacts 1 Green D1 1 N. .C. specify marking.1 N.C. L 5 d PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Note: Special mushroom head options only apply to mushroom head operator type DP (Table b).O.C. Code c 10 11 Mounting Code Description H Horizontal B Vertical Description Left button for horizontal Top button for vertical Right button for horizontal Bottom button for vertical Blank No mark specified No mark specified 64 START STOP 50 ON OFF 51 FORWARD REVERSE 57 OPEN CLOSE 66 UP DOWN 99 Marking specified Marking specified Code 1 For sealed switch and Logic Reed contact blocks. Code Description Blank No special head J Jumbo mushroom head — plastic Code Description Jumbo mushroom head — metal D1V 1 N.O.

2 mm) and a shaft diameter of 1/4 in. green. (6./1 N. § For long barrel versions. 800HL-QPB2M. add an L to the cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-157 . Example: Cat.3 mm). 2W maximum. no. No.C. Example: Cat. 800HL-UP13. add an L to the cat. 11 12 13 www. blue.  For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of 7/8 in.ab. (22. No. ‡ Single-turn operation with 312° rotation. and white.  Includes as standard one Cat. No. nos. or contact blocks. 800T-XA (1 N. lens cap. No.  For long barrel versions. are bold. 2. ® Operator only supplied without power module. 800H-PPB16M 2 Extended Head with Guard Type Lamp Supply Voltage Lens Color♣ Operator only® Full Voltage Universal Incandescent 24V AC/DC Multi-color kit 120V AC/DC 800H-QPB10M 0…250V AC/DC No lens 800H-QPBN25 LED 12…130V AC/DC Multi-color kit 800H-QPBH2M 120V AC 50/60 Hz Multi-color kit LED No lamp No lens 3 800H-QPB24M No lamp Incandescent Transformer Cat. Illuminated 0 1 Extended Head with Guard Cat. 800H-UP24 Potentiometer1 Resistance Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units. no. No. 5 6 Potentiometer Units‡ 7 8 Potentiometer Unit Cat. No. Operator Only (without Resistive Element) 800H-NP37 1 kΩ 800H-UP13 Potentiometer1 Resistance Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.) contact block. lamp. No.5 kΩ 800H-UP19 5 kΩ 800H-UP24 10 kΩ 800H-UP29 9 10 1 Rated for 300V AC/DC.§ 800H-QPB00XX 4 800H-PPB16M 800H-PPBH16M 800H-PPBN16 ♣ Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber.O. red.

D2V 1 N. see page 10-175. green. .com/catalogs 10-158 Preferred availability cat. . LED 24 24V AC/DC f 10 120V AC/DC Contact Block(s) TH Full Voltage — Incandescent 20 4 2 12…130V AC/DC Code Description Blank 1 N.1 N. Dual Input 5 Standard 240V AC/DC Universal — LED A4 6 § Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes.ab.O.C. .O. blue.O.1 N. llluminated 800 0 H – PPB H 16 M a c d e b f 1 2 a c d e Operator Type Illumination Options Voltage Lens Color Code Description Code Description H Standard barrel length Blank Incandescent Code Description HL Long barrel H LED 16 120V AC 50/60 Hz Dual Input 26 240V AC 50/60 Hz b 3 Power Module Type Code Description PPB Transformer (or dual input) QPB Full voltage/Universal Transformer Code Color Blank No lens. . PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Code Description D1V 1 N. 24 24V AC/DC D2 1 N.O.1 N.C. with standard contacts 1 N.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.C.C. incandescent 56 600V AC 50/60 Hz Transformer — relay type. . A2 2 N.O. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 2 N.C. M Multi-color1 D Diode type. and white. X No lens if ordering any contacts other than standard 1 N. nos.C. are bold. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators.C.1 N. incandescent§ 46 480V AC 50/60 Hz T Transformer — relay type. X No contacts 16 120V AC D1 1 N. red.O.O.  Dual input diode only. 1 Multi-color insert packet includes amber.  For sealed switch and Logic Reed contact blocks. AV 1 N.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-159 . O X X O Red 800H-FPX6A1 N.O.B. Red 800H-FPXM6A7 9 Operator Position 10 Contact Type N.N. No.C. Non-Illuminated 0 1 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. Non-Illuminated 6 7 3-Position Push-Pull Cat. . 8 Momentary Maintained Maintained Out X X Center O X In O O Push-Pull Button Color Cat. No. No. add an L to the cat. are bold.ab. .C. 800HL-FPX6D4.B.B.B.L. 800HL-FPXM6A7.C.C.L.N. no.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Units. Example: Cat. No. 800H-FPX6A5 2 Operator Position Maintained Maintained In Button Color Push-Pull Out N.N. X X O O Red 800H-FPX6A5 Contact Type 3 Cat. 5 3-Position Push-Pull Units. nos.B. No.B. add an L to the cat. No. No.C.C.N. no.L.C.1 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 For long barrel versions.L. X O Red 800H-FPX6D4 N. 12 13 www. Example: Cat. .com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.L. . 800H-FPXM6A7 Operator Position Contact Type N.L.C. Red 800H-FPXN6A7 11 Note: X = Closed/O = Open  For long barrel versions. Momentary Maintained Momentary Out X X Center O X In O O Push-Pull Button Color Cat.

C.C.C.C. B6 X X O X O O 2 N. Non-Illuminated 6 800 H – FPX a 7 8 b c A7 d e f a d f Operator Function Contact Block(s) Code Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel Operator Position Code Code b Code Description FPX Push-pull unit Out Center M Momentary Maintained Maintained N Momentary Maintained Momentary Color Cap Code Color Code Description Blank No cap Blank Mushroom head 1 Green J Jumbo mushroom head 2 Black 4 Grey (silver) 6 Red 7 Blue 9 Yellow (gold)  Not valid with color cap option Blank (no cap). AV O X X O 1 N. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 1 Normally closed late break contact.B. are bold. 1 N.O. A7 X X O X O O 1 N.B. 3-Position Push-Pull Units.O.C.ab.C.C.B.L. 1 N.L.1 J Jumbo mushroom head1 D1V O X 1 N.C.L. . AV O X PenTUFF (Low Voltage) 12 13 www. Blank Mushroom head D4 X O 1 N.O.com/catalogs 10-160 Description In e c 11 Standard Operator Position Head Type 10 1 Barrel Type Operator Type 9 M Preferred availability cat. Non-Illuminated 0 800 H – FPX a 1 2 b c A1 d e a d e Barrel Type Color Cap Contact Block(s) Code Description Code Color H Standard barrel length Blank No cap HL Long barrel 1 Green 2 Black 4 Grey (silver) 6 Red 7 Blue 9 Yellow (gold) b Operator Type 3 1 Code Description FPX Push-pull unit Standard Operator Position Code c Head Type 4 Out In Blank — — No contacts A1 O X X O 1 N.O.B. In Blank — — — No contacts A O X O O X O 1 N.L. 2 N.1 A5 X X O O 2 N. When button is pushed from the OUT to the IN position.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P O O X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open. 1 N.O. Out Ctr.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Units. the 5 Description mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state.L. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs.1 Code Description D1 O X 1 N.B. Note: X = Closed/O = Open.B.1 N.C. A1 O X O X X O 1 N.O. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position. nos. 1 N.C. 1 N. .O.L. 1 N.

are bold. Illuminated 0 1 Illuminated 2-Position Push-Pull Cat.C. www. and white. X X O Type Lamp Type Supply Voltage Lens Color1 Operator only‡ Full voltage Universal Incandescent 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC Cat.N. No. 50/60 Hz LED No lamp 800H-FPXQ10MA1 4 800H-FPXQN25 No contacts No lens 3 Maintained Contacts 800H-FPXQH2MA1 800H-FPXP16MA1 5 800H-FPXPH16MA1 No contacts 800H-FPXPN16 Note: X = Closed/O = Open.L.L. . green. X O O X O O X X O N. .Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Push-Pull Units. lamp.C.C.B. 800H-FPXNQ00 800H-FPXMQ24MA7 800H-FPXNQ24MA7 800H-FPXMQ10MA7 800H-FPXNQ10MA7 11 No lamp 0…250V AC/DC No lens 800H-FPXMQN25 800H-FPXNQN25 LED 12…130V AC/DC Multi-color kit 800H-FPXMQH2MA7 800H-FPXNQH2MA7 Incandescent Transformer Multi-color kit Cat.ab.B. red. 800H-FPXMQ00 LED No lamp 120V AC. lens cap. No.B. nos. .O. add an L to the cat. N. N.L.B. O X X O Multi-color kit N. 800H-FPXMP16RA7 Operator Position (800H-FPXM) Operator Position (800H-FPXN) 9 Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Contacts Out Center In Contacts Out Center In N. No.O.L.O. Illuminated 7 8 Illuminated 3-Position Push-Pull Cat.C. 800H-FPXP16RA1 2 Operator Position Type Lamp Type Lens Color1 Supply Voltage Operator only‡ Full voltage Universal Incandescent Multi-color kit 120V AC/DC In Cat. No.B. or contact blocks. ‡ Operator only supplied without power module.N.N.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-161 .L. Example: Cat. No.C. 50/60 Hz Multi-color kit No lens 10 800H-FPXMP16MA7 800H-FPXNP16MA7 800H-FPXMPH16MA7 800H-FPXNPH16MA7 800H-FPXMPN16 800H-FPXNPN16 12 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber. 13  For long barrel versions.C. O X X O Incandescent Transformer Maintained Out No contacts 24V AC/DC 120V AC. 800HL-FPXQH2MA1. No lamp 0…250V AC/DC No lens LED 12…130V AC/DC Multi-color kit N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. X O 800H-FPXQ24MA1 800H-FPXQ00 O X N. no. 6 3-Position Push-Pull Units. No. blue.

C.O. N. red.C. the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state.C.B. .1 N. A4R 2 N.C.C. Illuminated 0 800 H – FPX a 1 b 16 M A1 d e f g c a d e f Barrel Type Illumination Options Voltage Color Cap Code Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel 2 Transformer b Operator Type Code Description FPX Push-pull unit 3 4 PH Code Color Blank No lens with no contacts 120V AC 50/60 Hz X No lens with contacts 240V AC 50/60 Hz M Multi-color1 Transformer Code Description Code Description P Incandescent 16 PH LED 26 Full Voltage 46 480V AC 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC 50/60 Hz Code Description Q Incandescent QH Universal LED c Full Voltage — Incandescent Dual Input Code Description 24 24V AC/DC Operator Function Code Description 10 120V AC/DC 2-Position D Dual input — diode§ 20 240V AC/DC Code Description Blank Push-pull Dual input — transformer relay DT DTH 3-Position Universal — LED Code Description 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual input transformer — relay LED Dual Input Operator Position Code Code 5 6 Out Ctr. 12 13 www.C. Mom.O.O. When button is pushed from the OUT to the IN position.L.O. A 1 N.Maintained Code Description D1V 1 N. A7 1 N. § Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. A1 1 N. — — — — 1 Multi-color insert packet includes amber. N. .C.O.C.C.1 N. A2R 2 N.B N. 1 N. A1 — — A7 D1. A2 2 N.O.ab. AR Code Color D1R 1 N.B. Main.L. D1R O X N. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators.  Normally closed late break contact. D2R 1 N.C. R A1 A2 9 A5 — 10 11 Out In O X X O O X X O O O X X X X O O — — — — Contact Description Out Center In N. 1 N.O.L. AV.C. g Contact Blocks Description 16 120V AC 24 24V AC/DC Standard Code Color Blank No contacts D1 1 N. blue.L.C.O. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Note: Mom.C. N Mom. AV 1 N. are bold.  Dual input diode only. Target Selection Logic Reed 2-Position 3-Position 7 g Code 8 A. .O.O.Momentary Main. Table 1. D1V.O. — — — — — — N.and 3-Position Push-Pull Units.L.O.C.1 N. X O O X X O g Code A. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2.B.O. In M Mom. .B. Main. A5 2 N. AV.O.L. green. O O X X O O N. D2V 1 N. the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. .L.L.com/catalogs 10-162 Preferred availability cat. When the button is pulled from the IN to the OUT position.L.B — — — — — — N. nos.C. N.C.B. N. Main. AR 1 N. and white.C.B.B.C. — — — — D4 X O N. O O X X X O N. D4 1 N.

O. Example: Cat. No. 2 N. No. No. No.  Key removable from maintained positions only. No.O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. ⎯ ⎯ O X O X O X O X X O X O X O MM 800H-HP31KB6 800H-HP32KB6 800H-HP33KB6 M←S 800H-HP48KL8 — — MM 800H-HP31KB6DXXX 800H-HP32KB6DXXX 800H-HP33KB6DXXX S→M1 — 800H-HP42KL8DXXX — M←S 800H-HP48KL8DXXX — — MM 800H-HP31KB6AXXX 800H-HP32KB6AXXX 800H-HP33KB6AXXX S→M1 — 800H-HP42KL8AXXX — M←S 800H-HP48KL8AXXX — — MM 800H-HP31KB6AAXX 800H-HP32KB6AAXX 800H-HP33KB6AAXX S→M1 — 800H-HP42KL8AAXX — M←S 800H-HP48KL8AAXX — — Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Target tables are reversed from those shown. No.O.ab. No. No. 1 N.C.‡ Cat. nos.O. 800H-HP17KB6AXXX Operator Position Contact Type No Contacts 1 N. 2 N. No.O.‡ Operator Position Contact Type No Contacts 1 N. add an L to the cat. 800H-HP2KB6AXXX Knob Lever Operator Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Units.O.‡ Cat. 9 10 11 12 13 www. 800H-HP11KBAXXX Standard Knob Knob Lever Wing Lever Contact Action M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. 800HL-HP48KL8.‡ Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-163 . 2 N. 1 N.C.C.‡ Cat.‡ 800H-HP11KB6 MM 800H-HP2KB6 800H-HP17KB6 S→M1 800H-HP4KL8 800H-HP4KL8 800H-HP4KL8 MM 800H-HP2KB6DXXX 800H-HP17KB6DXXX 800H-HP11KB6DXXX S→M1 800H-HP4KL8DXXX 800H-HP18KL8DXXX 800H-HP15KL8DXXX M←S 800H-HP5KL8DXXX 800H-HP19KL8DXXX 800H-HP16KL8DXXX MM 800H-HP2KB6AXXX 800H-HP17KB6AXXX 800H-HP11KB6AXXX S→M1 800H-HP4KL8AXXX 800H-HP18KL8AXXX 800H-HP15KL8AXXX M←S 800H-HP5KL8AXXX 800H-HP19KL8AXXX 800H-HP16KL8AXXX MM 800H-HP2KB6AAXX 800H-HP17KB6AAXX 800H-HP11KB6AAXX S→M1 800H-HP4KL8AAXX 800H-HP18KL8AAXX 800H-HP15KL8AAXX M←S 800H-HP5KL8AAXX 800H-HP19KL8AAXX 800H-HP16KL8AAXX 2 3 4 5 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 6 7 2-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat. ‡ For long barrel versions. No. — O O X O X O X — X X O X O X O Metal Wing Lever Operator Cat. 2 N.C. No. are bold. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat. Devices supplied with 2 keys. 1 N. 800H-HP31KB6AXXX 8 Cylinder Lock Key Removal Left Key Removal Right Key Removal Both Contact Action M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. Replacement part number for standard D018 key is X-181170. 1 N. no.

green.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 2-Position Selector Switch Units. Blank D018 (std. orange. key) 15 T112 Operator Function 03 D020 16 T115 31 Key removal — left 04 D025 17 T324 32 Key removal — right 05 D335 18 33 Key removal — both 06 D429 19 Spring Return From Left 07 D461 20 T171 Operator Function 08 D111 21 T484 Key removal — right‡ Code 42 AXXX 1 N.O.C.O. X O MXXX 2 N. red.C. 2 N.com/catalogs O T382 10 10-164 X X PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Cam Option 11 O Contact Configuration 09 10 — Code Spring Return From Right 9 2 N. X O O X X O O X X O O X X O Description 2-Position HXXX 1 N. Code T Series Key No.O.  One insert of each color (blue. O X T404 UXXX 1 N. X O FXXX 1 N. D587 22 T547 D682 23 T569 Code Operator Function 11 D713 24 T692 48 Key removal — left 12 D900 25 T752 13 D992 26 T178 14 D118 — — e Code Description KB6 Cam for maintained operators KL8 Cam for spring return operators 1 Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. O X 17 Maintained EXXX 1 N.1 N. O X Spring return from left‡ 19 Spring return from right Metal Wing Lever Color Blank White Code Operator Function X Packet of colored inserts 11 Maintained 15 Spring return from left‡ 16 Spring return from right Color A Red Blank Grey c1 NXXX d1 Code D Series Key No. ‡ Target tables are reversed from those shown. and yellow). FFXX 2 N. 2 N.ab.O. nos. Other colors are available. if ordered in quantities of 10 or more. Optional Keys Key Removal Position Code 8 Blank Operator Function 18 Code Contact Configuration Knob Lever c Metal Wing Lever Colors 2-Position Code Code Knob Insert Colors1 Maintained 7 Description Code 6 (Cylinder Lock) Barrel Type Code 3 5 d1 (Knob/Wing Lever) Preferred availability cat.1 N.O.C.O. 12 13 www. are bold. AAXX 2 N.C.C. . Non-Illuminated 0 1 2 800 800 H – HP A 2 KB6 AXXX a c d e f KB6 AXXX e f b H – HP 31 a c1 b a d f Operator Type and Function Contact Block(s) Standard Knob Standard Description H Standard barrel length Code Operator Function HL Long barrel 2 Maintained 4 Spring return from left‡ 5 Spring return from right b Number of Positions Code Description HP 2-position 4 No contacts — DXXX 1 N.C. factory assembled. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P O X X O O X X O O X X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open. .C.O. .

O. 800H-JP17KB7AXXX Operator Position Standard Knob Contact Type No Contacts 1 N. ‡ For long barrel versions.O.C. no.‡ MMM 800H-JP2KB7 800H-JP17KB7 800H-JP11KB7 S→M M 800H-JP4KB7 800H-JP18KB7 800H-JP15KB7 M M←S 800H-JP5KB7 800H-JP19KB7 800H-JP16KB7 S→M←S 800H-JP91KB7 800H-JP20KB7 800H-JP141KB7 MMM 800H-JP2KB7AXXX 800H-JP17KB7AXXX 800H-JP11KB7AXXX S→M M 800H-JP4KB7AXXX 800H-JP18KB7AXXX 800H-JP15KB7AXXX M M←S 800H-JP5KB7AXXX 800H-JP19KB7AXXX 800H-JP16KB7AXXX S→M←S 800H-JP91KB7AXXX 800H-JP20KB7AXXX 800H-JP141KB7AXXX MMM 800H-JP2KB7AAXX 800H-JP17KB7AAXX 800H-JP11KB7AAXX S→M M 800H-JP4KB7AAXX 800H-JP18KB7AAXX 800H-JP15KB7AAXX M M←S 800H-JP5KB7AAXX 800H-JP19KB7AAXX 800H-JP16KB7AAXX S→M←S 800H-JP91KB7AAXX 800H-JP20KB7AAXX 800H-JP141KB7AAXX 2 3 4 5 6 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 7 8 3-Position Cylinder Lock Operator Cat. O O X X O O X X O Key Removal All1 Key Removal Left M = Maintained S = Spring Return 9 10 11 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Key removable in maintained positions only. are bold.ab. 800H-JP2KB7AXXX Knob Lever Operator Cat. 1 N.‡ Cat. 2 N. No. No.‡ Cat. 800HL-JP41KB7. No. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat. 12 13 www. 800H-JP42KB7AXXX Operator Position Cylinder Lock Contact Type Key Removal Center Cat. No. No.O. No.C.C.‡ 800H-JP41KB7 800H-JP42KB7 800H-JP44KB7 S→M1 — 800H-JP50KB7 800H-JP51KB7 M←S 800H-HP5KL8DXXX 800H-JP38KB7 800H-JP73KB7 MM — 800H-JP631KB7 — M M M1 800H-JP41KB7AXXX 800H-JP42KB7AXXX 800H-JP44KB7AXXX M←S — 800H-JP50KB7AXXX 800H-JP51KB7AXXX M M←S 800H-JP69KB7AXXX 800H-JP38KB7AXXX 800H-JP73KB7AXXX S→M←S — 800H-JP631KB7AXXX — MMM No Contacts 1 N. No. No. 800H-JP11KB7AXXX Knob Lever Metal Wing Lever M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.‡ Cat. No. No. Example: Cat. 1 N. 2 N. nos. add an L to the cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-165 .‡ Cat. ⎯ ⎯ O X O O O X O X O O O O ⎯ X O X O X O Metal Wing Lever Operator Cat. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Units.

‡ For additional keys. and yellow).Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 3-Position Selector Switch Units. No. Blank D018 (standard key) Note: Refer to page 10-164 for additional key option codes. Two contact blocks total. see page 10-164. No. red. nos. green. Other colors available. (Two Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . orange. Non-Illuminated 0 800 H – JP a 800 1 2 b c H – JP 41 a c1 b d e f KB7 AAXX e f d1 (Cylinder Lock) c1 d e Knob/Lever Type Operators Cam Option Code Description Operator Function KB7 Standard cam KB7 2 Maintained KA1 Cam KA1 4 Spring return from left KA7 Cam KA7 Right 5 Spring return from right 44 All 91 Spring return from both 45 Left and center 46 Right and left Code Right and center 17 Maintained Spring Return from Left 18 Spring return from left Description H Standard barrel length Code HL Long barrel Description JP 3-position Standard Knob Maintained Position Number of Positions Code Locking Position Code 41 Left 42 Center 43 47 Knob Insert Colors1 Color Code Contact Block Option Spring return from right Center 20 Spring return from both 50 52 Right X Packet of colored inserts 51 Right and center Metal Wing Lever Colors f Operator Function 19 White knob insert or cylinder lock operator Metal Wing Lever§ Spring Return from Right Code Operator Function 11 Maintained Code Color Code Locking Position 15 Spring return from left A Red 69 Left 16 Spring return from right Blank Grey 38 Center 141 Spring return from both 6 73 Left and center d1 Spring Return from Both Code Locking Position 631 Center Note: For additional Cam descriptions.  One insert of each color (blue.) 9 Contact Block Suffix Code Contact Block Side White 10 Black White 11 Black Circuits Table 5. see Table 5. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Cam Codes KB7 (Std. § Wing levers are not suitable with KE7 cam code. Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 2 contact targets for the same cam AAXX as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 5. factory assembled. Code Description Blank No contacts AXXX Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 5. (One Cat. Four contact blocks total. 13 www. 800T-XA contact blocks per side. 800T-XA contact block per side.) KA1 KA7 KC1 KC7 KD7 KE7 KQ1 KQ7 KR1 KR7 KT1 KT7 KU7 A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O X O X X O X X O X X O X O O X X O O X O O B O O X O X O O X O O X O O X O O X O O X X O X O O X O O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O A X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O X O O O O X O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X X O O O O X B O O X O X O O X O X O O O O X O X O X X O O X O O X O X X O O X X X X O O X X X X O Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert.ab. if ordered in quantities of 10 or 12 more. are bold. Knob Lever Locking Position Blank 5 (Knob/Wing Lever) Cylinder Lock Operators Code Code AAXX a c 4 KB7 Barrel Type b 3 2 Operator Type/Function‡ Standard Knob 7 Code Key No.com/catalogs 10-166 Preferred availability cat.) AAAA 8 Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 5 and 4 contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 5.

No. nos. No. are bold.ab. No. No. no. ‡ For long barrel versions. No. 800H-NP2KF4AAXX Knob Lever Operator Cat. 2 N. — X O O O — O X O O — O O X O — O O O X Metal Wing Lever Operator Cat.‡ MMMM 800H-NP32KF4 800H-NP33KF4 800H-NP61KF4 S→M M M 800H-NP132KF4 800H-NP133KF4 800H-NP154KF4 M M M←S 800H-NP232KF4 800H-NP233KF4 800H-NP251KF4 MMMM 800H-NP32KF4AAXX 800H-NP33KF4AAXX 800H-NP61KF4AAXX S→M M M 800H-NP132KF4AAXX 800H-NP133KF4AAXX 800H-NP154KF4AAXX M M M←S 800H-NP232KF4AAXX 800H-NP233KF4AAXX 800H-NP251KF4AAXX Note: X = Closed/O = Open 1 Key removable in maintained positions only. 800H-NP17KF4AAXX Operator Position Standard Knob Contact Type No Contacts 2 N.‡ MMMM 800H-NP2KF4 800H-NP17KF4 800H-NP11KF4 S→M M M 800H-NP3KF4 800H-NP29KF4 800H-NP13KF4 M M M←S 800H-NP9KF4 800H-NP30KF4 800H-NP14KF4 MMMM 800H-NP2KF4AAXX 800H-NP17KF4AAXX 800H-NP11KF4AAXX S→M M M 800H-NP3KF4AAXX 800H-NP29KF4AAXX 800H-NP13KF4AAXX M M M←S 800H-NP9KF4AAXX 800H-NP30KF4AAXX 800H-NP14KF4AAXX 2 3 4 Note: X = Closed/O = Open 5 6 7 Cylinder Lock Operator Cat. No. 800H-NP32KF4AAXX Operator Position Cylinder Lock Contact Type No Contacts 2 N.‡ Cat. Non-Illuminated 0 1 Standard Knob Operator Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.‡ Cat. No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Example: Cat.O.C.‡ Cat. No. 2 N. — X O O O — O X O O — O O X O — O O O X Key Removal All1 M = Maintained S = Spring Return Key Removal Position 2 Key Removal Position 3 Cat. No. 800H-NP11KF4AAXX Knob Lever Metal Wing Lever M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cat. 800HL-NP32KF4.O. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-167 . No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 4-Position Selector Switch Units.‡ Cat. add an L to the cat. No.C.

800T-XAV contact blocks per side.  One insert of each color (blue. red. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P O X O O O X O O . 2. No. No. X = Closed/O = Open. 800T-XA contact blocks per side. nos. 800T-XAV contact block per side. are bold. and 4 Code Knob Insert Colors1 13 14 Spring return from position 4 to position 3 PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Code D Series Operator Function Blank White Key removal position 1 Code Description X Packet of colored inserts 232 Key removal position 2 Blank D018 (standard key) 233 Key removal position 3 e 251 Key removal positions 1. (One Cat. 1 Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. 800T-XA contact block per side.ab. § Devices supplied with 2 keys. For additional targets and overlapping cams.) FFFF f Code Description Blank No contacts Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 2 contact targets for the same cam AAXX as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. and yellow). ‡ Overlapping cam. (Two Cat. see Publication 800T-2.com/catalogs 10-168 Preferred availability cat.) Optional Keys§ Code Black 12 Maintained Spring return from position 1 to position 2 Color Code Code Operator Function 11 Spring Return From Position 1 to Position 2 Table 1.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 4-Position Selector Switch Units. Four contact blocks total. www. Selector Switch Cam Targets 11 (Cylinder Lock) c1 (cont’d) 9 10 (Knob/Wing Lever) Key Removal Position and Operator Function Maintained 8 AAXX a Code 6 7 KF4 Barrel Type c 4 2 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O X X O O X X O O X O X O X O X X O O X X O O X X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O O O X O X O X O X O X O O O X O O KP4 O O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O KN4‡ X O X O X O X O O O O X O O O X X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X O Note: W = White B = Black. (One Cat. No. Two contact blocks total) Cam Description KK4♣ KM4♣ KG4 O O X O O O X O Description Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 2 contact targets for the same cam FFXX as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. factory assembled. Replacement part number for standard D018 key is X-181170 ♣ Not available with wing lever operator. Other colors available. Four contact blocks total. 3. Non-Illuminated 0 800 H – NP a 1 2 3 800 b c H – NP 31 a c1 b 5 d e f KF4 AAXX e f d1 d (cont’d) f (cont’d) Operator Function and Knob Type Contact Block Option Spring Return From Position 1 to Position 2 Metal Wing Lever Description H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel Code Operator Function b 132 Key removal position 2 Number of Positions 133 Key removal position 3 Code Description 134 Key removal position 4 NP 4-position 154 Key removal positions 2. and 3 Cam Option Metal Wing Lever Colors Color A Red Blank Grey c1 Key Removal Position and Operator Function Code Operator Function 31 Key removal position 1 32 Key removal position 2 33 Key removal position 3 34 Key removal position 4 61 Key removal all positions Code Description d KF4 F cam (standard) Operator Function and Knob Type KG4 G cam Standard Knob Code Operator Function 2 Maintained 3 Spring return from position 1 to position 2 9 Spring return from position 4 to position 3 Operator Function 17 Maintained 29 Spring return from position 1 to position 2 30 Spring return from position 4 to position 3 ↑ AAAA FFFF ↓ ↑ AAXX FFXX ↓ White Black White Circuits Contact Block Suffix Code Contact Block Side A B A B A B A B KF4 X O O O X O O O O X O O O X O O O O O X O O O X KK4 K cam KM4 M cam KP4 P cam KH4 Overlapping cam X O X O X O X O Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 4 contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1. No. orange. (Two Cat. if ordered in quantities of 10 or 13 more. green.8. Two contact blocks total) Contact Block Option Knob Lever Code AAAA d1 231 Code Description Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table 1 and 4 contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table 1.

Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Units 0 1 Transformer Type Pilot Light Cat. blue.) contact block. 800H-PPT16M Lamp Type Pigtail Pilot Light Cat. § Pigtail length is 7 in. No. 800H-LP24M Lens Color1 Supply Voltage Operator only♣ Incandescent Full voltage No lamp Transformer Multi-color kit 0…250V AC/DC No lens 24V AC/DC LED Universal 24V AC/DC 120V AC/DC LED 12…130V AC/DC LED Push-to-Test Pigtail Cat. 50/60 Hz Multi-color kit 800H-PPH16M 800H-PPTH16M — 2 3 4 1 Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber. Push-to-Test Pilot Light Device Schematic Dual Input Diode Pilot Device Schematic NORMAL NORMAL TEST 5 7 COM TEST 8 Dual Input Pilot Light Typical Application Wiring Diagram TEST Dual Input Pilot Light Transformer Type Device Schematic NORMAL 9 10 TEST 11 12 13 www.§ 800H-QPN00 800H-QPB00XX — 800H-QP24M 800H-QPT24M 800H-LP24M 800H-QP10M 800H-QPT10M 800H-LP10M 800H-QPN25 800H-QPTN25 800H-LPN25 — — 800H-LPH24M — — 800H-LPH10M 800H-QPH2M 800H-QPTH2M — 800H-PP16M 800H-PPT16M — Multi-color kit 120V AC Incandescent Pilot Light Multi-color kit 120V AC. 6 Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagrams See applicable Codes and Laws. are bold. red. 800H-PP16M Type Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat. No. No. No. add an L to the cat. Cat. nos. no.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-169 . lamp. Example: Cat. and white.‡ Cat. green. 800T-XA (1 N. 800HL-QPH2M ‡ Includes one standard Cat. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. ♣ Operator only supplied without power module. lens cap. No. No.O.ab. or contact blocks./1 N.  For long barrel versions.

1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 50/60 Hz 56 600V AC. red. 50/60 Hz b D Dual input — diode‡ 26 240V AC. are bold.C contact block.com/catalogs 10-170 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Units 0 800 1 2 3 4 H – PP T a c b d 16 M e f a c e f Barrel Type Lamp Test Options Voltage Lens Color Code Description Code Description Code Color H Standard barrel length Blank No test option Code Transformer Description Blank No lens with no contacts HL Long barrel M Multi-color1 T Push-to-test 16 120V AC. ♣ LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input lamp test options.1 N. ‡ Only available with power module type code PP. 50/60 Hz Code Description PP Transformer (or dual input) QP Full voltage/Universal Full Voltage — Incandescent d Illumination Option Code Description LP Pigtail — full voltage Blank Incandescent LPK Pigtail — full voltage (for dual push buttons) H LED♣ Code Description 24 24V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Universal — LED Code Description 2 12…130V AC/DC Dual Input Code 5 Description 16 120V AC 24 24V AC/DC Pigtail Code 6 7 Description 24 24V AC/DC 10 120V AC/DC 20 240V AC/DC Note: Push-to-test pilot light is supplied with a factory jumpered 800T-XA. blue. and white  Lamp test options is not available with pigtail. 50/60 Hz Power Module Type DT Dual input — transformer relay‡ 46 480V AC.  Dual input diode only.O . green. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.ab. nos. 1 Multi-color insert packet includes amber.

c. 800H-LPK10R). Dual push button units may only be installed in a single hole cover or the specially designed two hole cover (Cat. Station Design Guidelines (Also see Applicable Codes and Standards) 1. 4-position selector switches. 4. installed to the right or below START push button. 1 Flange width is designed to comply with Underwriters Laboratories standards to enclosures with an internal free volume of up to 300 cubic inches (a maximum 8-gang assembly). Groups E. from pages page 10-175…10-179). push-to-pull units. Push-to-test pilot lights. d. Class II. b. contact blocks are restricted to one side of the operator. These enclosures meet the requirements of Class I.and 3-gang modules may be assembled into the multi-gang stations by installing a coupler kit between the enclosures. 2. pushpull units. In addition the single gang shallow base. and all operators with two contact blocks fastened along side one another or with a power module and contact block along side one another must be installed in a single hole cover. Groups E. 4 5. follow the instructions for ordering a custom-built station. These 2. 3 3. No. EMERGENCY STOP push buttons should be a red mushroom. To select components for field assembly. factory-assembled stations listed on page 10-154. No. meets Class I. Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 components are designed for these modular enclosures and are UL Listed for this purpose. nos. installed to the left or above STOP push buttons. 5. may be mounted two deep in other bases. Contact blocks of each operator must face each other. are bold. 800H-LPK10R). 3. Select operators required from page 10-154. 800H-NP33). if required. Groups C & D. Divisions 1 & 2.  Custom. listed when properly assembled. a deep enclosure is required. 4-position selector switches.ab. Pilot lights should be installed in the first position (top or left side) of each unit when required. a. If sealed switch contact blocks or a sealing well are used. STOP push buttons should be red extended. Factory-Assembled Stations Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 control stations are designed to meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code. illuminated push buttons. STOP push buttons should be installed in the last position (bottom or right) of each unit when required. No. illuminated push buttons. include a rough sketch.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Ordering Information Ordering Information for Stations Stations Components for Field Assembled Stations Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations are available as factory assembled or as components for field assembly. One level of contact blocks is maximum in a shallow base or deep base when used with a sealing well. Contact blocks. 2. Group B requirements as defined in the National Electrical Code. covers. Cat. These separate bases. Division 1 & 2. factory-assembled stations can be ordered by following the instructions listed on this page. When two components are installed in one cover. If a particular sequence of operators or mounting orientation (vertical versus horizontal) is required. may be mounted two deep in other bases. e. Groups C & D Hazardous Gases or Vapors. for Class I. Contact blocks of each operator must face each other. 2 Instructions for Ordering Custom-Built Stations 1. (If lever type. select covers from page 10-172 and go to Step 3). except sealed switch type. Select legend plates from page 10-181…10-182 (and accessories. No. except sealed switch type. Inc. Select an assembled base from page 10-173 in accordance with the number of covers selected in Step 2. 800H-NP33). One level of contact blocks is maximum in a shallow base or deep base when used with a sealing well. Factory-assembled stations may be ordered in three ways:  Standard. Contact blocks. or bases with covers are Underwriters Laboratories. and Class III hazardous locations as defined in the National Electrical Code. Divisions 1 & 2. Dual push button units may only be installed in a single-hole cover or the specially designed two-hole cover (Cat. which can accommodate the dual push button and the special pigtail pilot light (Cat. Divisions 1 & 2. 0 1 Note: Components may be assembled as multi-gang units up to an eight-gang maximum1. 5 6 7 8 9 10 Design Guideline #1 Design Guideline #2 Design Guideline #3 Design Guideline #4 Push-to-test pilot lights. 6. www. F & G Hazardous Dust and Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations. Select covers based on mounting requirements on page 10-172. These stations are listed by Underwriters Laboratories. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-171 11 12 13 . which can accommodate the dual push button and the special pigtail pilot light (Cat. Eight-gang maximum1. 4. When two components are installed in one cover. F & G. Inc. 800H-IHZX7. Class II. contact blocks are restricted to one side of the operator. all operators with two contact blocks fastened along side one another or with a power module and contact block along side one another must be installed in a single hole cover. START push buttons should be green or black flush.

the dual push button or any non-illuminated unit.ab. 1 Half Lever 2 3 Double Lever Momentary Half Lever Double Lever Momentary Double Lever Maintained Double Lever Momentary/Maintained1 Cat. 800H-Y140J green and red split-field) and (Cat. No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. ‡ Two-hole covers use a standard legend plate only. 800H-NP16 Cat. No. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No. No. Lever Type Actuator 0 Note: Lever type covers are furnished without contact blocks. No. add suffix X to the cat. 800H-NP30 Cat. 4 Covers. No. no. No. Legend plate for half lever is STOP. 800H-NP14 Cat. § This special two-hole cover can accommodate the pigtail pilot light (Bulletin 800H-LPK10 series).com/catalogs 10-172 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Covers. No. No. nos. 800H-NP32 Cat. Legend plates (Cat. To order without legend plate. are the only legend plates suitable for use with this cover. Component Type Button 5 6 7 Blank One Hole Two Hole‡ Two Hole Special§ Cat. full lever momentary and maintained is a START-STOP. 800H-NP31 Cat. 800H-Y141J grey full field). 800H-NP33  One-hole covers use a jumbo legend plate only. 800H-NP34 1 A normally open circuit configuration is recommended for use behind this momentary lever and a late break normally closed circuit configuration is required for use behind the maintained lever to achieve proper functioning of the device. 800H-NP15 Cat. No.

Feed Through 7 2-Gang Vertical 3-Gang Vertical 4-Gang Cat. 1-Gang Deep 2-Gang Horizontal Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-173 . or stacked contact blocks. sealed switch contact blocks. Dead End 800H-1HZX7 800H-1HVX7 3/4 in. consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. No. No. 800H-3HYX7 Cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Assembled Bases (for Field Assembly and Custom Stations) Enclosure Covers — See enclosure cover tables for a complete listing of covers for these bases.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. Cat. No. No.ab.  Deep base can accommodate sealing well. Feed Through Cat. No. — 3/4 in. are bold. 800H-6HVX7 8-Gang Cat. or up to 2 deep standard contact blocks. Special Conduit Entries — For conduit entries not listed. Feed Through — 800H-1HVX7M1 — 1 in. 800H-8HVX7 12 1 Shallow base cannot accommodate sealing well. Shallow base rated for Group B. 13 www. No. Feed Through — 800H-1HVX7M3 — 2 3 4 5 6 Conduit Entry 1 in. sealed switched contact blocks. nos. 800H-2HYX7 Cat. 0 1 1-Gang Shallow1 Conduit Entry Cat. Dead End — 800H-1HVX7M2 800H-2HHX7 1 in. No. 800H-4HVX7 8 9 10 11 6-Gang Conduit Entry 1 in.

800H-NP44B 1-Cat. No. Caution: Do not assemble more than eight enclosure gangs together. No. 800H-NP46B 6-Cat. No. ‡ 1 in. plugs (Cat. No. Cat. 800H-NP7 Plus up to four 1 in. Cat. No. www. 800H-NP11) to close unused conduit openings. to avoid exceeding the internal volume for which the flame path of these enclosures is designed. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No. No. Cat.ab. No. 800H-NP43B 1-Cat. 3/4 in. Dead End ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 800H-NP42A 1 in. No. a coupler kit (Cat. 3/4 in. Dead End ⎯ ⎯ 800H-NP42B 3 4 5 6 7 8 Conduit Sizes Cat. ‡ ‡ ‡ ‡ ‡ 9 10 11 12 ‡ 13 1 When coupling modular enclosures together. No. No. No. conduit through-feed (all gangs). Feed Through 800H-NP40D 800H-NP41D 3/4 in. nos.com/catalogs 10-174 Preferred availability cat. Cat. No. No. Cat. 800H-NP45 1-Cat. 800H-NP7) is required between enclosures. are bold. Feed Through 800H-NP40C 800H-NP41C ⎯ 1 in. No. 800H-NP42B 1-Cat. through-feed conduit consists of: 3-Cat. Dead End 800H-NP43A 800H-NP44A 800H-NP46A 1 in.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Bases for Multi-Gang Stations 0 1 2 Conduit Sizes Cat. Dead End 800H-NP43B 800H-NP44B ⎯ — 800H-NP46B None ⎯ ⎯ 800H-NP45 ⎯ Example: 7-gang base with 1 in.

1 2 Shallow Block Mini Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Shallow Block1‡ Mini Block1‡ Contact Type Cat. see page 10-179 for sealing well information. No. 800T-XD2R 800T-XD2P 800T-XD2Y 1 N. 800T-XD1 800T-XD5 800T-XD1V 1 N. 800T-XA4 — — 1 N. nos. 0 Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one unit (maximum two blocks deep). 800T-XA2 — — 2 N.L. 800T-XA1 — — 1 N.O.O. No.C. 800T-XA7 — — 3 4 5 1 To determine if a conduit seal-off is necessary. 6 7 Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Logic Reed Block§ Sealed Switch Block§ Stackable Sealed Switch Block§ Contact Type Cat. page 10-35.M.C.B. 800T-XD3 — 800T-XD3V 1 N. . ♣ Refer to 800T/H section. see page 10-179 for sealing well information. No.1 N.C.C. 800T-XD1R 800T-XD1P 800T-XD1Y 1 N. 800T-XA — 800T-XAV 2 N. Example: Cat.N. 800T-XAR 800T-XAP 800T-XAY 2 N. .1 N. No. 1 N. 800T-XA4R — 800T-XA4Y 8 9 § To determine if a conduit seal-off is necessary.B.B.L.C.C.C. No.O.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks♣ Packaged in kit form for field installation. 10 11 12 13 www.L. No.1 N. Cat.O. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Block1‡ Cat. Cat.E. 800T-XA2R — 800T-XA2Y 2 N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.C. 800T-XD2 800T-XD6 800T-XD2V 1 N. Cat. Contact ratings are listed on page 10-153. are bold. Sealed switch contact blocks are limited to two blocks per unit maximum.O.C.O. 800T-XD4 — 800T-XD4V 1 N.ab.  Specify Bulletin 800TC for finger-safe contact blocks.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-175 . . 800TC-XA. . No. 1 N.O. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. for additional contact blocks and accessories. ‡ Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements.O.

800T-N248R Momentary Mushroom — Standard (Plastic) Push-Pull — Standard (Metal) Cat. No. Cat. No. No. No. replace 248 with 247. No. are bold. No. No. Red 800T-N246R 800T-N248R 800H-NP51A 800H-NP52A Green 800T-N246G 800T-N248G 800H-NP51B 800H-NP52B Blue 800T-N246BL 800T-N248BL 800H-NP51C 800H-NP52C Yellow 800T-N246Y 800T-N248Y 800H-NP51E 800H-NP52E Black 800T-N246B 800T-N248B 800H-NP51H 800H-NP52H Grey 800T-N246GR 800T-N248GR 800H-NP51G — Natural — 800T-N248 — — 1 To order plastic jumbo mushroom caps. Cat. No. 800H-N130F Knob Lever Cat. 800H-NP39 Standard Knob Knob Lever Wing Lever Dual Push Button Color Cat. 800T-N247R. 12 13 www. Continued Replacement Color Caps (Illuminated) Pilot Light Cat. 800H-N105M Color Multi-color kit Illuminated Push Button Cat. No. 800H-N105M Cat. No. 800H-N104M Push-to-Test Pilot Light Cat. 800T-N248R becomes Cat. 800H-N104M Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . Cat. Cat. White 800H-N130F 800H-N131F — — Kit (Complete)‡ 800H-N130 800H-N131 — — Grey — — 800H-N138 — Red — — 800H-N138A — Green Red — — — 800H-NP39  Standard finish is grey. No. No. 800H-N106M Illuminated Push-Pull Cat. 800H-NP51C Momentary Mushroom — Jumbo (Metal) 1 Push-Pull Standard (Metal) Push-Pull — Jumbo (Metal) Cat. 800H-131F Wing Lever Cat. Refer to color insert kits on page 10-179. Cat. No. No. Plastic not available in natural color. No. No. 7 Replacement Knobs and Dual Push Button Assembly 8 9 10 11 Standard Knob Cat. 800H-NP50M Pilot Light Push-to-Test Pilot Light Illuminated Push Button Illuminated Push-Pull Cat. No. No.ab. 800T-N246R 4 5 6 Momentary Mushroom —Jumbo (Metal) Cat. Example: Cat. No. 800H-NP52A Push-Pull Jumbo (Metal) Color Cat.com/catalogs 10-176 Preferred availability cat. No. 800H-N106M Cat. ‡ Kit includes knob and packet of inserts (Cat. nos. No. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 1 2 Modifications and Accessories. No. No. No. 800H-N138 Dual Push Button Cat. No. Cat. No. 800H-NP50M Replacement Color Caps (Non-Illuminated) 3 Momentary Mushroom —Standard (Plastic) Cat. 800T-N123).

‡ Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. are bold. Cat. Cat. No. nos. No. 800H/HL Type 7&9 operators. 800H-NP40J Protective Ring for Push-Pull Devices Description Type Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-177 . No. 800H-NP12 Push Buttons. Standard Knob Selector Switch 800H-NP5 800H-NP101 800H-NP100 800H-NP103 Knob Lever Selector Switch 800H-NPE5 800H-NPE101 800H-NPE100 800H-NPE103 7 8 1 Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. No. 800H-NPE5 Boot Material1 Switch Type Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Silicone  Urethane  Ethylene  Propylene  Cat. 800H-NP5 6 Booted Knob Lever Selector Switch Cat.) for Push Button Mushroom Jumbo Mushroom Cat. Protective ring for Bul.ab. 5 Booted Knobs Booted Standard Knob Selector Switch Cat. 2 Cat. Cat. No. No. No. No. No.  Includes color insert kit. Push Button Guards and Mushroom Push Button Guards 9 Cat. 800H-NP13 Cat. Continued Boots—Non-Illuminated Momentary Contact Push Buttons Units 0 Note: For Bul. For standard size button 800H-NP40 For jumbo size button 800H-NP40J www. 800H-NP9 Cat. 800H-NP9 Cat. see the table below. 800H-NP19 Cat. Pilot Lights and Push-to-Test Extra Long Guard (1 in. No. To order boots with silicone. No. Flush head 800H-NPAF Extended head 800H-NPAE 1 Boots Boots supplied with control stations and components are made of a chlorosulfonated polyethylene material with stainless steel insert ring. 800H 2-position non-illuminated push-pull operators. No. 800H-NP12 Protective Rings 10 11 Protective Ring for 2-Position Push-Pull Cat. No. Material application information shown below. Available for standard size button (40 mm) or for jumbo button (60 mm). Cat. No. 800H-NP40 12 Jumbo Protective Ring for 2-Position Push-Pull Cat.com/catalogs 13 Preferred availability cat. Often used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. or ethylene propylene material. No. § Series B boots incorporate a stainless steel insert as standard. Cat. No. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories. 800H-NP19 Cat. 800H-NP13 Cat. Cat. No. order one adapter and one boot per operator. Red 800H-N5A 800H-N101R 800H-N100R 800H-N103R Green 800H-N5B 800H-N101G 800H-N100G 800H-N103G Black 800H-N5H 800H-N101B 800H-N100B 800H-N103B Yellow 800H-N5E 800H-N101Y 800H-N100Y — Blue 800H-N5C 800H-N101BL 800H-N100BL — Stainless steel§ 3 4  May be added to flush or extended head push button units to protect against foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and the locking ring. No. No. 800H-N5A Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene‡ Insert Material Silicone ‡ Urethane ‡ Ethylene  Propylene ‡ Boot Color Cat. Adapters Push Button Type Cat. No. No. urethane.

No. Push Button Padlocking Attachments This device permits locking in the depressed position on extended head push button units only. 800H-NP2 (Padlock not included) 9 10 Cat. No. 800H-NP7 Description 2 Closing Plug Whenever an enclosure with more than the required number of openings is used. 800H-NP17 (Padlock not included) 11 12 13 www. 3/4 in. 3 Cat. 800H-NP10 1 in. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 General Accessories Plugs Cat.ab. No. No. 1 800H-NP7 Cat. No. 800H-NP17 7 8 Cat. No. 800H-NP10 (Operators not included) Type Cat. For Cover Hole 800H-NP1 For Base Coupler Hole 800H-NP3 Size Cat. Includes synthetic O-ring washer. this plug can be used to close the unused openings. are bold. 800H-NP1 (Operators not included) Description 4 Conduit Entry Plug This plug can be used to plug unused conduit openings in Type 7 and 9 bases. Description Coupler Used for both horizontal and vertical assembly. nos. 5 Cat. No. 800H-NP11 6 Locking Attachments Description Cat. 800H-NP2 Dual Push Button Extended Head Padlocking Attachments This device permits locking for dual push button — extended head units only.com/catalogs 10-178 Preferred availability cat. No.

No. No. 0 Padlocking Cover Padlocking cover is used for Type 7 and 9 selector switches. pilot lights. specify Cat. 800H-NP4 (Padlock not included) Description Cat. A pre-marked legend plate entitled OPEN COVER TO OPERATE (front view) and PULL-TOSTART-PUSH-TO-STOP (rear view) is available. Description Color Insert Kit These color insert kits are used with illuminated push buttons.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800H-NP20 No. (Refer to National Electrical Code.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories General Accessories. 800H-NP4 1 2 Miscellaneous Description Cat. but not for potentiometer units. non-illuminated push buttons (except mushrooms) and non-illuminated 2-position push-pull units. use sealing nuts to seal the push button operators in addition to using the flange seal. No. No. No. Conduit Opening 800H-NP22 Type 4 Sealing Nut 800H-N479 8 Type 4 Sealing Kit 800H-N479F 9 Color Cat. For a Type 4 rating. Continued Locking Attachments Cat.ab. Sealing kit is comprised of flange seal and sealing nut. An approved drain (see listing) is required for condensation when using this option (refer to National Electrical Code). 3 6 Red 800H-NP23R Green 800H-NP23G Amber 800H-NP23A Blue 800H-NP23B White 800H-NP23W One of each color 800H-NP23 7 10 11 12 13 www. No. conduit entries. No.) Description Cat. push-pull. 800H-NPD93 Style Cat. They are used with the Allen-Bradley enclosures listed on page 10-154 for outdoor applications. No. Cat. 800H-NPRD91 Cat. When using a sealing well with integral Flange Seal. No. They reduce costs usually necessary with other conduit seal fittings for most installations (subject to applicable codes and laws) while maintaining Type 7 and 9 Without Integral integrity. 800H-W174L. No. of Wires Type 3 Flange Seal This seal provides a Type 3 rating while maintaining Type 7 and 9 integrity. 2 800H-NPRD90 4 800H-NPRD91 6 800H-NPRD92 8 800H-NPRD93 2 800H-NPD90 4 800H-NPD91 6 800H-NPD92 8 800H-NPD93 Sealing Well with or without Integral Type 3 With Integral Flange Flange Seal These sealing wells can only be used with bases Seal. Note: Push-pull units will only lock in the depressed position. 800H-NP21 Cat. 7. 800H-NP23R 4 5 Style Cat. To order legend plate only. are bold. Conduit Opening 800H-NP21 Drain for 1 in. No. Type 7 flange seal for Type 3 outdoor applications. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-179 . Type 3. and pushto-test push buttons (order quantity of 1 to receive kit of 5 inserts). Padlocking cover includes blank legend plate for customer marking. Flange Seal 800H-NP20 Drain for 3/4 in. and 9 having 1 in. nos. an and 9 approved drain fitting must be provided.

Red.3 mA/6 mA 120V AC — 10 800T-N320x 4.  All LEDs except 120V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. Illuminated Push-Pull. Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Code Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . or White. 36. No. are bold. 16.  To complete the cat. Typical  800T-N319Fx ♣ In full voltage applications. § Lamp is intended for use with power module Cat. Red. 24V. 46. No. ® Typical current draw varies with LED color. No. 10 11 12 13 www. 11 1 800T-N169 Flashing 150 mA 6V AC/DC 267 6 1 800T-N212 57 mA 24V AC/DC 24 MB 24 1 800T-N180 21 mA 120V AC 90 MB 16 1 800T-N261 — 2 mA 120V AC/DC B2A 10. no. 120V. Legacy LED Lamps♣ Lamp Type LED 7 Current. 56. 6. 46. and Illuminated Selector Switches Lamp Type Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer LED‡ 4 6 Cat. 26. 800T-N330. 76 800T-N318x Flashing 18 mA 24V AC/DC — N/A Full Voltage 8 9 Catalog Voltage Code Neon Lamp 5 ANSI No.  To complete the cat. Order quantity of 5 to receive package of 5 pieces. The first mA value is for a green or blue LED and the second mA value is for a red or amber LED.2 mA 130V AC/DC 3 mA 13 800T-N321x Full voltage 50 mA 6V AC 14 mA 6. No. 26. 46. 26. 56. or White. White LEDs only available in 6V. no. these lamps are intended to be used with power module Cat. 13 mA/22 mA 12V AC/DC 3 mA 12 800T-N362x 20 mA/21 mA 24V AC/DC 3 mA 24 800T-N319x 12 mA/17 mA 32V AC/DC 3 mA 32 800T-N363x 9 mA/14 mA 48V AC/DC 3 mA 48 800T-N364x 3. Illuminated Push Buttons.  Flashing rate is 2 Hz. 36.com/catalogs 10-180 Preferred availability cat. nos. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber. ‡ Typical current consumption values indicated are relative to the input of the power module. 20 609-N9 Type Current. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current. Green.ab.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 1 Replacement Lamps Pilot Lights. No. Typical® Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Catalog Voltage Code Cat.5 mA/6. Universal 13 mA @ 24V DC 8. 16. Blue. 6. Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Green.5 mA @ 120V AC‡ 3V§ 3 mA 2 800T-N376x Transformer 60 6V 14 mA 16.3V AC Dual Input Diode 3 Lamp Voltage 150 mA/250 mA Full Voltage 2 Current. 800TC-N374 which has an input voltage rating of 12 …130V AC/DC. 1 76 755/1866 80 mA 14V AC/DC 756 12 1 70 mA 24V AC/DC 757 24 1 800T-N157 50 mA 48V AC/DC 1835 48 1 800T-N365 Full Voltage Resistor 22 mA 120V AC/DC 949 10. 56 800T-N377x 800T-N65 800T-N141 1 Item is sold in multiples of 5. and 130V.

No. 800H-NP30) Use 1 special jumbo legend with each special 2 hole cover (Cat. 800H-NP31) Jumbo Size Special Jumbo Size Use 1 jumbo size legend with each standard 1 hole cover (Cat. Nos. are bold. No. 1 5 7 — 1 800H-Y140JE 800H-Y109JE — 8 1 Horizontally mounted engraved legend plates (with standard or custom marking) are available. 800H-Y59E 1 800H-Y59JE Cat. No.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates 0 Blank Legend Plates Lever Style Standard Size Use 1 lever style legend with each lever type cover (Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Upper/Lower Cat.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-181 . No. 800H-NP14. Example: Cat. No. Nos. Grey — 800H-Y59 800H-Y59J 800H-Y141J Red — 800H-Y121 800H-Y121J — Green — 800H-Y136 800H-Y136J — Yellow — 800H-Y700 800H-Y700J — Top Grey — Bottom Grey 800H-Y222 — — — Top Grey — Bottom Red 800H-Y223 — — — Left Green — Right Red — — — 800H-Y140J Grey with Potentiometer Graduations — 800H-Y109 800H-Y109J — 1 2 3 4 Custom Legend Plates Lever Style Standard Size Jumbo Size Special Jumbo Size Use 1 lever style legend with each lever type cover (Cat. No. 800H-Y141JE Red — 1 800H-Y121E 1 800H-Y121JE — Green — 1 800H-Y136E 1 800H-Y136JE — Yellow — 800H-Y700E 800H-Y700JE — — Top Grey — Bottom Grey 1 800H-Y222E — — Top Grey — Bottom Red 1 800H-Y223E — — — — Left Green — Right Red — Grey with Potentiometer Graduations — 1 800H-Y109E 1 6 Cat. No. 800H-NP30) Use 1 special jumbo legend with each special 2 hole cover (Cat. HAND AUTO 800H-Y228 OPEN CLOSE 800H-Y205 JOG RUN 800H-Y227 RUN STOP (Red) 800H-Y226 JOG STOP (Red) 800H-Y206 START STOP (Red) 800H-Y200 ON OFF 800H-Y225 — — 11 12 13 www. 800H-NP33) Ex: Dual Push Button/ Pigtail Pilot Light Legend Plate Color Cat. -NP16 or -NP34) Use 2 standard size legends with each standard 2 hole cover (Cat. Add the letter H after the Y in the cat. Cat. No. 800H-NP31) Use 1 jumbo size legend with each standard 1 hole cover (Cat. Grey — 1 Cat. Cat. 800H-NP14. No. No. Cat. -NP15. No. No. -NP16 or -NP34) Use 2 standard size legends with each standard 2 hole cover (Cat. No. No. 9 Lever Style Legend Plates with Standard Markings 10 Legend Marking Upper/Lower Legend Marking Cat. 800H-NP33) Ex: Dual Push Button/ Pigtail Pilot Light Legend Plate Color Cat. no. No. No. nos. 800H-Y222E becomes 800H-YH222E. -NP15. No.

10 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories 0 Legend Plates. Cat. STOP (Red) 800H-Y4 800H-Y4J PUSH TO STOP-PULL TO START 800H-Y118 800H-Y118J 2 3 4 5 8 9 Jumbo Size FAST 800H-Y5 800H-Y5J POWER ON 800H-Y139 800H-Y139J FEED START 800H-Y66 800H-Y66J RAISE 800H-Y35 800H-Y35J FEED STOP 800H-Y67 800H-Y67J RAISE-LOWER 800H-Y36 800H-Y36J FOR. are bold. No. Continued Legend Plates with Standard Markings 1 Standard Size Jumbo Size Legend Marking Cat.ab. No. No.-REV. 800H-Y6 800H-Y6J RAISE-OFF-LOWER 800H-Y37 800H-Y37J FOR. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .-OFF-REV. nos. AUTO-OFF-HAND 800H-Y1 800H-Y1J ON 800H-Y30 800H-Y30J AUTO-MAN-HAND 800H-Y125 800H-Y125J OPEN 800H-Y31 800H-Y31J CLOSE 800H-Y2 800H-Y2J OPEN-CLOSE 800H-Y32 800H-Y32J CYCLE START 800H-Y62 800H-Y62J OPEN-OFF-CLOSE 800H-Y33 800H-Y33J DOWN 800H-Y3 800H-Y3J OUT 800H-Y34 — EMERG.com/catalogs 10-182 Preferred availability cat. No. Legend Marking Cat. Cat. 800H-Y7 800H-Y7J RESET 800H-Y38 800H-Y38J FORWARD 800H-Y8 800H-Y8J REVERSE 800H-Y39 800H-Y39J FOURTH SPEED 800H-Y124 800H-Y124J RUN 800H-Y40 800H-Y40J FULL SPEED 800H-Y9 800H-Y9J RUN-INCH 800H-Y134 800H-Y134J HAND-AUTO 800H-Y10 800H-Y10J RUN-JOG 800H-Y41 800H-Y41J HAND-OFF-AUTO 800H-Y11 800H-Y11J SAFE-RUN 800H-Y42 800H-Y42J HIGH 800H-Y12 800H-Y12J SECOND SPEED 800H-Y43 800H-Y43J HIGH-LOW 800H-Y13 800H-Y13J SLOW 800H-Y44 800H-Y44J HIGH-OFF-LOW 800H-Y14 800H-Y14J SLOW-FAST 800H-Y45 800H-Y45J IN 800H-Y15 800H-Y15J SLOW-OFF-FAST 800H-Y46 800H-Y46J INCH 800H-Y16 800H-Y16J SPEED1 800H-Y108 800H-Y108J 6 7 Standard Size JOG 800H-Y17 800H-Y17J START (Green) 800H-Y47 800H-Y47J JOG FORWARD 800H-Y18 800H-Y18J START-JOG 800H-Y48 800H-Y48J JOG REVERSE 800H-Y19 800H-Y19J START-STOP 800H-Y49 800H-Y49J JOG-RUN 800H-Y20 800H-Y20J STOP (Red) 800H-Y50 800H-Y50J JOG-SAFE-RUN 800H-Y22 800H-Y22J STOP-START 800H-Y51 800H-Y51J JOG-STOP-RUN 800H-Y21 800H-Y21J SUMMER-OFF-WINTER 800H-Y53 800H-Y53J LEFT-RIGHT 800H-Y23 800H-Y23J SUMMER-WINTER 800H-Y52 800H-Y52J LOW 800H-Y24 800H-Y24J TEST 800H-Y54 800H-Y54J LOW SPEED 800H-Y25 THIRD SPEED 800H-Y55 LOWER 800H-Y26 ⎯ 800H-Y26J UP 800H-Y56 ⎯ 800H-Y56J OFF 800H-Y27 800H-Y27J UP-DOWN 800H-Y57 800H-Y57J OFF-COOLANT-ON 800H-Y28 800H-Y28J UP-OFF-DOWN 800H-Y58 800H-Y58J OFF-ON 800H-Y29 800H-Y29J ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 1 Graduated potentiometer type.

034 in.8 mm) dimension can be used. are bold.2) 13 (0. max.ab. min.7) 10-3/8 (0.. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Dimensions in inches (millimeters). (54 mm) locking bracket not required. Standard Legend Plate (used with two-hole cover) ✴ 0 Jumbo Legend Plate (used with one-hole cover) ✴ Ø Ø 1 2 3 Note: Mounting hole requirements for components — 3/4 in. (46.37) 10 11 12 13 www. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals do not face each other. (63.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. the 2-1/4 in. (25..5 mm)] 6 Maximum Maximum 7 ✴  When mounting in a panel thicker than 2-1/8 in.958 in. ‡ This dimension for push buttons only. min. 1. Internal thread minor diameter: 0. the 1-27/32 in.4) 4-7/16 (112.2 mm) dimension must be used in order to get proper electrical clearance. 8 Push Buttons Dual Head 9 Dim. A B C Ship. . 0. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-183 .30) Long Barrel 4-19/32 (116.1 1 External thread major diameter: 1.  Sketch illustrates the minimum distance between center lines when mounting Bulletin 800H units with legend plates either side by side or one above the other in non Allen-Bradley enclosures. nos. Panel Thickness Requirements Standard Barrel [devices will fit panels up to 1 in. max. [oz (kg)] Standard Barrel 3-5/16 (84. Minimum spacing without legend plate: When units are mounted so that the contact block terminals face each other. (57.970 in.1) 4-3/16 (106.4 mm)] 4 5 Long Barrel [devices will fit panels up to 2-1/2 in. Wt.024 in.9) 5-23/32 (145.7) 5-15/32 (138.14 NPSM.

[oz (kg)] Standard and Knob Lever 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 9-1/2 (0.45) 1 When using sealed switch contact block.2) 6-1/8 (155.  When using sealed switch contact block.42) Cylinder Lock 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 11-1/4 (0.40) 1 When using sealed switch contact block.30) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149.2 mm). Flush and Extended Head 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 9-7/8 (0.2 mm). are bold. 6 Selector Switches Standard Operator Knob Lever Operator 7 Ø 8 Wing Lever Operator Cylinder Lock Operator 9 Ø 10 Standard Barrel 11 12 Type A1 B C Long Barrel Ship.6) 14-3/8 (0.com/catalogs 10-184 Preferred availability cat. (149.ab.2) 6-1/8 (155.28) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149.6) 14-5/16 (0.31) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149. Continued 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters). nos.27) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149.6) 16 (0. [oz (kg)] Mushroom. this dimension is 5-7/8 in. Wt. (149. (103 mm).  When using sealed switch contact block.2) 6-1/8 (155. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. this dimension is 4-1/16 in. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .41) Wing Lever 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 10-1/2 (0. this dimension is 5-7/8 in.6) 15 (0. Wt.2) 6-1/8 (155.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights.6) 13-5/16 (0. (103 mm). [oz (kg)] A B C Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] A B C Ship.38) Extra Long Guard 3-3/16 (81) 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/8 (111) 10-7/8 (0.32) 5 (127) 5-7/8 (149. 13 www. this dimension is 4-1/16 in. Wt. Push Buttons Mushroom Head Push Button with Extra Long Guard 1 Ø Ø Ø 2 Flush Head Extended Head 3 Ø Ø 4 Standard Barrel 5 A1 Type B C Long Barrel Ship.2) 6-1/8 (155.

Wt.32) Long Barrel 4-17/32 (115. (22.5) 4-9/16 (115.33) Long Barrel 4-15/16 (125.7) 1-31/32 (50) 14-3/4 (0.5) 2-1/8 (54) 15-1/2 (0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.5) 1-31/32 (50) 12-13/16 (0.6) 5-13/16 (147.49) Standard Barrel 3-7/16 (87.2) 3-29/32 (99) 4-1/8 (105) 14 (0.7) ⎯ 12-5/16 (0. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. are bold. 9 10 11 12 13 www. Dual Input or Neon Type 1 Ø Ø 2 3 Illuminated Push Buttons.41) Standard Barrel 3-1/2 (88.38) Description Transformer Type Full Voltage Dual Input or Neon Type Ship.2 mm) to the listed dimension.5) ⎯ 11-1/8 (0. Wt. [oz (kg)] Style A1 B C D Standard Barrel 3-9/16 (90.45) Standard Barrel 3-1/32 (77) 3-29/32 (99) 4-1/8 (105) 11-5/8 (0.34) 1 When using sealed switch contact block add 7/8 in.3) 5-13/32 (137) 5-21/32 (143. Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Style A1 B C Standard Barrel 3-5/32 (80.3) 4-9/16 (115. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-185 . Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters).7) 2-1/8 (54) 17-7/16 (0.9) 4-5/8 (117.1) 5-13/32 (137) 5-21/32 (143.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights.9) 4-5/8 (117.44) Long Barrel 4-21/32 (118.4) 5-13/16 (147. nos.6) 6-1/16 (154) 13-7/16 (0.40) Long Barrel 5-1/16 (128.9) 4-3/8 (111.33) Long Barrel 4-17/32 (115.ab.6) 6-1/16 (154) 16-3/16 (0.1) 5-13/32 (137) 5-21/32 (143. [oz (kg)] Push-Pull Units Non-Illuminated 4 5 Illuminated 6 Ø Note: Jumbo Head 7 8 Push-Pull Units Description Illuminated Transformer Type Illuminated Full Voltage Type Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Units Ship.1) 4-5/8 (117. 0 Illuminated Push Buttons or Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Transformer Type Full Voltage.

23) 11 12 13 www.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights.5) 5-5/8 (0.17) Long Barrel 4-7/16 (112. Continued 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters).16) Long Barrel 3-43/64 (94) 8-5/16 (0. Wt.5) 5-3/8 (0.3) 8 (0. Wt. [oz (kg)] 8-9/16 (0. [oz (kg)] Standard barrel 3-1/8 (79. are bold. Pigtail Type 3 4 Ø Ø Description 5 Transformer type and dual input transformer type pilot lights Full voltage. neon or dual input diode and resistor type pilot lights 6 Full voltage pigtail type pilot lights 7 Potentiometer Units 8 Style A Standard Barrel 3-5/32 (80) Ship.77) Standard Barrel 2-3/16 (55.24) Long Barrel 4-9/16 (115.16) Long barrel 4-1/2 (114.24) Ø Ø 9 10 Style A Ship.85) Standard Barrel 3-1/32 (77) 5-13/16 (0. Pilot Lights Transformer Type 1 LEADS Ø Ø Ø Ø 2 Full Voltage.7) 27-1/2 (0.9) 30-1/4 (0. nos.com/catalogs 10-186 Preferred availability cat. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .

Holes 4 Mtg. 4 lbs (1. 11 12 13 www.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Holes Shipping Wt. Holes 9 3/4-14 NPT Optional 1-11 1/2 NPT 3/4-14 NPT Optional 1-11 1/2 NPT 10 Ø 2 Mtg. Sealing well with or without integral flange seal add 1/2 in.81 kg) Shipping Wt. an approved drain fitting must be provided (refer to National Electrical Code).  When used add the following to the max. 4-1/2 lbs (2. are bold.8 mm).-14 NPT 3/4 in. (12.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. (4. depth: Flange seal add 3/16 in. Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters).ab.58 kg) Deep Base Stations Figure 3 Deep Base Station Lever Type 1-Gang Figure 4 Deep Base Component Lever Type 1-Gang (1 or 2 devices) 6 Optional Conduit Entry 3/4-14 NPT or 1-11 1/2 NPT Optional Conduit Entry 3/4-14 NPT or 1-11 1/2 NPT 7 8 Ø 2 Mtg. 0 Shallow Base Stations Figure 1 Shallow Base Station Lever Type Figure 2 Shallow Base Station Component Type 1-Gang (1 or 2 devices) 1 Ø Ø 4 Mtg. 3-1/2 lbs (1.36 kg) 5 Shipping Wt. nos.7 mm). 3 lbs (1. Holes 2 3 4 3/4 in.-14 NPT Shipping Wt. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-187 .04 kg) 1 When using a flange seal.

54 kg) Shipping Wt. 2-Gang (up to 4 devices) Figure 6 Control Station. Continued 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters). 3-Gang (up to 6 devices) 1 Conduit Entry 2 Pipe Plug Conduit Entry 3 Conduit Entry 4 5 6 Shipping Wt. nos. 16 lbs (7. Figure 3 Control Station.07 kg) Figure 7 Control Station. 40 lbs (18.5 kg) Shipping Wt.1 kg) 13 www. 20 lbs (9. 6-Gang (up to 12 devices) Figure 8 Control Station.ab.26 kg) Figure 5 Control Station.com/catalogs 10-188 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights. 4-Gang (up to 8 devices) Conduit Entry Conduit Entry Pipe Plug 7 Conduit Entry Conduit Entry Pipe Plug 8 9 Pipe Plug Shipping Wt. 2-Gang (up to 4 devices) Figure 4 Control Station. 10 lbs (4. 10 lbs (4. 32 lbs (14.54 kg) Shipping Wt. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. are bold. Factory-Assembled Stations For depth dimension refer to Figure 3 or 4 on page 10-187. 8-Gang (up to 16 devices) Conduit Entry Optional Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Conduit Entry 10 Optional 11 Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Conduit Entry 12 Conduit Entry Optional Optional Shipping Wt. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .

......ab....5 mm mounting hole  Types 4/13 and 4/4X/13 Specifications......205 in. 10-193 0 1 2 3 4 Specifications1 Electrical Ratings Contact Ratings Refer to the contact ratings (page 10-190)..Bulletin 800R 30.. 200 000 at maximum rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration 10…2000 Hz 1. 6 in•oz minimum return Logic Reed Sealed Switch Stackable Sealed Switch 1 lb maximum 3 lb maximum at 0...+55 °C) -40...5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Overview Bulletin 800R — 30... 10-191 Custom-Built Stations. 1300V for one minute (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles 1 000 000 at maximum rated load. 10-192 Enclosures Only ..../10 G Max.+85 °C) Note: Operating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of moisture and liquids.. extended... this page Complete Assembled Stations.6 in•lb maximum Operators without contact blocks 3.... (except Logic Reed) 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥25 G (contact fragility) and no damage at 100 G Shock Degree of Protection 6 Type 4/4X/13.. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-189 . 13 www... 250 000 min... 250 000 min.. Watertight/Corrosion-Resistant IEC 529 IP66/65 Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons (Momentary... nos..+185 °F (-40... Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for use in lower temperature applications. Non-Illuminated) (Momentary. Selector Switches All other devices 7 200 000 min.. Maintained selector switch: 3. Humidity 50% at 104 °F (40 °C) 12 1 Performance Data — See page Important-3.6 in•lb to stop Spring Return Selector Switches Illuminated Push Buttons and Push-to-Test Pilot Lights 5 lb maximum 8 lb maximum push to in position or pull to center position (15 lb maximum pull to out position) 3-Position Push-Pull 9 lb maximum push or pull Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Contact Blocks 9 0.... (Non-Illuminated) (Illuminated) 1 000 000 min. 4/13......2 in•lb to return 10 30 in•oz maximum twist... plunger travel 1 lb maximum Environment Operating Storage Temperature Range 11 -40......... Contact Operation 8 Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: single break magnetic Typical Operating Forces Flush.. 10-192 Approximate Dimensions..5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Table of Contents  Hazardous location push button stations  Classes I and II Division 2/Zone 2  30.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) Max.. jumbo plastic mushroom: 2 lb max... Dielectric Strength 5 2200V for one minute..com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. are bold.... 200 000 min. Illuminated) (Push-Pull/Twist-to-Release) 1 000 0000 min.+131 °F (-40. standard mushroom....

Per National Electrical Code: Zone 2. Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC Rated Operational Currents NEMA Volts Ue Make Break 3600 VA 30 A 360 VA 3A AC 600 AC-15 B600 120…600 0…120 DC 300 DC-13 P300 24…300 0…24 Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current Ith 2. Complete stations as shown on page 2-23 can be used for Class I and II Division 2/Zone 2 applications. are bold. CAUTION: 5 138 VA 5. The individual components shown in the 800T and 800H sections are also suitable for Class I and II Division 2/Zone 2 locations providing they are suitably mounted by the customer in an enclosure as required for the application and by applicable codes and laws. NOIV)  CSA Certified (File No. and Class I. including requirements for sealing. 0.Bulletin 800R 30. Opertnl. Bulletin 800T and 800H units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Hazardous Locations Since the contacts are enclosed in a hermetically sealed chamber. Volts Ue Utilization Category Rated Operational Currents IEC NEMA Volts Ue AC 300 AC-15 C300 120…300 0…120 DC 150 DC-13 Q150 24…150 0…24 Break 180 VA 1. 6  UL 1604  CSA C22. In Class I. order Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations and units. No. Bulletin 800T and 800H units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max.5 A Logic Reed Contact Ratings Standards Compliance The complete stations and individual components listed herein are not suitable for use in Class I and II Division 1 hazardous locations.5 A . Division 2. C.06 A Maximum AC: 150V.com/catalogs 10-190 Make 1800 VA 15 A Maximum DC: 30V.5 A. Division 2/Zone 2 Groups A.0 A Preferred availability cat. all wiring methods permitted for Class I.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Overview 0 1 2 3 4 Control Stations Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Bulletin 800R control stations are designed for Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations.15 A Should only be used with resistive loads. shall be permitted. Max. They consist of Bulletin 800H (Type 4/4X/13) or Bulletin 800T (Type 4/13) operators with sealed contact blocks. Division 1 or Division 2. For Class I and II Division 1 hazardous locations. F and G hazardous locations and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories for this class of service. nos. D. E10314. LR11924) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. 213 Certifications  UL Listed (File No. Note: Allen-Bradley Logic Reed contact blocks are also listed by Underwriters Laboratories for the Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous locations listed above. B. Zone 0 or Zone 1 locations. 0. Bulletin 800R units are available as factory assembled stations or as components for field assembly. the contact block is suitable for use in Class I and II.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 69 VA 2.2. Zone 2 locations. Opertnl. Guide No. Class I. Maximum continuous current Ith 5 A.

5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Class I. No.O.O. nos. Two Push Buttons 1 N. Each Button Maintained Button Type Button Color Legend Marking Flush Green START Rosite Bootless Operator Station Cat.  Type 4/4X/13. Example: Cat. Cat. 800R-1TB 800R-1HB4TL 800R-1HB4RL Extended Red STOP 800R-1TA 800R-1HA4TL 800R-1HA4RL Flush Black No Legend 800R-1TX 800R-1HX4TL 800R-1HX4RL Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800R-2TA 800R-2HA4TL 800R-2HA4RL Flush Flush Black Black No Legend No Legend 800R-2TX 800R-2HX4TL 800R-2HX4RL 120V AC Flush Extended Red Green Red No Legend START STOP 800R-2TAR 800R-2HAR4TL 800R-2HAR4RL 120V AC Flush Flush Red Black Black No Legend No Legend No Legend 800R-2TXR 800R-2HXR4TL 800R-2HXR4RL Knob Lever Black with white insert HAND OFF AUTO 800R-R3TA 800R-R3HA4TL 800R-R3HA4RL Knob Lever Black with white insert No Legend 800R-R3TX 800R-R3HX4TL 800R-R3HX4RL PushPull/Twist Red EMRG. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-191 . No. No. 1 N. 1 N.ab. ‡ To order a control station with booted operators. Cat. Two Push Buttons 1 N. page 10-2. No. Division 2/Zone 2 0 Push button operators for Class I.O.C. 9 10 11 12 13 www. are bold.O. 1 N. 800R-1HA4TL Rosite Booted Operator Station Cat. Each Button One Pilot Light.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.C. 800R-1HA4T Stainless Steel Bootless Operator Station Cat. Division 2/Zone 2 are offered in Bulletin 800T/H. 800R-1HA4TL becomes Cat. Each Button Contact Action Momentary Momentary Momentary 3-Position Selector Switch 1 N. remove the L from the end of the catalog number. 1 N.O. Maintained One Push Button 1 N. 800R-1HA4RL Stainless Steel Enclosures Rosite Glass Polyester Enclosures Surface Mount Bootless Operator Station‡ Cat.O. No. 800R-1HA4R Cast Aluminum Enclosures1 Operator One Push Button Contact Symbol 1 N. 1 N. 800R-1TA Stainless Steel Booted Operator Station Cat.C.C.STOP 800R-1TAM 800R-1HAM4TL 800R-1HAM4RL Flush Extended Green Red START STOP 800R-2TAM 800R-2HAM4TL 800R-2HAM4RL Flush Flush Black Black No Legend No Legend 800R-2TXM 800R-2HXM4TL 800R-2HXM4RL 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Type 4/13.Bulletin 800R 30.C.C. 800R-1HA4T. No. No. 1 Surface Mount Cat. Maintained Two Push Buttons 1 N. 1 N. No. No. No.

no. 3. 2. and/or marking for each unit. Accomodates two levels of stackable sealed switch contact blocks.5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Selection Custom-Built Stations Description The tables on page 10-191 list the most commonly used push button stations. standard configuration will be used. which are found on 10-64. 1 800R-1TZ 800R-1HZ4 800R-1HZ4R 2 800R-2TZ 800R-2HZ4 800R-2HZ4R 3 800R-3TZ 800R-3HZ4 800R-3HZ4R 4 800R-4TZ 800R-4HZ4 800R-4HZ4R 5 — 800R-5HZ4 — 6 800R-6TZ 800R-6HZ4 800R-6HZ4R 1 Number of units that can be mounted in enclosure. 800R-2HZ4R Stainless Steel (Type 4/4X/13) Rosite Glass Polyester (Type 4/4X/13) Units1 Cat. of control units. If no information is given. 800R-2TZ 5 Stainless Steel Cat.com/catalogs 10-192 Preferred availability cat. no. 0 Cat.Bulletin 800R 30. 5. The cat. 1 2 3 Ordering Information The following information is required when ordering custom built push button stations. Legend plate cat. Inclusion of a sketch is recommended. except letter W will be substituted for the letter Z and with a station serial number. 1. of enclosure. nos. no. Cat.ab. 800R-2HZ4 Die Cast (Type 4/13) 6 7 Rosite Glass Polyester Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No. used to identify custom-built Bulletin 800R push button stations. 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. Cat. Stations not listed in the table may be ordered as custom-built stations. no. Note: Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page 10-193. No. No.  Extra deep. are bold. 4. No. which are built at the factory. will be cat. No. except for the fiberglass enclosures. Enclosures Only 4 Die Cast Cat. Specify desired operator mounting sequence. nos. Cat. Specify vertical or horizontal mounting. listed for the enclosure only. Cat. No. No.

14 N.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.5). nos.  Selector switch is 1-3/32 (27. pilot light is 1-9/32 (32.8) maximum. ‡ Selector switch is 1-7/32 (30. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.T. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-193 .9) maximum.P. Conduit Opening 3/4 in. 8 Operator Extension in Front of Panel♣ 9 10 Type 4/4X/13 Booted Flush and Extended Head Push Button Type 4/4X/13 Pilot Light Type 4/13 and Type 4/4X/13 Bootless Flush and Extended Head Push Button ♣ See 10-49…10-56 for additional Type 4/13 outlines and for additional Type 4/4X/13 outlines.P.8) 4-1/2 (114) 6-1/4 (159) 8 (203) — 12-1/8 (308) B 4-3/16 (106) 5-7/8 (149) 7-9/16 (192) 9-1/2 (241) — 13-1/2 (343) — 1 in.ab.T. 0 1 2 Type 4/4X/13 Stainless Steel Watertight/Oiltight/Corrosion-Resistant Enclosure Type 4/4X/13 Rosite Glass Polyester Watertight/Oiltight/Corrosion-Resistant Enclosure Type 4/13 Cast Aluminum Enclosure Watertight/Oiltight Number of Units Dimension 1 2 3 4 5 Mounting Instructions (for Panel Mounting) 6 4 Stainless Steel Type 4/4X/13 A 5-5/32 (135) 7 (178) B 6-13/32 (163) 8-1/4 (210) Pipe Tap Size 8-27/32 (225) 10-11/16 (271) 12-17/32 (318) 10-1/8 (257) 11-31/32 (304) 14-3/8 (360) 14-1/32 (359) 3/4 3 15-7/8 (403) 5 1 Glass Polyester Type 4/4X/13 A 4-1/2 (114) 4-1/2 (114) 6-1/4 (159) 8 (203) 12-1/8 (308) 12-1/8 (308) B 7-1/32 (181) 7-1/32 (181) 8-23/32 (221) 10-21/32 (271) 14-7/8 (378) 14-7/8 (378) C 5-7/8 (149) 5-7/8 (149) 7-9/16 (192) 9-1/2 (241) 13-1/2 (343) Pipe Tap Size 3/4 6 13-1/2 (343) 1 Cast Aluminum Type 4/13 A 2-3/4 (69.4) maximum. 11 12 13 Type 4/13 Pilot Light Type 4/13 and Type 4/4X/13 Standard Knob Selector Switches www. § Minimum vertical spacing dimension for jumbo legend plate is 2-15/32 (62. 11-1/2 N. pilot light is 1-5/32 (29.4) maximum. are bold.Bulletin 800R 30. 7 1 Selector switch is 1-5/32 (29. pilot light is 1-7/32 (31).7).5 mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division 2/Zone 2 Product Overview Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Dimensions in inches (millimeters).

. 690V AC Dependent on components used IP66........................................................ order Bulletin 800H Type 7 & 9 stations and units................. 10-204 Approximate Dimensions........ NPT conduit 3/4 in.......... 1 2 3 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 6 Description Page Complete Assembled Stations...................... Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P CAUTION: The assembled stations and individual components listed herein are not suitable for the use in Zone 0...... 10-201 Enclosures ............. Zone 1 and 2 and Class 1/Division 2 hazardous location applications................... are bold....................... and IIC and Class I/Division 2........... order Bulletin 800R stations..........5 for cable Ø 6…12 mm Custom Plastic M25 for cable Ø 13…18 mm 1/2 in......... and D See below................ 10-197 Push Buttons.................. 10-207 Specifications Standard Assembled Stations Assembled Stations Mechanical Ratings 7 II 2G Ex edm IIC T6 AEx edm IIC T6 Ex edm IIC T6 Protection Type Certification 8 PTB 01 ATEX 1036 UL E10314 CE0044 Rated Insulation Voltage Rated current Degree of Protection Max....................... For Class I and II/Division 1 hazardous locations.. 10-201 Back-of-Panel Components.............................. The components have “d” and “e” protection methods except for the cable termination.... 4 x 2......................................... they are suitable for use in Class I....................................... 10-199 Mushroom........ Type 4X  Class I...................... Field assembled stations used in a Class I.... restricted by the cable and not the contacts..........5 mm2 Bulletin 800G control stations are designed for Class I.........................................................................Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Overview/Specifications 0 Bulletin 800G — Hazardous Location Push Buttons Table of Contents  IP66.............. For Class II/ Division 2 hazardous locations.. Zone 1 or Zone 2 application must be inspected and certified by a third party..................... NPT conduit Wire/Cable Size PE Conductor Terminals 11 2.................................... Bulletin 800G units are available as factory assembled stations or as components for component replacement.................................................. 10-202 Accessories............... They consist of Bulletin 800G front-of-panel components with back-of-panel components: contact blocks or power modules............. Groups A.......... Cable termination has only “d” protection method.............. B....5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max.......... C.... Components Since the back-of-panel components are enclosed in a flame-proof enclosure.. 10-200 Selector Switch ................................................................ B. (12 AWG) stranded max........... IIB......... C.......................................... nos...... 10-201 Description Page Ammeter................................. 10-199 Key Release .......................... ... and D hazardous locations and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories and certified by PTB for this class of service.................. Zone 1 and Zone 2 Groups IIA............................................... 10-200 Pilot Light....com/catalogs 10-194 Preferred availability cat....... 10-203 Legend Plates ................................... Storage Temperature -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) Operational Temperature Range -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) 12 13 www.......... Zone 1 and Zone 2  Class I/Division 2 — Groups A..........ab.................................................................................. Type 4X: -20…+60 °C (-4…+140 °F) IP54: -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) Enclosure Material 9 Enclosure Thermoplastic Seals EPDM Cable Glands 10 Standard Plastic M20 x 1..... Class I/Division 1 and Class II/Division 1 and Division 2 applications.........

30 g 18 ms DIN IEC 68 part 2-27.1 mm/0. Yellow. “Break” Current at Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating 1. with operators and enclosure IP66 With operators IP67 Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Wire/Cable Size Degree of Protection Mounting www. 28. Zone 1 AEx de IIC Class I.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max.5 lb) to close N. 18 ms 11 100 000 hours 100 000 hours Storage/Transport Temperature -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -55 …+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) Ambient Temperature Range -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) 2. Blue) 12…60V DC 12…250V AC 24…60V DC 24…60V AC and 110…250V AC Lamp Rated Voltage 9 10 Mechanical Ratings Screw Termination Protection Type Certifications Housing Material Physical Shock Resistance Design Life Cable Termination II 2G Ex de IIC Class I.C. . Contact Options AgSnO2 AgSnO2 Thermoplastic Thermoplastic DIN IEC 68 part 2-27.2 A Max.1 N.5 lb) to close N. 11 A at 60 °C (140 °F) 16 A at 40 °C (104 °F). nos.8 ft) long cable 4 x 1.8 ft) long cable 4 x 1.O. Green.O.5 mm2 (9. gl Mechanical Ratings II 2G Ex de IIC Class I.C. Zone 1 Ex de IIC II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Class I.2 A 0.2 A 1. 1 N. Zone 1 Ex d IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1037U UL E10314 PTB 01 ATEX 1038X UL E10314 Thermoplastic Thermoplastic DIN IEC 68 part 2-27. 2 N. White. 18 ms DIN IEC 68 part 2-27. 15.1 N. Zone 1 AEx d IIC T6 Class I.5 lb) full travel 22. 30 g. are bold.1 mm/0.2 A 10 A 5A 10 A 5A Thermal Continuous Test Current per UL Contact Rating Short Circuit Protection 10 A Slow Blow.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel Contact Block 0 Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Rated Insulation Voltage Cable Termination 690V Rated Voltage 400V (Limited by the cable. Green. Zone 1 AEx de IIC Class I. 2 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-195 . “Make” Current at Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating 12 A 0.5 mm2 (9.36 in. Zone 1 AEx d IIC T6 Class I. Zone 1 Ex d IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1040U UL E10314 PTB 01 ATEX 1039X UL E10314 1 N. not the contacts) 250V (per ATEX certificates) Rated Operating Currents Utilization Category Thermal Continuous Current 24V 250V (per ATEX certificates) 24V 16 A 10 A 1A 16 A 10 A 1A AC-12 AC-15 DC-13 AC-12 AC-15 DC-13 16 A at 40 °C (104 °F).O. Blue) Multi-LED (Red.C.36 in. 15. OD) IP20. 11 A at 60 °C (140 °F) Contact Rating per UL 508 A600 P600 A600 Max.2 A 12 A 0. Zone 1 Ex de IIC Protection Type 1 7 8 Power Module Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage 300V 300V Power Consumption ≤1W ≤1W Multi-LED (Red.C.2 A 0.9 N (6. 28.5 lb) full travel Design Life Operating Force (Maximum) Temperature (Storage/Transport) -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) 2.C.com/catalogs 12 13 Preferred availability cat. gl Certification P600 II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Class I.6 N (3.6 N (3. 2 N. 30 g.2 N (5 lb) to open N. 2 N. 3 m (9. OD) IP20.C. with operators and enclosure IP66 With operators IP67 Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Degree of Protection Mounting 4 6 Operational Temperature Range Wire/Cable Size 3 5 Contact Material Housing Material Physical Shock Resistance 2 10 A Slow Blow. Yellow. 3 m (9. . Type DT.ab.9 N (6.O.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max. 30 g 18 ms 1 000 000 cycle mechanical life 1 000 000 cycle mechanical life 22. Type DT. Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating 600V 600V 600V 600V Max.O.O. White.2 N (5 lb) to open N.

25 A 1A 0. Zone 1 AEx d IIC T6 Class I.7 N (1.5 N Push/ 89 N Pull (10 lb Push/ 20 lb Pull) 6000 cycles Pilot Light (Red. 18 ms DIN IEC 68 part 2-27.25 A 600V 600V 600V Thermal Continuous Current Max. blue) Multi-LED (red. 13 www. White. Green. Yellow.5 lb) Selector Switch -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — Key Release Push Button -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 15. Rated Voltage 600V Mechanical Ratings Screw Termination 3 Protection Type Certifications PTB 01 ATEX 1037U UL E10314 Housing Material 4 5 Cable Termination II 2G EEx de IIC Class I.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications 0 Back-of-Panel. with operators and enclosure IP66 With operators IP67 Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch 6 Front-of-Panel Operators 7 8 9 10 11 12 Mechanical Ratings Operational Temperature Operating Force Push Button -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 6. yellow. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P II 2G EEx e II PTB 01 ATEX 1035U UL E10314 . Zone 1 Ex de IIC Physical Shock Resistance II 2G EEx d IIC T6 Class I. Zone 1 Ex d IIC T6 PTB 01 ATEX 1038X UL E10314 Thermoplastic Thermoplastic DIN IEC 68 part 2-27.5 lb) Key Release Mushroom -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 15. white. white.1 mm/0.6 N (3.ab. OD) Wire/Cable Size Degree of Protection Mounting IP20. nos. are bold.5 mm2 (12 AWG) stranded max.7 N (1.7 N (1. green.36 in. green.com/catalogs 10-196 Ex Protection Type Preferred availability cat.5 mm2 (9.5 lb) 1 x 106 7 N•m Key Selector Switch -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — 1 000 000 cycles 7 N•m Device 1 Mechanical Design Life Impact Resistance Materials Ingress Protection 1 000 000 cycles 7 N•m IP66 : -20…+70 °C (-4…+158 °F) Thermoplastic Housing EPDM Seals IP54: -55…-20 °C (-67…-4 °F) Type 4X: -20…+70 °C (-4…+158 °F) 1 Does not include contact block. Zone 1 AEx de IIC Class I. blue) 24…48V DC 24…250V AC 24…48V DC 24…250V AC Lamp Rated Voltage Contact Rating per UL 508 2 Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage A600 P600 A600 P600 1A 0. Continued Power Module/Contact Block Combination Electrical Ratings Screw Termination 1 300V 300V Power Consumption ≤1W ≤1W Multi-LED (red.5 lb) Mushroom -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 6. yellow.5 lb) E-Stop -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 44. 18 ms Design Life 100 000 hours 100 000 hours Storage/Transport Temperature -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) -30 …+70 °C (-22…+158 °F) Ambient Temperature Range -55…+60 °C (-67…+140 °F) -30…+60 °C (-22…+140 °F) 2.8 ft) long cable 4 x 1. Blue) -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — N/A 4 N•m Hole Plug -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) — N/A 7 N•m Illuminated Push Button -55…+70 °C (-67…+158 °F) 6.6 N (3. 30 g. 3 m (9. 30 g.

ab. No. No. 800G-1E4A3 2-position maintained selector switch No legend 800G-1HMA3 Two-hole 2 black push buttons No legends 800G-2F2AF2A3 Green push button Red push button No legends 800G-2F3AF4A3 Cat. No. nos. No. 800G-2FAAFBA3 Green push button Red push button START STOP 800G-2FAAFBA3 Three-hole Red LED Green push button Red push button No legends 800G-3P4DF3AF4A3 Red LED Green push button Red push button No legend START STOP 800G-3P4DFAAFBA3 5 Green push button Red push button E-Stop push/pull No legend No legend Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence 800G-3F3AF4AE4A3 6 Cat. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-197 .com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800G-3M1XHMA3 10 11 12 13 www. One-hole Black push button No legend 800G-1F2A3 E-Stop Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence 800G-1E4A3 0 1 Mushroom key release No legend 800G-1B4A3 Cat. No.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Enclosure Type Button Type/Color Legend Marking Cat. 800G-3P4DF3AF4A3 Green push button Red push button E-Stop push/pull START STOP Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence 800G-3FAAFBAE4A3 7 Ammeter + 1 operator 1 A ammeter 2-position maintained selector switch No legends 800G-3M1XHMA3 2 3 4 8 5 A ammeter 2-position maintained selector switch No legends 800G-3M5XHMA3 9 Cat.

base mount D Lamp module base mount (same color as requested lens color in Table c) X N/A (i. are bold. or yellow. 800G-3 M1X N2X) ♣ Only available in white. key removal in depressed position Selector Switch 1 Only available in red.C. green. NPT conduit hub 5 Yellow 3 6 Blue 1 M20 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 6…12 mm A START (green background/white text) 4 1 M25 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 13…18 mm 5 M20 blind plug Operator/Meter Code Description B Key release mushroom push button1 D Momentary mushroom push button E Push-pull mushroom push button1 F Non-illuminated flush push button♠ H 2-position selector switch J 3-position selector switch K Key release push button L Illuminated push button — flush♣ M Ammeter§ N Hole plug P 6 Conduit Entry Position 3 F b 3 Position 2 B STOP (red background/white text) G I (green background/white text) H O (red background/white text) J ON (green background/white text) K OFF (red background/white text) Key Release Pilot light♣ 1 Lockable in initial position.e.5 threaded hole B 1/2 in.com/catalogs 10-198 Preferred availability cat. No. choose 3-hole enclosure with meter in pos. selected conduit entry will be applied for both bottom and top entry. key removal in initial position 2 Lockable in both positions. nos.O.e..O. 1 and either an operator or hole plug in pos. 800G-3 M1X J1A or Cat. red. NPT conduit hub D 1 M20 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 6…12 mm E 1 M25 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 13…18 mm F M20 blind plug G M25 blind plug H 2 M20 plastic cable gland J 1 M20 metal cable gland K 1 M25 metal cable gland L 2 M20 metal cable gland d Contact Block/Lamp Module Through Feed M M20X1. base mount N 2 N. and blue. base mount M 2 N. hole plug) T M20 blind plug K 1 N.C. with lamp module V 2 M20 plastic cable gland W 1 M20 metal cable gland X 1 M25 metal cable gland Y 2 M20 metal cable gland 11 12 13 www.C. red. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . § For ammeter. No.  Only available for 3-position selector switch. ammeter. 2 (i. NPT conduit hub Code Description N P 3/4 in.  Only available in black. ♠ Only available in white. . Cat. NPT conduit hub Top Entry C 3/4 in.  For through-feed enclosure.5 threaded hole 3 3-hole 3 Green 1 1/2 in. Continued 0 Size Postion 1 800G – 2 a 1 2 4 5 3 M F 4 b c d b c 7 8 N d 3 b c d e a c e Enclosure Size Push Button Color/Text Conduit Entry Code Description Code Description 1 1-hole 1 White Code Description 2 2-hole 2 Black Blank M20X1.ab. 9 10 M Maintained in all positions B Spring return from both positions L Spring return from left R Spring return from right Meters§ 1 1A 5 5A Bottom Entry 6 M25 blind plug 7 2 M20 plastic cable gland 8 1 M20 metal cable gland 9 1 M25 metal cable gland 0 2 M20 metal cable gland A M20X1. black. key removal in both positions 3 Lockable in depressed position.O. green.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations. with lamp module U M25 blind plug L 1 N. yellow.  For use with illuminated push button only.. NPT conduit hub 4 Red 2 3/4 in. NPT conduit hub Q 1 M20 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 6…12 mm R 1 M25 plastic cable gland for cable diameter 13…18 mm A 1 N.1 N.5 threaded hole 1/2 in.

No. 800G-F3 Code Description F Flush operator Flush-Round Color Cat. No. No. white. 800G-M2 — — 800G-MKE Code Description M Momentary 1 MP Push-pull 1 MK Key release — 800G-MPE 12 b Color or Feature Code Color 2 Black with black bezel E Red E-stop with yellow bezel and printing on head 1 Only available in E-stop. No. 800G-V2FX Description Cat. Non-Illuminated — Flush 4 Cat. 800G-MKE Push-Pull Mushroom Cat. No. Cat. 800G-V2FX 5  All double push buttons come with a multi-pack of color caps (red. No. 800G-U2FX Cat. Push Button. and yellow). Double push button with curved base for use with Bul. b White 800G-F1 Color Black 800G-F2 Code Description Green 800G-F3 1 White Red 800G-F4 2 Black Yellow 800G-F5 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 1 2 3 Double Push Button. option E from Table b. No. 800G enclosures. No. No. 800G-U2FX Double push button with flat base for use with customer provided enclosures.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No. green. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-199 13 . 800G-M2 Color/Feature Black w/black bezel E-Stop red w/ yellow bezel 1 Key Release Mushroom Cat.ab. No. Non-Illuminated — Flush 800G – F 3 a b 0 a Operator Construction Cat. Cat. Code Description LF Illuminated flush operator White 800G-LF1 b Green 800G-LF3 Color Red 800G-LF4 Code Yellow 800G-LF5 1 White 800G-LF6 3 Green Blue 8 Description 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue Mushroom — Non-Illuminated and Key Release 800G – M a 9 10 2 b a 11 Operator Style Momentary Mushroom Cat. 800G-MPE Momentary Mushroom Key Release Mushroom Push-Pull Cat. are bold. No. Illuminated — Flush 800G – LF a 6 3 b a 7 Operator Construction Cat. black. nos. No.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Push Button. 800G-LF3 Color Cat. www.

Top 3-position maintained R2 2-position spring return right to left R3 3-position spring return right to center O O Bottom X O O c Top X X O Key Removal Bottom O X X X Code Description Blank For knob selector switches Knob Selector Switch 1 1 Left Operator Style Positions/Functions Cat. on Latch Contact Type or Base N.C. b Lockable in initial position. O X M2 2-position maintained N. 13 www. key removal in both positions 800G-K16 Lockable in depressed position. 800G-K14 Cat.O. 800G-SM3 Key Operated Switch Cat. X O B3 3-position spring return left and right to center L3 3-position spring return left to center 3-Position Target Table 7 Pos. No.com/catalogs 10-200 Preferred availability cat. 1 2 Right 2-Position Maintained 800G-SM2 1 3 All S→M←S 800G-SB3 1 4 Center S→M M 800G-SL3 1 5 Left/center Maintained 800G-SM3 1 6 Left/right 800G-SR3 1 7 Right/center 3-Position M M←S 10 11 M3 Operator Style Positions/Functio ns Key Removal Position 2-Position Maintained All 800G-KSM23H S→M←S Center 800G-KSB34H 3-Position 12 d Key Operated Switch Knob Position Code Cat. are bold. key removal in depressed position 800G-K24 Operator Style Locking Position 2 Key Release Push Button 3 Code Description 14 Lockable in initial position. key removal in both positions 24 Lockable in depressed position. No.ab. No.O. 800G-KSM33H Description S Knob KS Key operated 2-Postion Target Table b No. 800G enclosure 1 Only available with key selector (Code KS from Table a).C. of Positions/Functions 6 Contact Type Code Description N. 800G enclosure H For base mount in vertical Bul. nos. 8 9 N. S→M M Right/center 800G-KSL37H Maintained All 800G-KSM33H M M←S Left/center 800G-KSR35H Description  Blank For latch mount or base mount in horizontal Bul.  Only available with knob selector (Code S from Table a). key removal in initial position 800G-K14 Locking Postion Lockable in both positions. No. No. No.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Key Release 800G – K 0 14 a b a Operator Style 1 Code Description K Key release push button Cat. key removal in initial position 16 Lockable in both positions. key removal in depressed position Selector Switch — Knob & Key Operated 800G – S M3 a 4 b c d a Operator Style Code 5 Knob Selector Switch Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .

www.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light 800G – P 3 a b 0 a Cat. are bold. 800G-1P M20 Threaded Hole — Bottom Feed 3/4 in. No. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 9 10 d b 1 Only available in Enclosure Size 3. No. Conduit — Bottom Feed Type Cat.5 threaded hole PA Plastic with ammeter window1 1 1/2 in. Cat.ab. NPT conduit hub 2 3/4 in. No. Code Description White 800G-P1 P Pilot light Green 800G-P3 Red 800G-P4 Yellow 800G-P5 Blue 800G-P6 1 b Lens Color Code Color 1 White 3 Green 4 Red 5 Yellow 6 Blue 2 3 Ammeter 4 5 Cat. 800G enclosures are base mount only and will only work with base mount contact blocks. 8 c 10-201 11 12 13 . No. 800G-P3 Operator Style Pilot Light Operator Style Color Cat. No. 1-Hole 800G-1P 800G-1P2 2-Hole 800G-2P 800G-2P2 3-Hole 800G-3P 800G-3P2 Ammeter Station 800G-3PA 800G-3PA2  Bul.com/catalogs Conduit Entry Code Description Code Description 1 1-hole Blank Bottom feed 2 2-hole T Top feed 3 3-hole F Through feed X No holes Type Enclosure Style Conduit Style Code Description Code Description P Plastic Blank M20 x 1. 800G-AMP1B Base Mount Amperage1 Cat. No. NPT conduit hub 3 M20 plastic cable gland 4 M25 plastic cable gland 5 M20 blind plug 6 M25 blind plug 7 Two M20 plastic cable glands 8 M20 metal cable gland 9 M25 metal cable gland 0 Two M20 metal cable glands Preferred availability cat. 1A 800G-AMP1B 5A 800G-AMP5B 6 1 Unit ships with a percent scale plate. nos. 7 Enclosures — Plastic Base mount only 800G – 3 P T 1 a b c d a Enclosure Size Cat.

XL 1 N.1 N. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No. Cat.C.C. 800G-XBM 800G-XLSM 800G-XLC3M 2 N.C. 800G-XBA 800G-XLSA 800G-XLC3A 2 N. White 800G-DBW 800G-DLSW 800G-DLC3W Code Green 800G-DBG 800G-DLSG 800G-DLC3G W White Green Description Red 800G-DBR 800G-DLSR 800G-DLC3R G Yellow 800G-DBY 800G-DLSY 800G-DLC3Y R Red Blue 800G-DBB 800G-DLSB 800G-DLC3B Y Yellow B Blue Note: Cable termination length is three meters. 800G-XBA Base Mount 2 Contact 3 Latch Mount Screw Termination Cat. No. 8 Code 1 Bul.O.1 N. 800G LED modules can only be powered from dry contact circuits (with no leakage current in the OFF state). No. 800G-DBG Latch Mount Screw Termination Cat. nos. Color Cat.84 ft) cable termination b Latch Mount Screw Termination Screw Termination Cable Termination Cat.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection 0 Back-of-Panel Components Latch and Base Mount Contact Block 800G – XLS A a b a Contact Block/Latch Type 1 Base Mount Cat. 800G-XBN 800G-XLSN 800G-XLC3N Contact Configuration Code Description A 1 N.84 ft) cable termination Cable Termination b Color Color Cat. No.C. Latch Mount and Base Mount Power Module1 800G – DB 4 G a b a Power Module/Latch Type 5 Base Mount Cat. No.O. No.ab. are bold.C.O. 800G LED modules can only be powered from dry contact circuits (with no leakage current in the OFF state). No. Cat. No. Cat. . 1 Bul.C.84 ft) cable termination b Latch Mount 12 XK Power Module/Latch Type Code 11 G Color 1 N. No. Cat. 1 N. 800G-XLSA Code Description XB Base mount XLS Latch mount with screw termination XLC3 Latch mount with 3 m (9. M 2 N. No. www. Cat. N 2 N. Code White 800G-DLSWXK 800G-DLSWXL W White G Green Green 800G-DLSGXK 800G-DLSGXL Red 800G-DLSRXK 800G-DLSRXL Yellow 800G-DLSYXK 800G-DLSYXL Blue 800G-DLSBXK 800G-DLSBXL Description R Red Y Yellow B Blue c Note: For use with illuminated push button.com/catalogs 10-202 Preferred availability cat.O. No.O. Power Module with Contact Block1 800G – DB a 9 10 b a c Latch Mount Cat. 800G-DLSG Base Mount 6 7 Latch Mount Screw Termination Screw Termination Description DB Base mount DLS Latch mount with screw termination DLC3 Latch mount with 3 m (9. .O. No. 1 N. Contact Configuration 13 Code Description XK 1 N. 800G-DBGXK Description DB Base DLS Latch mount with screw termination DLC3 Latch mount with 3 m (9.

ab. are bold. 800G-AEL90 Earth Plate 1 M20 0 1 90 mm yellow legend plate for E-Stop Earth Bracket 10 800G-ACG5 Cat. Cat. 800G-AEP2 Earth Plate M25 10 800G-AEP3 Cat. 800G-AMNI Cat. NPT Conduit Hub 1 800G-ACH1 3/4 in. No. No. No. 800G-ACG3 Cat. 800G-AM25P 12 13 www. 800G-AFS 10 800G-AEP2 Cat. No. NPT Conduit Hub 1 800G-ACH2 Description Cat. No. Cat.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Accessories Pkg. No. No. 800G-ACG7 Cat.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 8 9 800G-AM20P Cat. No. 800G-ACH2 M20 Plastic Cable Gland (6…12 mm) 10 Description Mounting Nut 10 800G-ACG1 800G-ACG3 Cat. No. No. 800G-AM20P 10 Cat. No. No. 800G-N2 M25 Stopping Plug 10 800G-AM25P 11 Cat. No. No. No. No. 800G-AEP3 M20 Stopping Plug 4 5 Cat. No. 1/2 in. No. 800G-AEP1 Earth Plate 2 M20 3 800G-AEB Cat. 800G-APC_ M20 Metal Cable Gland 10 M20S Metal Cable Gland 10 800G-ACG7 M25 Metal Cable Gland 10 800G-ACG6 10 800G-AMN1 10-printed push button inserts: Green "START" 10 800G-APC1 10-printed push button inserts: Green "ON" 10 800G-APC2 10-printed push button inserts: Green "I" 10 800G-APC3 10-printed push button inserts: Red "STOP" 10 800G-APC4 10-printed push button inserts: Red "OFF" 10 800G-APC5 10-printed push button inserts: Red "O" 10 800G-APC6 Mounting Ring Wrench 10 800G-AW1 10 800G-AEL90 800G-AEP1 6 Flange set for connecting 2 enclosures — 800G-AFS Locking cover with 30 mm hole for securement by bezel — 800G-ALCB 7 Cat. 800G-ACG5 Cat. Qty. No. 800G-AEB 10 2 Cat. nos. 800G-ACG1 M25 Plastic Cable Gland (13…18 mm) Pkg. 800G-AW1 Cat. No. 800G-ACC7 10 White color cap insert 10 800G-ACC1 Black color cap insert 10 800G-ACC2 Green color cap insert 10 800G-ACC3 Red color cap insert 10 800G-ACC4 10 800G-ACC6 Contact block and power module ID blank label 10 800G-ACC7 Black Hole Plug — 800G-N2 Cat. 800G-ACC_ Yellow color cap insert Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-203 . Qty.

30 x 4 mm1 Silver background with black legend text 800G-11SE100 800G-11SxxxxK Adhesive back legend plate. special legend plates are readily available. • Specify desired text (please reference table below for restriction on characters and number of lines). Characters/ Line Max. No. To order: • Select font code from table below. Legend plate frame 800G-110 1 Not available for mushroom push buttons. are bold. 800G-110 8 Adhesive Back Legend Plate Cat.080 size font 7 Legend Frame Cat. Legend plate frame with adhesive back legend plate. No.com/catalogs 10-204 Preferred availability cat. 800G-17SE100 Special Engraving 9 Besides the standard text and symbols listed on page 10-206. nos. No. 30 x 4 mm1 Description Cat. Number of Lines 30 x 4 mm Small K SAMPLE 19 1 Type of Legend Legend Plate 11 12 13 www. No.ab. Cat. 30 x 4 mm Silver background with black legend text 800G-17SE100 800G-17SxxxxK 0 1 Legend Frame 2 Type Legend plate frame — snap-on. 3 800G – 11 a 4 5 E 166 K b c d e a c d Type Language Legend Identification Code Description Code Description 11 Legend plate and frame E English 17 Legend plate only F French G German T Italian b Insert Color 6 S Code Description S Silver background with black legend text Refer to page 10-206 e Type S Spanish U Universal symbol Code Description K 0.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plate Legend Plate without Text Legend Plate with Text Type Description Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Example (Legend Plate with Frame) 800G-17SE100K 800G-11SE100K STARTER STARTER Example . No. 10 Size Font Size Font Code Approximate Size Max.  Minimum order quantity of 5.

800G – AEL S a LINE 1 . LINE 3 b c d 2 e a b c. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Continued Type Enclosure identification label. LINE 2 . number of lines. d. L-R27 Large L SAMPLE 19 2 800G-AELL MACH 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 www. 50 x 15 mm Legend Plate without Text1 Legend Plate with Text1 Description Cat. are bold. Number of Lines 6 Example Standard S SAMPLE 25 3 800G-AELS MACHINE 1.14 size font Example of customer specified text based on max. Silver background with black legend text 800G-AEL 800G-AEL_ 0 1 1 Minimum order quantity of 5.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates.10 size font L 0. Characters/Line Max. the following text is to be engraved on the next line. nos. No. characters and max. of lines). characters per line and max. • Specify desired text (please reference table below for restriction on characters and number of lines). When separated by a comma. 800G-AEL 5 Special Engraving To order: • Select desired font code table below (notes the max. No. 3 4 Blank Enclosure Identification Label Cat. Cat. e Insert Color Font Size Customized Text Code Description Code Description AEL Enclosure identification label with silver background and black text S 0. Size Font Size Font Code Type of Legend Enclosure ID Label 50 x 15 mm Approximate Size Max. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-205 .ab. no.

nos.ab. Continued Suffix Number III I-O U232 U244 I-II U233 U245 0-1-2 U285 I-O-I German U282 English One-Word Marking 3 4 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number AUTO E101 OFF E163 CLOSE E107 ON E166 DOWN E110 OPEN E170 EMERGENCY STOP E112 OUT E173 Vor-Zurück G124 Heben G182 FAULT E113 POWER ON E178 Hand G126 Zurück G188 FAST E114 PUSH-TO-TEST E181 Hand-Auto G127 Rechts G191 E182 Hand-Aus-Auto G128 Langsam G201 G129 Auf G223 G145 Betrieb G243 FORWARD 5 6 E120 RAISE HAND E126 RESET E186 Hoch HIGH E129 REVERSE E188 Links IN E132 RIGHT E191 INCH E134 RUN E193 JOG E138 SLOW E201 LEFT E145 START E208 LOW E148 STOP E212 LOWER E152 UP E223 Italian Two-Word Marking 7 8 9 10 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number FOR-REV E253 LEFT-RIGHT E146 HAND-AUTO E127 OFF-ON E165 HIGH-LOW E130 OPEN-CLOSE E171 INCH-REVERSE E135 RAISE-LOWER E183 JOG-FOR E255 SLOW-FAST E204 JOG-REV E256 START-STOP E211 JOG-RUN E142 UP-DOWN E224 Three-Word Marking 12 13 Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number T101 Disinserito T163 Chiudere T107 Disins-Ins T165 Discesa T110 Inserito T166 Disturbo T113 Salita T182 Rapido T114 Indietro T188 Avanti T120 Destra T191 Avanti-Disins-Indietro T122 Preparare T198 Avanti-Indietro T124 Lento T201 Manuale T126 Marcia T208 Manuale-Auto T127 Marcia-Arresto T211 Manuale-Disins-Auto T128 Arresto T212 Alto T129 Aprire T223 Sinistra T145 In Servizio T243 Basso T148 Rotazione CW T246 Basso-Disins-Alto T150 Rotazione CCW T247 Abbassare T152 Emergenza T248 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number FOR-STOP-REV E254 LOW-OFF-HIGH E150 FOR-OFF-REV E261 RAISE-OFF-LOWER E184 HAND-OFF-AUTO E128 SLOW-OFF-FAST E205 JOG-STOP-RUN E144 SLOW-OFF-START E207 Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number HAND-O-AUTO E283 Cerrar S107 Abrir S170 Adelante S120 Subida S182 Adelante-ParadaAtrás S123 Atrás S188 Adelante-Atrás S124 Derecha S191 Manual S126 Marcha S208 Manual-Auto S127 Marcha-Parada S211 Izquierda S145 Parada S212 Bajada S152 En Servicio S243 Spanish French 11 Marking Automatico Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Auto F101 Monter F182 Fermer F107 Arrière F188 Descendre F110 Droit F191 Panne F113 Régler F198 Rapide F114 Lent F201 Avant F120 Marche-Arrêt F211 Avant-Arrêt-Arrière F122 Hors Circuit F244 Avant-Arrière F124 En Circuit F245 Manuel F126 Hors F246 Manuel-Auto F127 En F247 Manuel-Arrêt-Auto F128 Hors-En F248 www. Man. F252 I U229 U242 Arrêt F163 Av-Hors-Arr F253 II U230 U249 Arrêt-Marche F165 Surcharge F254 Marche F166 M Forcee F284 Ouvrir F170 — — Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Zu G107 Niedrig G148 Ab G110 Niedrig-Aus-Hoch G150 Störung G113 Senken G152 Schnell G114 Aus G163 Vor G120 Aus-Ein G165 Vor-Aus-Zurück G122 Ein G166 1 2 French.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Legend Texts Universal 0 Marking Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number U226 I-O-II U234 Haut F129 Hors Manuel F249 U227 I-II-III U240 Gauche F145 En Manuel F250 Bas F148 Arrêt-Manuel F251 O U228 U241 Bas-Arrêt-Haut F150 Demar. are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .com/catalogs 10-206 Preferred availability cat.

Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters (inches). nos.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 0 1 2 Push Buttons E-Stop 3 4 5 Mushroom Key Release Mushroom 6 7 Pilot Light 8 Key Release 9 10 2-Position Selector Switch 11 3-Position Selector Switch 12 13 www. are bold.ab. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-207 .

are bold. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . 0 Contact Block 1 2 3 Cable Termination Screw Termination 4 5 6 Base Mount Power Module 7 8 9 Cable Termination Screw Termination 10 11 12 Base Mount 13 www.Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.ab.com/catalogs 10-208 Preferred availability cat. nos.

12) 7 70 (2.5 (0.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat.ab.76) 16. nos. are bold. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.3 (1.65) 40 (1. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-209 .Bulletin 800G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches).57) 8 30.19) 9 Vertical & Horizontal Spacing 10 Mounting Dimension 11 12 13 www. 0 1 2 Single Unit Double Unit 3 4 5 6 Triple Unit Measuring Instrument with Actuator 3 (0.

) www...... Shock Mechanical shock at 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms 25 G 9G 6G Contact Fragility 7 Degree of Protection Type 1.. 800T-XAV contacts have ratings as follows: Maximum Operational Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC Rated Operational Currents NEMA Volts Ue AC 600 AC-15 A600 120…600 72…120 24…72 DC 600 DC-13 Q600 28…600 24…28 Make Break 7200VA 60 A 60 A 720VA 720VA 10 A Maximum Operational Volts Ue Utilization Category IEC NEMA Volts Ue AC 300 AC-15 C300 120…300 0…120 DC 150 DC-13 R150 24…150 0…24 69VA 2. Bulletin 800P operators are intended for applications requiring twohand control wiring.. -XD2R.... 1 mA... Bulletin 800P units with Cat... -XA2. -XD2R data..5 A 28VA 1. Bulletin 800P units with articulated operation offer reduced operating force over standard drive units by permitting the button head to tilt for added comfort and mechanical advantage. 10-211 Accessories. -XA4... 12.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) 10 G max. nos.. -XA. -XAV contact blocks 800T-XD1R No damage at 100 G all contact blocks Push Buttons 1 000 000 minimum Shallow Contact Block Logic Reed Slow.7 lb at perimeter Typical Operating Forces Standard Drive 3. 10-213 2 3 4 Specifications1 Electrical Ratings 5 Dielectric Strength 2200V for one minute 1 000 000 at maximum rated load 200 000 at maximum rated load (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles Mechanical Ratings Vibration 6 10…2000 Hz 1. watertight/oiltight 529 IP65 Mechanical Design Life Cycles Contact Operation 8 800T-XA1.. 10 11 12 13 Standard Contact Ratings PenTUFF™ (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings (IEC 947-5-1) (NEMA ICS 2-125) Maximum continuous current Ith 10 A..... -XA2. -XD2.. -XA4.. -XD4. 10-212 Approximate Dimensions. 2. -XD1R.. -XD3.5 A AC/1.7 lb maximum at center of button.0 A DC. are bold. contact blocks 800T-XA. Bulletin 800P units have control circuit ratings with 800T-XA1.7 lb Environmental Operating Storage Temperature Range 9 +32…+131 °F (0…+55 °C) -40…+185 °F (-40…+85 °C) Note: Operating temperatures at 0 °C (32 °F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. 1 Performance Data — See page Important. 4/13.. -XD2. and -XD3 contact blocks as follows: Minimum DC: 5V. 0 1 Product Selection . Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P Make Break 1800VA 15 A 180VA 1.ab.. -XD1. resistance to RFI.. per OSHA standards. double make and break Snap action Articulated 800T-XD1 and 800T-XD4 contact blocks 3.com/catalogs 10-210 Rated Operational Currents Preferred availability cat..5 A (See page 10-213 for 800T-XAR...Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Product Overview Bulletin 800P — Palm-Operated Push Buttons Table of Contents The Bulletin 800P palm-operated push button is designed for applications requiring electromechanical operation for safety. No. -XAR..0 A ... -XD4.. -XD1.... and an ergonomically sensitive design to reduce risk factors associated with cumulative trauma disorders.. Maximum thermal continuous current Ith 2.3.

10 11 12 13 www.O.O. 1 Only used for flush mounted operators. . 800P-F2CA Operation Type Contact Type Palm-Operated Surface Mount with Guard Cat. 800P-S2CG1A Flush Mounting Surface Mounting Cat. 1 N. BV 2 N.Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Product Selection Product Selection Palm-Operated Push Buttons 0 1 Palm-Operated Flush Mount Button Cat.C.2 N.C.C. . . No. Guard Option 1 N.O.C. Standard Drive 2 N.O.C. nos. No. H Die cast — grey B 2 N. .1 N.1 N. No.C.O.1 N. .2 N.C.2 N.O.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Articulated 2 N. Cat.C.O. . .O.ab. are bold.2 N.1 N. 7 8 Standard 9 PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Code Description AV 1 N. None 800P-F2CA 800P-S2C1A Guard 800P-F2CGA 800P-S2CG1A None 800P-F2CB 800P-S2C1B Guard 800P-F2CGB 800P-S2CG1B None 800P-F1CA 800P-S1C1A Guard 800P-F1CGA 800P-S1CG1A None 800P-F1CB 800P-S1C1B Guard 800P-F1CGB 800P-S1CG1B 2 3 4 5 800P – S 1 C G 1 A a b c d e f 6 a c e Operator Type Button Color Enclosure Openings Code Description Code Description Code Description F Flush mount C Chrome Blank No base1 S Surface mount R Red (painted) 1 Single hub Y Yellow (painted) 2 Double hub b Button Operation d f Guard Option Contact Black Code Description 1 Standard drive Code Description 2 Articulated Blank No guard Code Description G Side guard — yellow A 1 N. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-211 . No. .

No. 800P-B1 Double Hub Base Cat No. nos. No. Red Black Description Style Cat. Standard Adapter Cat. Single Hub 800P-B1 Double Hub 800P-B2 Enclosure Cat. Vertical mounting holes are 4-1/2 in. No. 9 Legend Plates 10 STOP 800P-X131 INCH 800P-X132 RUN 800P-X133 RUN INCH 800P-X134 TOP STOP 800P-X135 1 Horizontal mounting holes are 2-3/8 in. when using a non-Allen-Bradley base. 1 Standard Button Cover Cat. No.com/catalogs 10-212 Preferred availability cat. 800P-NBG1 Die Cast Guard Cat. 800P-NCB Anti-Slip Button Cover Cat. No. No. No. (114. Button Color Standard Anti-Slip Button Covers Button covers are used to reduce possible slipping due to fluids on the operator. Side Yellow 800P-NBG1 Die Cast Grey 800P-NBG Die Cast Yellow 800P-NBGY 2 Guards These guards prevent accidental activation of the button and protect it from damage. Standard1 800P-N150 FS 800P-N4 4 5 Single Hub Base Cat. No. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Accessories Accessories 0 Description Cat. Blank (Grey) 800P-X107 Blank (Red) 800P-X129 START 800P-X130 Legend Plates These legend plates can be mounted on the cover. 800P-B2 Description 6 7 Adaptors These adaptor flanges are used between the operator and the mounting base. No. Note:Guards are required in most two hand safety applications (See OSHA and ANSI standards). Cat. add suffix E and supply text. No. are bold. (60. 800P-NCG1 Description 3 Side Guard Cat. 800P-NBG 800P-NCR 800P-NCR1 800P-NCB 800P-NCB1 Green 800P-NCG 800P-NCG1 Yellow 800P-NCY 800P-NCY1 Style Color Cat. No. One or two lines of text with maximum of 5 characters per line.ab. Bases The conduit hub(s) on these replacement mounting bases come with a 3/4 in. 11 12 13 www. opening.  To order with custom engraved text. 800P-N150 FS Adaptor Cat. No. 800P-N4 Description 8 Marking Cat. No.3 mm) center-to-center.3 mm) center-to-center.

800T-XA 800T-XAV 800T-XAR Note: Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements.O. 800T-XD2 800T-XD2V 800T-XD2R 1 N. Flush Mounting 5 6 7 Surface Mounting 8 9 10 Die Cast Guard (800P-NBG or 800P-NBGY) Cutout and mounting screw locations for a flush mounted cover 11 Cut out 12 13 4 Holes for #6-32 Screw www. No.N. . 800T-XD1 800T-XD1V 800T-XD1R 1 N. but this combination is not UL Listed for Class 1 Div 2 hazardous applications. Note: It is recommended to mount no more than four contact blocks on any one unit (maximum two blocks deep). ‡ Logic Reed blocks can be physically mounted on a Bul.Bulletin 800P Palm-Operated Push Buttons Modifications and Accessories/Approximate Dimensions Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in a kit form for field installation. Contact ratings are listed on page 10-210. see page 10-4.C.ab.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. nos. No.C. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit.  For contact ratings.O. Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-213 . 2 3 4 Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). No. 1 N. 0 1 Shallow Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Logic Reed Block Shallow Block PenTUFF Block Logic Reed Block‡ Contact Type Cat. 800P operator. are bold. Cat. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

10-219 Approximate Dimensions..+55 °C (-13…+131 °F) Connector Relay Output . 1 ATTENTION: Not recommended for use in applications where there is high probability for exposure to liquid (e. Device will resume 10 seconds after removal of hand...com/catalogs 10-214 250V AC inductive load (pf=0...4) DC resistive load Diagnostic Description Power Up Device touched during power up.....Maximum DC Load breaking capacity Heavy Industrial Line (800Z-H) Operations General Purpose Line (800Z-G) Service life (x10³ operations) 5 Description Load Life Curves for General Purpose Product Line DC Voltage (V DC) 4 Specifications Mechanical Ratings Rated Operating Current (A) 3 Specifications..........+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) AC inductive load (pf=0...... EN61000-6-2.... 10-217 Wiring Diagram .. Zero Force to Operate — The electronic design with two interlinked capacitive sensors in offset planes provides increased sensitivity and good ability for distinguishing between a person's hand... -15%) Low Voltage (800Z-GN/GP): 10…30V DC Relay output 150 000 Operations @ 5 A inductive 2.. 0 Ergonomic Design — The contour shape fits the palm of the hand for ease of operation and helps deter attempts to defeat two-hand control..Maximum load breaking capacity 9 lb•in (1 N•m) Environmental Humidity resistive load DC Current (A) Degree of Protection Wire Range 250V AC resistive load Zero Relay output 200 000 Operations @ 2 A inductive 4 A resistive Relay Output . 10-220 Preferred availability cat........ EN/IEC 60947-5-1.... -25. 20…30V AC Full Voltage (800Z-GF): 100…240V AC (+10%........... CE..... this page General Purpose LIne . are bold. cutting fluid) on the sensing surface area.. CSA 22..... 14..Electrical endurance Rated Operating Voltage (V) 100 mA at 24V DC = 2.......Electrical endurance Type 4/13 IP66 Electrical Ratings Input Voltage (Relay type) Relay Output .4) 30V DC inductive load L/R=7 ms Applications Detail Standards and Certifications Standards Conformity 250V AC resistive load 30V DC resistive load Rated Operating Current (A) Materials Certifications 12 DC inductive load L/R=7 ms LED Blink Rate Temperature Range (Storage) Housing/Guard 11 AC resistive load Off 60 ms max. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P ...52 mm displacement Mechanical Shock Tested @ 100 G (mechanical durability) Degree of Protection Type 4/4X/13 IP66 1200 psi Washdown Operating Force 6 Input Voltage (Solid-State type) 7 Electrical Design Life (Relay type) 8 Switching Current (A) Load Life Curves for Heavy Industrial Line Low Voltage: 10…40V DC.... Cork-BUNA-N Insulator material (micro connector) = nylon Insulator material (mini connector) = PVC **** **** **** cULus.. 10-216 Accessories..... ** ** ** 95% RH from 25. Noise Detection Device detected an unacceptable level of noise (>20 V/m).... EN60954-1... 10-215 Heavy Industrial Line 10-216 Quick Disconnect Cables ..... even through most industrial gloves.Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Product Overview Bulletin 800Z — Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Table of Contents Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons are ideally suited for use in two-hand machine control systems and highly repetitive applications....5 A resistive Current Draw (Solid-State type) 9 10 IP2X #22…12 AWG (0.23 W (no external load) Temperature Range (Operating) Gasket Relay Output . On 76 ms max.50 °C (77…122 °F) (full operation) *** *** *** Valox 357 BUNA-N 1/16 in..ab.g...5…4 mm2) ⎯ Tightening Torque On-delay/Off-delay -40..... nos........ 2 Mechanical Ratings Vibration Endurance Tested @ 10 G...... 1.. Device will resume once cleared.. EN50081-2.. Margin Detection A conductive film is building up on the sensing surface. versus most foreign objects.2 No.. CSA UL 508...... C-TICK.... Device will resume once noise subsides..... EN60204-1 13 www.

‡ Safety relays should be used in conjunction with two relay output type Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ in 2-hand control applications...40V DC and 20. No. No.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. No.. § 22. No.2 m) cabled 8 Mounting Hole Size § Code Description 2 22.5 mm 22.8 m) cabled Y Yellow guard 244 24 ft (7..5 mm touch buttons use micro connector.5 mm No Guard Black Guard Cat. 10 11 12 13 www. nos. 440R-D23169 for 120V.  These devices have separate N.40V DC and 20.5 mm 3 30. are bold. 800Z-GL3Q5B Input Voltage Output Type 100.240V AC Relay Output 10. safety relay 440R-D23171 for 24V. 30. output relays with a shared common.240V AC Relay Output 10.O..5 mm touch buttons use mini connector. and N.30V AC Relay Output 100. Cat... 5-Pin QD 800Z-GF3Q5 800Z-GF3Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GF3065 800Z-GF3065B 5-Pin QD 800Z-GL3Q5 800Z-GL3Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GL3065 800Z-GL3065B 5-Pin QD 800Z-GF2Q5 800Z-GF2Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GF2065 800Z-GF2065B 5-Pin QD 800Z-GL2Q5 800Z-GL2Q5B 6 ft Cabled — 5-Wire 800Z-GL2065 800Z-GL2065B 2 3 4 Use the configurator below to build a Bulletin 800Z touch button to suit your application...Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Product Selection General Purpose Line — Momentary Touch Buttons 0 1 General Purpose Cat.. Order separately..ab.30V AC Relay Output Electrical Connection 30.C. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-215 .2 m) cabled Relay Output L Input: 10…40V DC and 20…30V AC Output: relay F Input: 100…240V AC Output: relay Transistor Output P L 10…30V DC PNP (sourcing) output b Q4 6 Description 7 Relay Output  Q5 5-pin QD 065 6 ft (1. 800Z-GF2Q5 Mounting Hole Size General Purpose Cat. 800Z – G Code 3 065 B a b c d 5 a c d Input Voltage and Output Type ‡ Electrical Connection Guard Option Description Code Description Code Sourcing Output 1 Blank No guard 4-pin QD B Black guard 064 6 ft (1.8 m) cabled 245 24 ft (7..5 mm 9 1 These devices are transistor outputs. 440R-D23168 for 240V.

No. 800Z-HL1Y Output Type Electrical Connection Cat. 440R-D23168 for 240V.240V AC Relay Output Terminal Block 800Z-HF1 800Z-HF1Y Use the configurator below to build a Bulletin 800Z touch button to suit your application. 800Z-HF1 No Guard 2 Button Type Flush Mount 3 Heavy Industrial Cat. Quick Disconnect Cables 7 PD 8 PD 889 D – F a 9 4A C-2 c d b a b d Mounting Hole Size QD Type Cable Length/Type Code Description Code Description Code Description D 22. (mini) 12 13 www. No.5 mm (mini) R Right angle QD cable C-5 5 m (micro) C-10 10 m (micro) 10 c ‡ No right angle QD cable (micro) for 5-pin (Cat. 11 Pin Style Code Description 4A 4 pin 5A 5 pin ‡ E-6F 6 ft. (mini) E-12F 12 ft.40V DC and 20.5 mm (micro) F Straight QD cable C-2 2 m (micro) N 30. 440R-D23169 for 120V.. 6  Safety relays should be used in conjunction with two relay output type Zero-Force Touch Buttons in 2-hand control applications. nos. No. See wiring diagrams on page 4-53 for details.ab.. No. safety relay 440R-D23171 for 24V.com/catalogs 10-216 Preferred availability cat.. 800Z – H 4 5 Yellow Guard Input Voltage L 1 Y a b c a b c Voltage  Mounting Type 1 Guard Option Code Description Code Description Code L Input: 10…40V DC and 20…30V AC Output: relay 1 Flush mounting Blank Description No guard Y Yellow guard F Input: 100…240V AC Output: relay 1 Heavy industrial devices have an 8-position terminal block connection.30V AC Relay Output Terminal Block 800Z-HL1 800Z-HL1Y 100. 889D-R5A_). Cat. 10. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P . No...Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Product Selection Heavy Industrial Line — Momentary Touch Buttons 0 1 Heavy Industrial Cat. (mini) E-20F 20 ft. are bold. Order separately..

No.5 mm mounted products.25 in.5 mm push button operator to be installed in a panel with existing 30. 800Z-G3AG1 Cat. Can be used for both the 22.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-217 .5 mm devices. No. No. 800Z-G3AG2 Guards These guards help protect against accidental activation of the touch button surface and protect it from damage. 800Z-G3AH1 Plastic Mounting Kit Cat.5 mm Hole Size Adapter This adapter allows a 22. 800Z-G2AH1 3 Mounting Ring Nut for 30. (57 mm) 60-2681 5 1.ab.5 mm Swivel/Tilt Mounting Assembly This bracket allows you to orient the touch button in any position.5 mm to 22.5 mm and 30. nos.5 mm mounting only. No.5 mm mounting holes.15 in. It can be mounted on any vertical or horizontal surface.5 mm Hole Used on 30. Swivel Assembly Cat. Compatible with 30. 60-2439 2. are bold. Cat. Plastic Mounting Kit Cat. No. (29 mm) 60-2439 6 30. No.5 mm Holes Used on 22. No. 0 Yellow Plastic 800Z-G3AG1 Black Plastic 800Z-G3AG2 1 800Z-G2AH1 2 Mounting Ring Nut for 22. 800Z-G3AH1 4 30. 800E-AHA1 Metal 800F-AHA1 7 Black Metal 800E-AHA2 8 9 10 11 12 13 www.5 mm devices.Bulletin 800Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons™ Accessories Accessories — General Purpose Description Cat.

Bulletin 800Z

Zero-Force Touch Buttons™
Accessories
Accessories — Heavy Industrial
Description

0

Guard
This guard helps protects against accidental activation of the touch
surface and protects it from damage. Mounting screws are
included.

Yellow Plastic

800Z-HAG1

1

800P-B1

2

800P-B2

Cat. No. 800Z-HAG1

1

Mounting Bases
The heavy industrial line products mount directly on these bases.
The conduit hub(s) come with a 3/4 inch opening.

2
3

Cat. No.

Single Hub Base
Cat. No. 800P-B1

Double Hub Base
Cat. No. 800P-B2

4

Adapter
This adapter is used if mounting touch button onto a 4-1/2 in. x 2-3/8 in. (114.3 x 60.3 mm)
enclosure pattern.

800P-N150

Replacement Relay
Note: Package quantity of 2.

10...264V

800Z-N12

Guard-to-Base
Mounting
Note: package
quantity of 4

800Z-HAH1

Base Mounting
Note: package
quantity of 4

800Z-HAH2

Cat. No. 800P-N150

5
6

Cat. No. 800Z-N12

7

Replacement Screws

Cat. No. 800Z-HAH1

8
9
10
11
12
13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-218

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Bulletin 800Z

Zero-Force Touch Buttons™
Wiring Diagram
Wiring Diagrams — Touch Button Terminations
General Purpose Line
Electrical Connections: 10...40V DC and 20...30V AC Input Voltage (Relay Output); 100...240V AC Input Voltage (Relay
Output)

0

Note: Separate N.O. and N.C. output relays with shared common.
5-Conductor Cabled (Relay Output)

1

For 800Z-GL_ _ _
For 800Z-GF_ _ _

2
BROWN (+) L1
BLUE (-) L2

BLACK (N.O.)
WHITE (N.C.)
GREY (COMMON)

3
WHITE
(1 N.C.)

BLACK
(1 N.O.)

BLUE
(-) L2

GREY
(COMMON)

BROWN
(+) L1

WHITE
(1 N.C.)

BROWN
(+) L1

4

BLACK
(1 N.O.)

BLUE
(-) L2

5

GREY
(COMMON)

Electrical Connections: 10...30V DC Input Voltage (Transistor Output); 150 mA Max. per Circuit Output
4-Conductor Cabled

6
BROWN (+) L1
BLUE (-) L2

7

BLACK (N.O.)
WHITE (N.C.)

8
BLACK
(1 N.O.)

WHITE
(1 N.C.)

WHITE
(1 N.C.)

BROWN
(+) L1

9
BLUE
(-) L2

BROWN
(+) L1

BLACK
(1 N.O.)

BLUE
(-) L2

10

Heavy Industrial Line
N.C.2
COM2
N.O.2

11

N.C.1
COM1
N.O.1
(-) L2

12

(+) L1
Terminal Block

13
www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-219

Bulletin 800Z

Zero-Force Touch Buttons™
Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions

0

Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

General Purpose
1.61
(40.9)
1.90
(48.3)

1

22 mm Version
Micro Quick
Disconnect

2.75
(69.9)

2

1.61
(40.9)

3
30 mm Version

4

1.38
(35.1)

1.61
(40.9)

22 mm Version

1.38
(35.1)

Mini Quick
Disconnect

0.88
(22.4)

Cable

General Purpose With Guard
1.61
(40.9)

5

0.88
(22.4)

30 mm Version

6

Cable

Heavy Industrial

7
8

Replaceable
Relay

Heavy Industrial With Guard

9
10
11

Cutout and Mounting Screw Locations for a Flush Mounted Cover

12
13

Cut out

4 Holes for
#6-32 Screw

www.ab.com/catalogs

10-220

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Terminal
Block

Bulletin 800L

12 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, and 30 mm Indicators
Product Overview/Selection
Bulletin 800L — 12, 18, 22, and 30 mm Indicators

Table of Contents 

Economical, commercial-grade indicators 
LED/strobe/incandescent 
Shallow back-of-panel depth 
Type 4/4X/13, watertight/oiltight (12 mm is Type 1) 
18, 22, and 30 mm devices are rated for use in Class 1 Div. 2
Groups A, B, C, D and Class 2 Div. 2 Groups F, G.

Product Selection ...... this page
Approximate
Dimensions................... 10-222

Standards Compliance
UL 508

0
1

Certifications
cULus Listed (File No. E14840,
Guide No. NKCR, NKCR7)
EN60947-5-1
CSA C22.2, No. 14
CE Marked

Specifications1

3

Mechanical Ratings
Vibration

2

10…2000 Hz 1.52 mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./10 G max
1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 ms ≥ 25 G

Shock

12 mm: Type 1
18, 22, and 30 mm: Type 1/4/4X/12/13; watertight/oiltight IEC 529 IP66

Degree of protection

4

Environment
Temperature range

Operating

-40…+131 °F (-40…+55 °C)

Storage

-40…+185 °F (-40…+85 °C)

Humidity

50% at 104 °F (40 °C)

5

Lamp Ratings
Incandescent
Lamp life
Flash frequency

5 000 Hrs.

LED

100 000 Hrs.

Strobe

1 000 000 Flashes

Strobe

1…2 Hz

6

1 Performance Data — See Important- 3.

Product Selection
12 mm Indicators
6 in. Pigtail Leads

7

Terminals

24V DC

120V AC

24V DC

120V AC

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Amber

800L-12L24A

800L-12L10A

800L-12L24AS

800L-12L10AS

Blue

800L-12L24B

800L-12L10B

800L-12L24BS

800L-12L10BS

Clear

800L-12L24C

800L-12L10C

800L-12L24CS

800L-12L10CS

Green

800L-12L24G

800L-12L10G

800L-12L24GS

800L-12L10GS

Red

800L-12L24R

800L-12L10R

800L-12L24RS

800L-12L10RS

8
9

18 mm Indicators
LED1

Incandescent

24V AC/DC

120V AC

240V AC

24V AC/DC

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

120V AC/DC
Cat. No.

Amber

800L-18L24A

800L-18L10A

800L-18L20A

800L-18C24A

800L-18C10A

Blue

800L-18L24B

800L-18L10B

800L-18L20B

800L-18C24B

800L-18C10B

Clear

800L-18L24C

800L-18L10C

800L-18L20C

800L-18C24C

800L-18C10C

Green

800L-18L24G

800L-18L10G

800L-18L20G

800L-18C24G

800L-18C10G

Red

800L-18L24R

800L-18L10R

800L-18L20R

800L-18C24R

800L-18C10R

22 mm Indicators
LED1

Incandescent

120V AC

240V AC

24V AC/DC

120V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Amber

800L-22L24A

800L-22L10A

800L-22L20A

800L-22C24A

800L-22C10A

800L-22S24A

800L-22S10A

120/240V AC

Blue

800L-22L24B

800L-22L10B

800L-22L20B

800L-22C24B

800L-22C10B

800L-22S24B

800L-22S10B

Clear

800L-22L24C

800L-22L10C

800L-22L20C

800L-22C24C

800L-22C10C

800L-22S24C

800L-22S10C

Green

800L-22L24G

800L-22L10G

800L-22L20G

800L-22C24G

800L-22C10G

800L-22S24G

800L-22S10G

Red

800L-22L24R

800L-22L10R

800L-22L20R

800L-22C24R

800L-22C10R

800L-22S24R

800L-22S10R

1 LED color matches lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear selection.

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

11

Strobe

24V AC/DC

www.ab.com/catalogs

10

10-221

12
13

Bulletin 800L

12 mm, 18 mm, 22 mm, and 30 mm Indicators
Product Selection

0

Product Selection, Continued
30 mm Indicators
LED1

1
2

Incandescent

120V AC

240V AC

24V AC/DC

120V AC/DC

24V AC/DC

Color

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Amber

800L-30L24A

800L-30L10A

800L-30L20A

800L-30C24A

800L-30C10A

800L-30S24A

800L-30S10A

Blue

800L-30L24B

800L-30L10B

800L-30L20B

800L-30C24B

800L-30C10B

800L-30S24B

800L-30S10B

800L-30L24C

800L-30L10C

800L-30L20C

800L-30C24C

800L-30C10C

800L-30S24C

800L-30S10C

Green

800L-30L24G

800L-30L10G

800L-30L20G

800L-30C24G

800L-30C10G

800L-30S24G

800L-30S10G

Red

800L-30L24R

800L-30L10R

800L-30L20R

800L-30C24R

800L-30C10R

800L-30S24R

800L-30S10R

1 LED color matches lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear selection.

a

3

5

120/240V AC

Clear

800L – 30

4

Strobe

24V AC/DC

L

24

R

b

c

d

a

b

c

d

Indicator Size

Illumination Type

Voltage

Lens Color

Code

Description

Code

Description

Code

Description

Code

12

12 mm

C

Incandescent

24

24V AC/DC♣

R

Description
Red

18

18 mm1

L

LED§

10

120V AC

G

Green

22

22.5 mm

S

Xenon strobe

20

240V AC‡

A

Amber

30

30.5 mm

B

Blue

C

Clear

1 18 mm indicators are only available with LED or incandescent illumination. For 18 mm devices with 120V incandescent lamps, it is recommended that the lens

is changed with lamp replacement. 
LED and Xenon strobe lamps are integral to indicators and are not field replaceable. Entire indicator must be replaced upon lamp failure.
‡ Incandescent illumination not available in 240V option. For 240V strobe, order voltage code 10 (Table c) as strobe is rated for both 120V/240V AC.
§ LED color will match lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear lens.
♣ 12 mm devices are only available with LED illumination (24V DC or 120V AC).

6
Replacement Parts
Replacement Lens Caps

7

Replacement Lamps®

Color

8

18 mm

22 mm

Lamp Type

30 mm

Red

800L-N18R 800L-N22R 800T-N26R

Green

800L-N18G 800L-N22G 800T-N26G

Amber

800L-N18A 800L-N22A 800T-N26A

Blue

800L-N18B 800L-N22B 800T-N26B

Clear

800L-N18C 800L-N22C 800T-N26C

Incandescent

Voltage

ANSI No.

Cat. No.

24V AC/DC

757

800T-N157

120V AC/DC

949

800T-N169

® LED and Xenon strobe lamps are integral to indicators and are not field replaceable. Entire indicator must be replaced upon lamp failure.

9

Approximate Dimensions

10
11

A

B

C

Indicator

12

D

E

F
11/16 (17.5)

Inches (mm)

12 mm

1-3/32 (27.8)

5/16 (7.9)

5/8 (15.8)

1/2 (12.7)

3/4 (19.0)

18 mm

1-21/64 (33.7)

57/64 (22.6)

1-1/32 (26.2)

3/4 (18.6)

2-9/32 (58.0)

1-1/8 (28.6)

22 mm

1-21/64 (33.7)

57/64 (22.6)

1-7/32 (31.0)

15/16 (22.6)

2-9/32 (58.0)

1-8/32 (32.5)

30 mm

1-9/16 (39.7)

1-9/64 (29.0)

1-19/32 (40.5)

1-13/64 (30.6)

2-9/32 (58.0)

1-29/32 (48.5) 

For devices with strobe illumination, Dimension A for 22 mm is 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) and for 30 mm devices it is 3-1/8 in. (79 mm).

13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-222

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Bulletin 800S

Standard Duty Stations
Product Overview/Selection
Bulletin 800S — Standard Duty Stations

Table of Contents

Bulletin 800S standard duty push button stations are used in control
circuits. They offer compact size and dependable peformance.
NEMA Type 1 general purpose stations have been designed for
greater operating flexibility and ease of wiring. The cover of the
station contains the entire contact mechanism. Wiring terminals are
located in the base. Spring type, silver plated contacts connect the
two assemblies. This unique construction will speed up installation
and maintenance. Operating buttons can be rotated 90° to make
them suitable for horizontal mounting. This change can be made in
the field.

Contact Ratings ......... 10-225
Accessories.................. 10-225
Approximate
Dimensions................... 10-226

0
1
2

NEMA Type 4 enclosures are die cast aluminum. Standard stations
are supplied with a 3/4 in. pipe tap at the bottom.

Pilot Lights

3 

Push button stations with pilot lights can operate on either 120V or 240V by changing connections. A red pilot lens is supplied.

Selector Switches 
All two-position Bulletin 800S standard duty selector switch stations can be changed to three-position in the field, and the three-position
selector switches can be changed to two-position. Instructions for changing are included with each station. 
In addition to the standard marking, all selector switches are supplied with adhesive backed metal legend plates, marked as follows:
OFF-ON, FOR-REV, HAND-AUTO, OPEN-CLOSE, HIGH-LOW, SUMMER-WINTER, SUMMER-OFF-WINTER, HIGH-OFF-LOW, OPEN-OFFCLOSE, FOR-OFF-REV, HAND-OFF-AUTO.

4
5

Product Selection
Complete Assembled Stations

6
Flush Mount Units fit a standard GEM
or Handy Type Wall Box. Contact Symbol 3
Cat. No. 800S-2AS

7

Type 1 Flush Mount Unit1 — Wall Box not included
Grey Painted Flush Plate

Stainless Steel Flush Plate

Legend Marking

Contact Symbol®

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

START
STOP

3

800S-2AS

800S-2ASQ

8

1 Not rated for DC operation.

9
Cat. No. 800S-2SAP
Momentary Contact Buttons and Pilot Light — 120V or 240V, Type 1.
Legend Marking

No Legend
START
STOP

®Contact

10

Cat. No. 800S-2SCM

Contact Symbol®

6

Cat. No.

800S-2SAP

Maintained Contact Buttons — Type 1
Legend Marking

Contact Symbol®

Cat. No.

No Legend
ON
OFF

7

800S-2SCM

No Legend
START
STOP

7

800S-2SBM

11
12

Symbols

13
www.ab.com/catalogs

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

10-223

Bulletin 800S

Standard Duty Stations
Product Selection
Complete Assembled
Stations, Continued

0
Cat. No. 800S-R3SX

1
2

Cat. No. 800S-R2SXP

Selector Switches — Type 1

Selector Switch and Pilot Light — 120V or 240V, Type 1

Contact Symbol®

Legend Marking

Operator Type

OFF-ON

2-Position Selector
Switch

HAND-OFF-AUTO

3-Position Selector
Switch

Cat. No.

Legend Marking

Operator Type

Contact Symbol®

Cat. No.

8

800S-R2SX

No Legend
OFF-ON

Pilot Light, 2Position Selector
Switch

10

800S-R2SXP

9

800S-R3SX

No Legend
HAND OFF AUTO

Pilot Light, 3Position Selector
Switch

11

800S-R3SXP

3
4

Cat. No. 800S-2SA
Type 1

Type 4
Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure 1

Contact Type

Contact
Symbol®

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

1 N.C.

1

800S-1SA

800S-1SA4

1 N.O.

2

800S-1SAK

800S-1SAK4

2

800S-1SB

800S-1SB4

1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

3

800S-2SA

800S-2SA4

Momentary Contact Buttons
Legend Marking

5

STOP

START

6
7

START
STOP

1 N.O. - 1 N.O.

4

800S-2SAK

800S-2SAK4

FOR
REV

4

800S-2SB

800S-2SB4

OPEN
CLOSE

4

800S-2SF

800S-2SF4

1 N.O. - 1 N.C.

3

800S-2SE

800S-2SE4

ON
OFF

8
9
10
11
12

Cat. No. 800S-2SA4

1 N.O. - 1 N.O.

4

800S-2SEK

800S-2SEK4

RAISE
LOWER

4

800S-2SD

800S-2SD4

UP
DOWN

4

800S-2SC

800S-2SC4

FAST
SLOW
STOP

5

800S-3SF

FOR
REV
STOP

5

800S-3SA

OPEN
CLOSE
STOP

5

800S-3SD

RAISE
LOWER
STOP

5

800S-3SB

UP
DOWN
STOP

5

800S-3SC

1 Not rated for DC operation. 
Flip levers permit attachment of lock without additional accessory.

®Contact

Symbols

13
www.ab.com/catalogs

10-224

Preferred availability cat. nos. are bold.

Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P

Bulletin 800T units with Logic Reed. No.ab. nos. sealed switch. 0 1 2 3 Accessories Complete Assembled Stations Description Pilot Light Lens Red lens replacement cap. No. 800S-N1 9 10 Cat.0 A ‡ For applications below 24V and 24 mA. or stackable sealed switch contact blocks are recommended.Bulletin 800S Standard Duty Stations Contact Ratings/Accessories Contact Ratings (IEC 337-1) (NEMA ICS 2-125) Maximum Continuous Current Ith 5 A. are bold. No.0 A 28…600 138VA 24…28‡ 5. Bulletin 800S push button stations have control circuit ratings as follows: Utilization Category Rated Operational Current Maximum Operational Voltage Ue IEC NEMA AC 600 AC-11 B600 DC 600 DC-11 P600 Volts UeUe Make Break 480…600 3600VA 360VA 240…480 3600VA 360VA 120…240 30 A 3. Cat. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P 10-225 . to lock in the right or left position. No. 4 800S-N90R 5 6 Cat. 800S-N1 This device is used with 3-position selector switches. 800S-N90R Lamp 120V lamp 800S-N60 7 Cat. 800S-N4 11 12 13 www.com/catalogs Preferred availability cat. 800S-N60 8 Locking Attachments This device is used with extended push buttons or 2-position selector switches.

nos.7) & 3/4 (19.45 kg) 7 Selector Switch Surface Mounting Station Shipping Wt.and Two-Unit Surface Mounting Stations Shipping Wt. Holes (2) Ø Mtg. 1 lb (0. 3 lb (1.7) & 3/4 (19. 2 lbs (0. Type 1 — General Purpose Enclosures Knockouts for 1/2 (12.7) & 3/4 (19.1) Conduits (Top & Bottom) Ø Mtg.1) Conduits (Top & Bottom) Ø Mtg. 1 lb (0. Holes (2) of Conduit 1 2 Padlocking Adjustment For Stop Button Only Padlocking Adjustment 3 for Stop Button Only One. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.com/catalogs 10-226 Preferred availability cat.Bulletin 800S Standard Duty Stations Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights 0 Dimensions in inches (millimeters).45 kg) Type 4 — Watertight Enclosure 8 9 Pipe Tap 10 Ø Mtg. Holes (4) Shipping Wt.1) Conduits (Top & Bottom) Knockouts for 1/2 (12. 1 lbs (0.91 kg) Knockouts for 1/2 (12. Holes (2) of Conduit 5 6 Insulation Padlocking Adjustment Three-Unit Surface Mounting Station Shipping Wt. are bold.ab.36 kg) 11 12 13 www. Publication A117-CA001A-EN-P .45 kg) 4 Two-Unit Flush Mounting Station Shipping Wt.